Home

Qualcomm Computer Accessories 4.3 User's Manual

1. In the attribute list check the only display these attributes box if you want to limit what appears to only those attributes that are mapped Note In the Present As drop down list there is a choice called Not Displayed If you choose Not Displayed you can prevent a particular attribute from being displayed For example mapping the c country attribute to Not Displayed will have c removed from the displayed results in the Details List This is useful if there is an usually long or confusing attribute you don t want to display in the window 8 Select the Search Options tab to display the Search Options panel 180 QUALCOMM Incorporated Using Directory Service Databases Eudora User Manual LDAP Database window Search Options panel Modify Database BE Network Attributes Search Options Log Search tim Short i Long 5 minutes Maximun number of matches to return 100 Sj T No Limit Search Base e us Wordwise Search Filter en 0 Whole query Search Filter 9 On the Search Options panel specify the Search timeout by moving the bar indi cator You can adjust the bar indicator for a short to long timeout 10 In the Maximum number of matches to return text box you can select the up arrow to increase or the down arrow to decrease the number of matches you d like to see displayed Or select the No Limit option to specify unlimited matches 11 In the Search Base text b
2. In the above example if you click Search Eudora will search for every message through every mailbox that contains the word speaker in either the message header and body but only if the text Ron is somewhere in the header However it will for messages that contain the word message in the message body only The messages that fulfill the search criteria appear in the Results window Important The Search feature will not work if you have any text boxes blank You can click Fewer to reach a level where all text boxes are filled to conduct your search QUALCOMM Incorporated ET 125 Eudora User Manual Saving a Message to a File Search context menu right click E Find Messages IEI Headers O fenas O A More Fewer MatchAl C Match Any Results Mailboxes One match in 22 mailboxes ASG Ron Zetterberc 09 50 N a n Zetterberg Open M ics Open Mailbox Ctrl Enter Delete Message Del m To sort the messages click the column headings to sort by that column To sort in descending order click the column header again m To open a message select and double click the message or right click to display the context menu Choose Open Message m To open the mailbox where this message resides highlight the message right click to display the context menu Choose Open Mailbox m To delete a message highlight the message and press the Delete key or right click to display the context menu Choose Delete Message Savin
3. 225 Eudora User Manual Extra Warnings 226 Extra Warnings options window Options 24 xi Category K Warm me when I IV Delete unread mail Labels IV Delete queued mail En M Delete unsent mail Getting Attention IV Queue a message with no subject gt V Queue a message bigger than 500 K Background Tasks IV Quit with messages queued to be sent co IV Empty the Trash mailbox ko IV Start Eudora and it s not the default mailer Automation T Switch views for Find M Launch a program from a message Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below aie x Delete unread mail lf this is selected you are warned if you try to delete mail that is marked unread Delete queued mail lf this is selected you are warned if you try to delete mail that is queued to be sent marked amp or for timed queue in the Out mailbox Delete unsent mail lf this is selected you are warned if you try to delete messages that are marked sendable with a bullet in the Out mailbox but not yet sent Queue a message with no subject Tf this is selected you are warned if you try to queue a message that contains no text in the Subject line It is considered a point of email etiquette to give each message a subject Queue a message bigger than _ K default 500 lf this is selected you are warned if you try to queue or send a message that is greater in size than the specified number This number
4. Select PPP or SLIP as appropriate to your Internet Service Provider most providers now support PPP then click Next to display the Login Script page When initially testing dialup connections to your Internet Service Provider we recom mend that you select the Display a terminal window option Once you can manually establish a dialup connection you can then automate the dialup connection with a login script see Defining a Login Script later for details Click Next to display the IP Address page If your ISP has assigned you a specific static IP address then enter that address in the field Otherwise if your provider assigns IP addresses dynamically via DHCP then keep the default Server assigned IP address setting Click Next to display the Name Server Addresses page If your ISP supports DHCP then the name server addresses will automatically be configured by DHCP and you should leave the default addresses of 0 0 0 0 Otherwise enter the server addresses assigned by your Internet Service Provider Click Next to display the final page of the Phonebook Wizard Click Finish to create your new Phonebook entry Back in the Dialup Networking tool select your new Phonebook entry in the drop down list then click Dial to dial your Internet Service Provider Your modem should immedi ately dial the phone number defined in your Phonebook entry Once your modem negotiates the connection with the remote system you typically then hav
5. Sending Mail on page 203 Click the page number to display the topic Note If the stationery you chose has a signature attached to it that signature will override the signature you select here Check Mail If this is selected mail checking is activated for this personality in the following ways m lf you have specified a number in the Check for mail every _ minutes option in the Checking Mail options window then when automatic mail checks are performed at these intervals mail for this personality is checked as well QUALCOMM Incorporated E 85 Eudora User Manual Adding a Personality via the Account Settings Dialog 86 m Each time you do a manual check for mail by choosing the Check Mail command from the File menu or via another method mail is checked for this personality as well When you create a personality this option is checked by default If the Check Mail option is turned off mail for this personality is not checked during manual or automatic mail checks unless you override the setting To override and check the mail for the personality choose Check Mail from the drop down context menu right click in the Personalities window Incoming Mail This panel contains settings that identify and configure the incoming mail server to be used in receiving mail for this account When Configuration POP Sample Account Settings Incoming Mail panel POP configuration Account Settings for Business 21x G
6. Setup Click the page number to display the topic Importing Settings to Create a New Account To set up a newly migrated account from Netscape Messenger 4 0 and earlier Microsoft Outlook Express 5 0 and Outlook 98 as an alternate or multiple personality account using the New Account Wizard do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Personalities or if the Personalities window is ina visible tabbed window click its tab In the Personalities window right click to display the drop down context menu Choose New The New Account Wizard window Account Settings appears QUALCOMM Incorporated Adding a New Personality Eudora User Manual New Account Wizard Account Settings window New Account Wizard Eudora Account Settings EEO Would you like to Setup C Create a brand new e mail account Import settings from an Skip directly to advanced account setup 3 Select Import settings from an existing email account This option appears only if Eudora recognizes that you can import settings from another program Click Next and the next New Account Wizard window Personality Name appears New Account Wizard Import Settings window importing Netscape New Account Wizard Eudora Import Settings Select which account you would like to import Email Account Setup default default qualcomm com Please select an account to import Empor tia fa Import Address B
7. button to display the Server Types dialog In the Type of Dial Up Server drop down list select either SLIP or PPP as appropriate Also uncheck the NetBEUI and IPX network protocols but make sure that the TCP IP protocol is checked Finally uncheck the Log on to network and Enable software compression options In the Server Types dialog click the TCP IP Settings button to display the TCP IP Settings dialog QUALCOMM Incorporated Configuring Dialup Networking using Windows NT 4 x Eudora User Manual 0 11 12 13 14 15 If your Internet Service Provider has assigned you a specific static IP address select the Specify an IP address option then enter that address in the field Otherwise if your provider assigns IP addresses dynamically via Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP then keep the default Server assigned IP address setting If your Internet Service Provider supports DHCP then the name server addresses will automatically be configured by DHCP and you should keep the default Server assigned name server addresses setting Otherwise select the Specify name server addresses option then enter the server addresses assigned by your Internet Service Provider Click OK to accept the TCP IP Settings changes Back in the Server Types dialog click OK to accept the changes Back in the Phonebook Eniry Properties dialog click OK to accept the changes You should now be back in your Dialup Networking folder
8. lt P Address Book All of the Address Book entries are kept in files The example above shows files for Busi ness Family and Friends Eudora Nicknames is the default file You can show or hide the entries in a file by double clicking on the file The icon shows an open or closed book depending on whether the file is open or closed You can use the View By option to display the entries using any of the fields except the Notes field For example if you want to view the entries by nicknames choose View By Nickname from the drop down list If you view by a field that doesn t contain any data the entry appears with Note Eudora remembers your selection in the View By field when you quit and restart the program You can also start typing in the list of entries and the appropriate entry is selected when you enter enough unique characters to identify it QUALCOMM Incorporated 157 Eudora User Manual Creating an Address Book within your Address Book To page up and down in the list of entries use the arrow keys To resize the list drag the divider To close and open the right hand side of the Address Book use the close and open buttons Important To move the keyboard focus back and forth between the left and right sides of the Address Book press F6 To move quickly through the tabbed panels on the right side of the Address Book use the Ctrl Tab Ctrl PgUp Ctrl PgDn Ctrl Home and Ctrl
9. Directory Services window with an example query Directory Services iof x Query Jricrosott Status Ready Last found 5 t0 Directions On Microsoft directions redcomm com HB Microsoft Incorporated 0816BETA msn com HQ MICROSOFT microsoft btintermet com Ho Microsoft Acct 3 75300 3602 compuserve co Hi Jeannie Kim Microsoft Jeanniek_msp msn com M Qualcomm Finger Server Finger Hj Idap bigfoot com LDAP M HB Idap switchboard com LDAP M HB ldap whowhere com LDAP M HB Idap infospace com LDAP M t0 Idapbiz infospace com LDAP M HB Idap tourl 1 com LDAP Country US Email w directions redcomm com First name Directions On Family name Microsoft Name Directions On Microsoft 7 amp Qualcomm PH Ph Oo ai Eudora Nicknames Eudora Address To Ce Bcc I Keep On Top Modify __Delete 42 Directory Services The directory service protocols available for your search are listed in the Protocols section of the window For more information see Using Directory Service Protocols on page 172 Click the page number to display the topic The databases you can use to look up your target individual are listed in the Databases list For more details see Using Directory Service Databases on page 172 Adding a New Database Server on page 173 Modifying a Database on page 182 and Deleting a Database on page 183 Click the page number to display
10. Eudora changes to Light mode by shutting down certain features The features that will be off are listed in the Light mode dialog E QUALCOMM Incorporated 17 Eudora User Manual Registering Eudora 18 3 Inthe Keeping Current section m To customize the ads click Customize the Ads You See Eudora displays a web site where you can provide information about yourself to help in customizing which ads should be displayed to you m To find the most current version of Eudora click Find the Latest Versions The Eudora web site displays where you can retrieve the latest version of Eudora Note You can tell which mode you are in because that button is grayed out To find out more information about the modes click Tell Me More About the Three Modes 4 To exit the dialog box click Close Registering Eudora If you are using Eudora in either Sponsored or Paid mode you need to register to be eligible for technical support If you don t register or use Eudora in Light mode you are not eligible for technical support To register your copy of Eudora do the following 1 From the Help menu choose Payment amp Registration The Payment and Registra tion window appears 2 Inthe Keeping Current section click Register with Us Eudora takes you to Eudora s registration web page 3 Enter your information click Submit Registration An email will be sent to you confirming your registration Technical Support Sponsored and Paid m
11. indicates the username or other name of the target m Email is the email address of the target m Phone is the target s telephone number m Database tells you in which of your selected databases the target was found Click a column heading to sort the results list alphabetically or numerically by that column Shift click to sort in reverse order To resize the columns drag the divider line to the right of the desired column to the left or right Note that the columns resize dynamically during a query to accommodate the width of each target s data The Status field displays the status of your query such as Ready Connecting Getting Data etc and the number of items found as shown in your summary list This number is updated dynamically until the query is complete or you stop it If the results list does not fit in the available viewing space scroll bars appear to let you navigate through the remaining part of the list To view the details of a result in the details pane select the result in the results list by clicking once on it The full data appears in the details pane If nothing is selected in the results list the details pane is blank If multiple summaries are selected in the results list the details pane lists the details for each item with each item separated by a divider line To select multiple items in the results list use the Shift key to select a continuous range or use the Ctrl key to make non consecutiv
12. lt Dominant gt joe camp pop myfirm com CB Business Joe Camp pop business com Joe athome Joe pop home com Joe at schoo Joe Fee Joey pop school com The Personalities window displays two columns of data m Persona The identifying name assigned to the personality lt Dominant gt indicates your principal email account which is the account Eudora uses whenever you don t specify otherwise and is the account associated with all mail stored before you began using alternate personalities m Account The incoming mail account assigned to the personality This is generally in the form loginname incomingmailserver See Account Settings Dialog on page 83 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated M 75 Eudora User Manual Using Alternate Email Accounts 76 To resize the column widths position the pointer over the divider line between the column headings until a splitter cursor appears Then just drag the divider to left or right Note that it is possible to completely collapse the Persona column Note You cannot manually sort the information in the Personalities window Clicking on a column heading does sort the column If you select one or more personalities in the Persona column and right click the selection a drop down context menu appears with the following commands Note You can select multiple items in the Persona column to perform some of the opera tions listed below Hold down the S
13. Checking for Mail Manually on page 48 Click the page number to display the topic Creates new message See Creating an Outgoing Message on page 21 Click the page number to display the topic Replies to sender s message See Replying to a Message on page 63 Click the page number to display the topic Replies to all recipients of the message including the sender See Replying to a Message on page 63 Click the page number to display the topic Forwards the message See Forwarding a Message on page 64 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora Toolbar Q Eudora User Manual Redirects the message See Redirecting a Message on page 65 Click the page number to display the topic Opens next message Opens previous message Attaches a file to the message See Attaching a File to a Message on page 32 Click the page number to display the topic Checks spelling See Checking Your Spelling on page 35 Click the page number to display the topic Open the Find Messages window See Find Messages on page 120 Click the page number to display the topic Opens address book See Using the Address Book on page 157 Click the page number to display the topic Sends the message to the printer Activates context sensitive help Opens new message and displays QUALCOMM s PureVoice recorder player Viewing the Main Toolbar T
14. Double click on your new Phonebook entry to dial your Internet Service Provider Your modem should immedi ately dial the phone number defined in your Phonebook entry and Windows 95 98 should prompt you for your username and password Once your modem negotiates the connection with the remote system you typically then have to log in to that remote system by entering the username and password assigned to you by your Internet Service Provider Some systems require that you first press Enter to display a login prompt then enter the username and password In any event once you are logged on authenticated some providers automatically start your SLIP or PPP session while others require that you take an extra step such as typing ppp to initiate a PPP session Carefully note the exact steps you must take in order to manually log in and establish a SLIP PPP session you will need this informa tion in order to automate the login process as described in Defining a Login Script Configuring Dialup Networking using Windows NT4 x Dialup Networking is an optional component of Windows NT 4 x Before configuring Dialup Networking you should make sure Windows NT recognizes your modem and also make sure your Windows NT networking software includes support for the TCP IP protocol Consult your Microsoft documentation for details on installing your modem configuring the TCP IP protocol and installing the Dialup Networking tools To properl
15. Eudora deletes these files from this directory when the messages containing the images are emptied from the Trash mailbox See the Eudora User Manual section Inserting Objects in Message Text for more details Filters Directory Filters are saved in the Filters directory See the Eudora User Manual section Filtering Messages for more details on creating and using filters Imap Directory Eudora uses the Imap directory to store your IMAP mailboxes and messages Nickname Directory Address Books Address Book entries are saved in the Nickname directory in the default Eudora Nick names file If you have created additional Address Book files they are kept under their own name in the Nickname directory See the Eudora User Manual section Using the Address Book and Quick Recipient List for more details on creating and using Address Book files and Address Book entries nicknames Plugins Directory The EMSAPI plug ins are kept in the Plugins directory See the section Plug ins Extended Messaging Services on page 242 for more information Click the page number to display the topic Sigs Directory The Standard and additional signature files are kept in the Sigs directory These files are stored with the txt extension See the Eudora User Manual sections Using a Signature and Signature Window for more details on creating and using signatures Stationery Directory Your stationery files are kept in the S
16. If you try to close an outgoing message window without saving that version of the message an alert appears asking if the message should be saved or the changes discarded If you select Discard and the message has never been saved the message is deleted 41 Saving a Message for Later Changes Eudora User Manual QUALCOMM Incorporated eC 42 Sending Messages and Checking Mail Sending or Queueing a Message After you compose a message you can send it immediately or put it in a queue to be sent later Note Most outgoing SMTP servers do not require a password to send mail For informa tion about setting up a password check for sending mail see Troubleshooting on page 283 Click the page number to display the topic Sending a Message Immediately If you want to send your messages immediately instead of putting them in a queue to send later be sure the Immediate send option is turned on in the Sending Mail options window For information on the Sending Mail options window see Sending Mail on page 203 Click the page number to display the topic To send the current message do the following m From the Message menu choose Send Immediately or click amp Send A Task Status window can be displayed to show the progress of the transmission See Task Status Window on page 151 Click the page number to display the topic If you have the Immediate send option on but want to put the current message i
17. Incoming mail server 47 Incoming Mail tab 86 Incoming message window Message body 53 Title bar 52 Toolbar 52 BLAH BLAH BLAH button 52 Delete From Server button 52 Fixed Width button 52 Pencil button 52 Priority popup 53 Retrieve From Server Fetch button 52 Subject field 53 Tow Truck icon 52 Incoming option 112 Incoming server how to enter in Options 198 Indent In button 24 Indent Out button 24 Info tab 160 Insert Object button 24 31 Insert Picture command 240 Insert Recipient submenu 165 166 187 Insert submenu 31 187 Insert System Configuration command 195 Inserting objects in outgoing message text 31 Installed Message Plug ins dialog 192 242 Installing and uninstalling Eudora 15 Intercept Netscape mailto URLs how to enter in Options 233 Intercept Netscape mailto URLs option 55 Internet 289 Internet dialup options 205 Internet directory 289 Internet e mail server how to obtain 257 Internet Engineering Task Force definition 289 Internet Explorer 53 Internet Message Access Protocol 245 Internet Message Access Protocol IMAP 289 Internet Service Provider definition 289 intersects nickname option 114 IP address 289 is not option 114 is option 114 QUALCOMM Incorporated Index ISP definition 289 Italic command 30 Italics button 23 J Java definition 289 K Keep copies how to enter in Options 204 Keep copies option 47 Keep Copy button 22 47 Kerberos 258 definition 289 Kerberos options 231 Keyboar
18. New Create a new piece of stationery a new stationery file An untitled stationery window opens that you can fill out and choose Save As Stationery from the File menu Edit Open an editing window for the selected stationery item Make your changes and choose Save As Stationery from the File menu or close without saving to discard your changes Delete Delete the selected stationery item Eudora asks you to confirm the deletion Use the Delete key as a shortcut for this command Rename Rename the selected stationery file Use the F2 key as a shortcut for this command or click the stationery file s name box then edit the name right in the box New Message With Create a new message with the selected stationery As a shortcut for this command either select the stationery item and press Enter or just double click the stationery item Reply With Reply with the selected stationery to the sender s of the received messages that are currently selected Reply to All With Reply with the selected stationery to the sender s and all recipi ents of the received messages that are currently selected You can also display the drop down context menu and create new stationery by right clicking anywhere in an empty Stationery window or by right clicking anywhere offa stationery item in a Stationery window that is not empty Creating New Stationery Following is the basic procedure for creating a new stationery file in the
19. Note Holding down the Shift key while selecting any of the items on the Transfer menu transfers a copy of the current message s to the selected mailbox and leaves the original messages where they are Transfer menu ease Special sin gt Out 3 Trash New gt My Mailbox My Folder gt In Transfer the current message s to the In mailbox Out Transfer the current message s to the Out mailbox QUALCOMM Incorporated Special Menu QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Trash Transfer the current message s to the Trash mailbox New Display the New Mailbox dialog box to create a new mailbox and transfer the current message s into that mailbox all in one step You can specify to create the mailbox only and not transfer the messages Your Mailboxes Transfer the current message s into the selected mailbox that you have created or into a new mailbox that you create Below the New command on the Transfer menu all of your top level mailboxes are listed followed by all of your top level mail folders Mail folders can contain other mail folders as well as mailboxes Navigate through the menu system to transfer the current message s to a mailbox that resides within a folder or to create a new mailbox within that folder and transfer the current message s into that mailbox all in one step using the New command on the folder submenu Special Menu This menu lets you use additional Eudora funct
20. Open an editing window for the selected signature Double click a signature as a shortcut for this command Save your changes with the File menu Save command or close the window without saving to discard your changes Delete Delete the selected signature Eudora asks you to confirm the deletion Use the Delete key as a shortcut for this command Rename Rename the selected signature Use the F2 key as a shortcut for this command or click the signature item s name box then edit the name right in the box You can also display the drop down context menu and create a new signature by right clicking anywhere in an empty Signature window or by right clicking anywhere offa signature item in a Signature window that is not empty Adding a New Signature Following is the basic procedure for creating a new signature in the Signature window followed by additional information on managing signatures and sending them with messages Eudora comes with a default signature called Standard This is an empty signature file that you fill with signature text Instructions for editing signature files appear after the proce dure below To create a new signature do the following 1 6 From the Tools menu choose Signatures or click the Signature window s tab if it is the inactive window in a tabbed group Right click anywhere inside the Signature window to select the drop down context menu From the context menu choose New Eudora d
21. Options 24 xi Category Task Status Columns pag M Task J Details Fa IV Persona M Progress IV Status Getting Attention Wait for 20 seconds of user inactivity before Background T processing filtering downloaded messages w IV Bring error window to front Automation T Bring task status window to front Extra Warnings ale Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Task Status Columns These options determine which columns appear in the Task Status window Check the box next to the field column that you want to display The options are Task Persona Status Details and Progress Task Displays an icon with a short description of the tasks actions Persona This column is available only if there is more than one personality set up If checked the Personality column displays the personality name for the given task Status Displays a general description of the tasks current status for example Logging into POP server Details Displays more information of the tasks status including network protocol commands Progress Displays a progress bar indicating the overall progress of the tasks 223 Eudora User Manual Automation 224 Wait for _ seconds of user inactivity before processing downloaded messages default 20 seconds If Eudora is retrieving mail automatically in the background the amount of time set in this field indicates
22. POP or IMAP Click Next and the next New Account Wizard window Outgoing email Server appears QUALCOMM Incorporated 79 Eudora User Manual Adding a New Personality 80 11 In the Outgoing Server text box enter the name of your outgoing server If you do not want authentication when sending mail uncheck the Allow authentication box See Using SMTP Authentication on page 46 This server is sometimes the same as your Incoming server name Click Next and the Success window appears 12 Click Finish You have successfully entered your new personality Your new person ality will be checking mail whenever you retrieve mail To change any of your personalities settings go the Account Settings Dialog on page 83 New Account Wizard Outgoing Email Server window New Account Wizard Eudora Outgoing E Mail Server Please enter the name of your outgoing e mail server ESSER SMTP Server in the edit box below Setup Outgoing Server smtp business com e g gt smtp isp com You can also choose whether or not you want to allow Eudora to authenticate to the outgoing e mail server when s mail For most accounts leaving this on is the best choice IV Allow authentication New Account Wizard Success window New Account Wizard Eudora Success Congratulations You have completed the setup process for Email Account this account Please click the FINISH button to create the new account
23. Top check button in the Directory Services window Eudora uses this entry OldKeepOnToPConverted to determine if the AddressKeepForeground entry from a pre 4 0 version of Eudora has been mapped to the current version When Eudora 4 x is run for the first time it sets the KeepOnTop entry described below equal to the value of AddressKeepForeground In addition it also sets this entry equal to 1 so that the next time Eudora is run it reads the check state from KeepOnTop rather than from AddressKeepForeground This entry reflects the height of the Directory Services window when Eudora was last shut down This entry reflects the width of the left pane of the Directory Services window when Eudora was last shut down This entry reflects the width of the right pane of the Directory Services window when Eudora was last shut down This entry reflects the check state of the Keep On Top check button in the Directory Services window when Eudora was last shut down This entry reflects the check state of the LDAP database Idap bigfoot com when Eudora was last shut down The check state of other LDAP databases is reflected in similar entries This entry reflects the check state of the Ph database ph bigfoot com when Eudora was last shut down The check state of other Ph databases is reflected in similar entries This entry reflects the check state of the Eudora Address Book database Eudora Nicknames when Eudora was last shut down
24. following 1 Make sure you have a SLIP PPP account You must arrange for SLIP PPP account access through your Internet Service Provider If you can choose between SLIP and PPP we recommend PPP 2 Install your modem Configure Microsoft Windows so that it recognizes your modem hardware 3 Install networking components Configure your MS Windows networking software to include the TCP IP protocol 4 Install Dialup Networking components Configure your MS Windows networking software to include the Microsoft Dialup Networking tool and the Remote Access Services QUALCOMM Incorporated E 259 Eudora User Manual 260 5 Configuring Dialup Networking under Windows 95 98 Define a Phonebook entry The Microsoft Dialup Networking tool lets you create multiple phonebook entries one for each of your Internet Service Providers Configure the Phonebook entry to automatically dial the modem establish a SLIP PPP session and if applicable auto configure your IP address and DNS server address es Configure Eudora to auto dial Eudora can use a Dialup Networking Phonebook Entry to automatically dial your mail server check and or send mail and hang up the connection when the mail transfer is complete Configuring Dialup Networking under Windows 95 98 Dialup Networking is an optional component of Windows 95 98 Before configuring Dialup Networking you should install your modem and make sure the Windows 95 98 netwo
25. if you drag received messages to the Mailboxes window when it is inactive in a tabbed window and pause the pointer over the Mailboxes window s tab the window becomes active and you can drop the messages in a mailbox Note that tab auto activation is disabled when you are dragging a tool window tab 137 Eudora User Manual Window Context Menu 138 Closing Tabbed Windows To close a tabbed window click the x close button in the upper right corner of the window Alternately right click any tab in the window or on the window border and choose Hide from the drop down context menu Note that when you close or hide a tabbed window the contents of all member windows and the state and position of the tabbed window are all preserved When you redisplay the tabbed window the active window shows its prior contents and the tabbed window appears in its prior state and position However if you attempt to close or hide a tabbed window in which the active window contains unsaved changes or you attempt to deactivate that active window by making another window active in the group Eudora asks you if you want to save your changes Window Context Menu If you right click the tab or border of a single tool window or on any tab or the border of a tabbed window Eudora displays a context menu containing window management commands Window context menu Tab Location gt v Allow Docking Hide Float In Main Window Tab Loc
26. in a Web page However Eudora must be running for this function to work Include outdated Return Receipt To Sponsored and Paid modes only If this is turned off Eudora uses the Disposition Notification To header in return receipt requests to request that you be sent a notification when your message appears by the recipient If this is selected Eudora also sends the Return Receipt To header in return receipt requests This header is understood by some older mail delivery systems and may return you a receipt when your message is delivered to your recipient s mailbox The Return Receipt To header cannot give you any information about whether or not your recipient displayed your mail and is not supported by many newer mail delivery systems Your recipient must specify that he she wants to send you a return receipt for you to receive it Automatically expand nicknames Sponsored and Paid modes only If this is selected nicknames in message headers are replaced with the real addresses when you switch fields If turned off the nickname is expanded when the message is sent Auto save messages every _ minutes Enter the number of minutes between auto save intervals In case of a system shut down the messages saved are from the most current auto save You can find your saved messages in your Out mailbox 233 Eudora User Manual Miscellaneous e QUALCOMM Incorporated 234 Using Modifiers and Shortcuts Eudora Modifi
27. select the desired personality and press Enter Or simply double click the desired personality A new message opens from that personality When the composition window opens in response to any of the three message creation methods as previously described the default signature for the selected personality is used But if a stationery file was selected or a default stationery file is specified in the QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual account s options then the signature stored with the stationery file is used However you can always change the signature drop down list in the composition window For details see Using a Signature on page 67 Click the page number to display the topic Once you open a new composition message from a particular personality you can change your message s personality by doing the following 1 In an open message click the From header or right click to display the drop down context menu 2 Inthe From field of the message header choose the personality Or from the context menu choose Change Personality From its submenu select a new personality The From field of the message header changes to the information associated with the new personality for that message Note If you are composing a message and decide to change the personality the signa ture and stationery assigned to that personality in the Account Settings dialog box change as well When Eudora changes a personality as it resp
28. sila word list 1 Ei lt none gt F MIME ile ea zio SE 5 T q amp Queue To yen From Joe Camp lt jcamp myfirm com gt Subject meeting tomorrow Ce Sue Smith myfirm com Bee Attached Io Bob pti tanan The meeting has been M onei row at 5 p m Thanks postpone Joe Camp proponed postponer postpones Ignore All Add 6 From the drop down word list choose the correct word Your misspelled word is replaced by the correct word Note Notice in our example that p m is double underlined indicating that it s misspelled according to the spell checker From the drop down word list you can choose Ignore All to ignore the perceived error or Add to add the word to your dictionary If you add the word it will not display as a misspelled word in future messages Checking Your Spelling Manually Sponsored and Paid modes only If you prefer not to use the automatic spell check Eudora has a manual spell checker It can be used to check for misspellings in the body of current message composition windows text files and signature files It includes a built in dictionary and also allows for the creation of a custom user dictionary Additionally it can be configured to ignore capital ized words words in all capital letters words with numbers and mixed case words to report doubled repeated words and to suggest alternative spellings Note Changes to the spelling options can be made in the Spell
29. the EUDORA INI file Examples SET EUDORA c mymail Command Line c apps eudora exe myeudora ini will use c mymail as the mail directory and c mymail myeudora ini as the INI file SET EUDORA myeudora ini Command Line c apps eudora exe will use c apps as the mail directory and c apps myeudora ini as the INI file QUALCOMM Incorporated Settings Entry AllowDefPlugins AllowOverwriteMode AltClickMoveSummary BackgroundColor BackgroundImage BadPasswordString BlackTocLines CenterUnreadStatus CheckOwnerFreq CompactDisk CompactMailbox QUALCOMM Incorporated Default Value 1 password 50 Eudora User Manual Description Controls whether or not EMSAPI plug ins can be automatically added to the toolbar Controls whether or not toggling the Insert key puts the message editor into overwrite mode Helpful for people who use the Cirl Insert and Shift Insert accelerators for Copy and Paste and have a tendency to linger on the Insert key after letting go of the Ctrl Shift key When you hold down the lt Alt gt key while clicking on an item in a mailbox all messages in that mailbox with the same item are selected e g lt Alt gt clicking on a subject will select all messages in that mailbox with the same subject If this switch is on then the selected messages will be grouped together as well You can temporarily turn this off by holding down the lt Shift gt key while doing the lt Alt g
30. 10 2000 0800 meeting tomorrow _ Of x Aloo asile 0 6 2 9 89 am Highest v iA BEF U S TT Bob Clark yourfirm com Joe Camp lt jcamp myfirm com gt meeting tomorrow Sue Smith myfirm com Bee Attached Nth High Normal v Low Lowest Bob The meeting has been postponed until tomorrow at 5 p m Thanks Joe Camp Note To set up Eudora to default to the sender s priority on your replies turn on the Copy original s priority to reply option in the Replying options See Replying on page 206 for more information You can always change the priority in the message window Requesting a Retum Receipt Sponsored and Paid modes only You can request that your recipients notify you when they have seen your message To do this click in the message toolbar When your recipients open the message and then close it a dialog box appears asking them to create a notification message now later or never If you sent yourself a copy of the message you will see the request for notification If a recipient chooses to create a notification message it is sent to you and tells you when the recipient opened your message Request for notification Return Read Receipt Ed The sender has requested notification that you have seen this Roger Montgomery 02 01 PM 11 15 97 Please notify me of receipt Notify Sender Later Never Cancel If you receive a request for notification you
31. 77 Creating a New Personality 77 Importing Settings to Create a New Account 80 Adding a Personality via the Account Settings Dialog 83 Account Settings Dialog 83 Generic Properties 84 Incoming Mail 86 Modifying a Personality 88 Deleting a Personality 88 Linking a Signature and Stationery to a Personality 89 Selecting a Personality in a Message Header 90 Using a Personality in a Message 90 Working with Mailboxes 93 Opening a Mailbox 93 Understanding the Components of a Mailbox 93 Message Summaries 93 Status Column 95 Priority Column 96 Attachments Column 96 Label Column 96 Sender Recipient Column Who 96 Date Column 97 QUALCOMM Incorporated eT Contents Size Column 97 Server Status Column 97 Subject Column 97 Displaying and Resizing Columns 98 Using the Mailbox Size Display 98 Message Preview Pane 99 Creating Mailboxes and Folders 100 Creating a Mailbox or Folder Using the Mailbox Menu 100 Using the Mailboxes Window 101 Creating a New Mailbox or Folder 102 Renaming a Mailbox or Folder 102 Moving a Mailbox from One Folder to Another 102 Removing a Mailbox or Folder 102 Mailbox and Folder Management POP vs IMAP 103 Organizing Your Messages 105 Deleting a Message 105 POP Procedure 105 IMAP Procedure 105 Automatically Deleting Attachments 106 Transferring Messages 106 Using the Transfer Menu 107 Dragging Messages 107 Creating a Mailbox or Folder During Transfer 107 Filtering Messages 108 Quick and Simple Filters with the
32. Address Book Family I Make it an Address Book Cancel 3 Enter a Nickname for the entry in the text box A nickname sometimes called an alias is an easily remembered shorter substitute for the email address in the entry Nicknames can be used in place of proper email addresses in the To Cc and Bcc header fields of outgoing messages You can enter a name in the Nickname text box for one person or for a series of persons For example buddies may be a nickname that stands for a list of five email addresses for five friends of yours You ll be sending mail addressed to buddies rather than having to enter those five email addresses in the recipient fields Note You cannot use the actual email address as the nickname It must be different 4 Specify which address book this entry belongs to by choosing a name from the in Address Book drop down list if you have multiple address books for example Family 5 If you want the nickname on your recipient list select Put it on the recipient list Important You cannot create a file within a file so do not select the Make it an Address Book option 6 Tocreate the entry click OK 7 Select the Address es tab then enter the complete email addresses of the people or person to be included in the nickname separating the addresses with commas or returns This is the only area you can use a return to separate addresses You can also use nicknames in this
33. Address option 84 Return address option 283 Return Receipt button 23 RFC definition 290 RFCs 246 Right arrow in the Status column 64 95 Right command 30 138 Right mouse button 239 Right now option 44 Right click definition 239 RPA definition 290 S Save As command 126 185 Save As Stationery command 71 72 186 Save command 41 160 161 185 Save mail as text as a single file 127 Guess Paragraphs option 127 Include Headers option 127 Save password how to enter in Options 200 Save password option 50 Saving messages 41 Screen fonts 304 how to enter in Options 209 Select a default Stationery for new messages how to enter in Options 204 Select All command 187 Select defaults when not using Stationery how to enter in Options 204 Select newly inserted messages FUMLUB how to enter in Options 213 Send Again command 66 189 Send button 23 43 Send Immediately command 43 190 Send mail all at once 43 at a certain time 44 Change Queueing dialog 43 Immediate send option 43 44 Mail Transfer Options dialog 46 replies 63 Send button 43 Send Immediately command 43 Send Message Right now option 44 Send Queued Messages command 44 46 sending queued mail when checking mail 45 with a password 285 with server instructions 46 Send Message Right now option 44 Send on check how to enter in Options 200 204 Send on check option 45 Send plain and styled version in message how to enter in Options 214 Send plain text only how to
34. Automation Extra Warnings ale Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Use an alert dialog box lf this is selected an alert dialog box notifies you when new mail is received You will see the alert dialog box only if Eudora is in the foreground Open mailbox lf this is selected mailboxes are automatically opened when new mail arrives in them and the first unread message of the last unread batch of messages is selected Play a sound lf this is selected a sound is played when Eudora needs attention To select a sound wav file click the long horizontal button below the Play a sound option the button is blank by default Browse until you find your sound file When the Select sound file dialog box appears select a sound and click Open Generate filter report lf this is selected a filter report is generated when filters are used Filter reports appear in the Filter Report window accessed from the Tools menu Note that this option must be on for such reports to appear in that window Note These notifications can be changed on a per message basis using Filters See Filtering Messages on page 108 Click the page number to display the topic Background Tasks The Background Tasks allow you to set parameters that determine how background tasks behave and what kind of information you want to see in the Task Status window In other words you can configure the beh
35. Checking options window To open this window from the Tools menu choose Options Scroll the category list and select Spell Checking For details see Spell Checking on page 215 Important For information on how to get dictionaries for languages other than U S English see Sources in the online user manual To automatically check spelling when you send or queue a message turn on the Check when message queued sent option in the Spell Checking options If this is on the message is checked for spelling errors when you send or queue it If you complete the spell checking process the message is automatically sent or queued If you click Cancel instead or leave spelling errors in the message a dialog box appears asking you if you still want to send or queue the message If you don t want that dialog box to be displayed turn on the Don t warn me anymore option in the Spell Checking options To check the spelling of a current composition window text file or signature file click Check Spelling in the main window toolbar or choose Check Spelling from the Edit menu Ctrl 6 If there are no misspellings the No misspellings found alert appears QUALCOMM Incorporated E 37 Checking Your Spelling Manually Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Note For an alternate way to check your spelling use the Shift Check Spelling option on the Eudora main window toolbar which lets you see all misspelled word
36. Delete button or press the Delete key Or right click it and select Delete from the drop down list You cannot remove the Eudora Nicknames file If a nickname file is set to read only meaning you cannot change it you cannot move or copy entries into it or delete an entry from it 4 To save your changes from the File menu choose Save Tip Add a button for the File menu s Save command to your main toolbar as a handy way to save Address Book changes Renaming a Nickname To change the nickname for an Address Book entry do the following 1 Set the View By field to Nickname and make sure the desired entry appears in the list 2 Click the nickname for the entry pause and click it again You can then edit the nick name in the edit box that appears Alternately click the nickname once to highlight it then press F2 and edit the nick name Or click the nickname to highlight it right click the selection to display the drop down list choose Rename from the menu and edit the nickname in the edit box Important If you change a nickname be sure to correct any entries that reference that nickname Addressing a New Message from the Address Book You can open and address a new message from the Address Book using the To Cc and Bcc buttons To create a new message from the Address Book do the following 1 Select the entry you want to address the mail to 2 Click To Ce or Bec A new composition window appears with
37. Dialog You can add a new personality without going through the New Account Wizard series of windows but via the Account Settings dialog box Instead of entering information per window you enter all the information on two tabbed panels in one dialog box the Account Settings dialog box To add a personality via the Accounts Settings dialog box do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Personalities or if the Personalities window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab 2 Inthe Personalities window right click to display the drop down context menu Choose New The New Account Wizard window Account Settings appears New Account Wizard Account Settings window New Account Wizard Eudora Account Settings EV COL Would you like to Setup C Create a brand new e mail account I Import settings from an existing e mail account Cancel Help 3 Select Skip directly to advanced account setup The Account Settings dialog box window appears and you begin to enter information into the fields To continue see the next section Account Settings Dialog Account Settings Dialog This tabbed dialog box appears when you select Skip directly to advanced account setup from the New Account Wizard Account Settings window or when you right click on a personality in the Personalities window and choose Properties from the drop down context menu When you display the dialog box enter the information in the field
38. End keys Creating an Address Book within your Address Book Sponsored and Paid modes only To create an address book within your Address Book do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Address Book or press Ctrl L Or if the Address Book is an inactive window in an open tabbed window group click its tab 2 Click New or right click anywhere in the entry list to display the drop down list and choose New A dialog box appears asking what you want to call the new address book for example Family as shown Creating a new address book entry New Nickname 2 xi What do you wish to call it Family 3 Enter aname for the entry and select Make it an Address Book then click OK to create it The address book file appears in the list and you can now add new entries to your newly created address book Adding an Address Book Entry To create a new entry or entries to be included in the newly created address book do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Address Book or press Ctrl L Or if the Address Book is an inactive window in an open tabbed window group click its tab 2 Either click New in the Address Book or right click anywhere in the entry list to display the drop down list and choose New The New Nickname dialog box appears QUALCOMM Incorporated 158 Adding an Address Book Entry Eudora User Manual Creating a new nickname entry New Nickname 2 xi What do you wish to call it Dad in
39. Eudora to Auto Dial the Phonebook Entry If you connect to your Internet Service Provider with a modem you can easily configure Eudora to automatically dial on demand using Microsoft Dialup Networking Eudora only needs a connection to your provider when performing network operations such as checking or sending mail or when performing a directory services lookup When Eudora is configured to auto dial it automatically hangs up the connection when the network opera tion is complete Before you can configure Eudora to auto dial you must create and configure a Microsoft Dialup Networking Phonebook entry to automatically connect to your Internet Service Provider see the procedures above To auto dial a Dialup Networking Phonebook entry start Eudora select Options from the Tools menu to display the Options dialog then click on the Advanced Network cate gory Check the Automatically dial amp hangup this connection option In the Entry list select the Phonebook entry you want to dial In the Username edit box enter the user name if any that is required to log in to your Internet Service Provider this is the value that is substituted for the USERID variable in your Dialup Networking script Check the Save password option if you want Eudora to save your Dialup Networking password in the Eudora ini file If you leave the Save password option turned off then Eudora will prompt you to enter your password each time it auto dials the P
40. Insert gt Select etree Wrap Selection Finish Address Book Entry Ctrl Insert Recipient gt Find gt Sort gt Check Spelling Ctrl 6 Message Plug ins Undo Reverse the most recent action taken In the example above the last action was typing You can undo the last 50 actions in reverse order QUALCOMM Incorporated Edit Menu Eudora User Manual Redo Redo the most recent action that was undone with the Undo command You can redo up to the last 50 actions depending on how many were undone Cut Delete the selected text and place it on the clipboard Copy Copy the selected text and place it on the clipboard Paste Paste the contents of the clipboard Paste Special Paste copied text as unformatted Rich Text Format RTF Eudora stan dard or Hyper Text Markup Language HTML text Paste As Quotation Paste the contents of the clipboard as quoted text Preceding each line of text is a quote character which is a right angle bracket gt if there are no styles or an excerpt bar if there are styles Clear Delete the selected text Text Apply text styles to the selected text or paragraph Includes such commands as Typewriter fixed width font Bulleted List Clear Formatting remove all styles and Make Hyperlink create a clickable link from a piece of text or an embedded graphic to a URL Insert Insert objects in the body of a composition message Includes the commands Picture inser
41. List add an attribute mapping for Full_ Name with Name selected as the Present As value Details List 5 QUALCOMM Incorporated Any attribute name can be renamed before it appears in the Details List This is done via the Present As field Simply replace the text in the Details List with alternate text For example if your Ph server is configured to display an attribute called Full_Name but you want only Name to display you need to map Full_ Name to Name using the Present As field Therefore any Ph query you perform on that server would display the Full Name data in the Name column in the Results List To add an attribute mapping to the attributes list click Add To edit an attribute mapping click the attribute on the list and click Edit Edit the attribute name To remove an attribute mapping click to select it and then click Remove 175 Eudora User Manual Using Directory Service Databases Add an Attribute Attribute Name Full Name 6 When you are finished making entries or changes click OK The attributes are added to or changed in the database Attributes panel showing new attribute Modify Database 21x General Attributes l Present As Emaillw coat _ If you added a new database the database is added to the Databases list with its checkbox Finger Database Finger is an Internet directory service similar to Ph To add a new Finger databas
42. Mail standards that supports the inclusion of multi part and multimedia files such as sound and video in email messages Network A group of connected computers that can communicate with one another Networks enable computers to share files and resources and exchange messages Nickname In Eudora a nickname is entered instead of an email address For example in the Address Book where nicknames are set up you can enter the nickname TERRY for terry aol com When you write a message you can enter TERRY in the To field instead of Terry s entire email address Nicknames are also called aliases Personality This is an alternate email account In Eudora you can access mail from several email accounts at the same time However you must set up each account sepa rately using Eudora s personality functions Ph Ph Phone book is a protocol providing an online fully indexed fast access white pages directory service developed and freely distributed by the Computer and Communications Services Office at the University of Illinois at Urbana POP3 The Post Office Protocol 3 is a protocol that provides a simple standardized way for users to access mailboxes and download messages to their computers POP3 is also called the Incoming server Postmaster A special type of user responsible for maintaining the mail delivery system for a particular group of computers A postmaster is responsible for following up on queries from users and other postm
43. Mark Burbrink lt burbrink gt If you have only a Barb and a Beth as names in your address book or history file Eudora completes the first alphabetical name So when you type B Barb would appear first on the list if Names should appear in alphabetical order is selected in the Auto Completion options window explained later in this section QUALCOMM Incorporated E 26 Setting the Message Priority Eudora User Manual indicates that the name came from your address book If the name is from your address book only the nickname appears in the drop down name list EJ indicates that the name came from your history file If the name is from your history file both the user name and email address appear in the drop down name list as you type To complete the name in the field select the correct name from the drop down list If you want to add another name in the To field type a comma after the first recipient s name Then you can begin to add another recipient s name as shown in the example below Second name auto completion in the To field Fj barb Marilyn Stover 05 11 PM 2 10 2000 0800 URL request ioi x Soe iis eee To From l U Re Subject E marilyn Cotea Ce Marilyn Stover B Marim Stover Bee amp Mm Attached Mak Burbrink lt burbrink gt xl The example below shows auto completion in the Cc field Name auto completion in the Cc field Fj barb Marilyn Stover 05 11 PM 271
44. Messages window a context menu appears allowing you to clear all the check marks so you can select the mailboxes to search Choose Clear All to clear the check marks or choose Check All to check all the mailboxes Find Messages context menu right click Check All Clear All The top part of the dialog box is where you select and enter criteria for your search Each search can use up to five terms and conjunctions as its criteria connecting them as appropriate Eudora remembers the previous criteria if you close and reopen the Find Messages dialog box The drop down and conjunction lists displaying the criteria you can select are shown as follows Find Messages drop down and conjunction options lists RS Find Messages O x Headers x contains x atch All etch Eny One mailbox selected amp Miscellaneous amp Need to Reply amp Peanut Ley Publications QUALCOMM Incorporated n 121 Eudora User Manual 122 3 Find Messages In the drop down criteria list Anywhere is the default choose where in the message you want Eudora to search for text Following is a description of each option Anywhere Choose this option to search everywhere in the message including all header fields and message body This includes headers that are normally exposed only with the Blah Blah Blah ico
45. POP Server Leaving Mail on the Server Deleting a Message from the Server Skipping Messages Over a Certain Size Checking for Mail with Special Server Instructions Managing Your Mail on the IMAP Server Downloading Minimal Headers vs the Full Message Full Message Except Attachments Over _ K Deleting a Message from the Server Resynchronizing an IMAP Mailbox or Folder Refreshing Your List of IMAP Mailboxes and Folders Using IMAP Tasks Offline Replying to a Message 35 37 38 41 43 43 43 43 44 45 45 45 46 46 47 47 47 48 48 49 50 51 51 51 52 52 53 53 53 54 55 55 55 56 57 57 57 59 59 60 60 61 62 62 63 QUALCOMM Incorporated Contents Using the Reply Options 63 Reply with Selected Text 64 Forwarding a Message 64 Redirecting a Message 65 Turbo Redirecting 65 Redirect and Signatures 66 Sending Rejected Messages Again 66 Using Signatures and Stationery 67 Using a Signature 67 Signature Window 67 Adding a New Signature 68 Modifying a Signature 69 Deleting a Signature 69 Using a Signature in a Message 69 Using Stationery Sponsored and Paid modes only 70 Stationery Window 70 Creating New Stationery 71 Modifying Stationery 72 Deleting Stationery 72 Using Stationery in a Message 72 Replying with Stationery Sponsored and Paid modes only 73 Using Multiple Personalities Sponsored and Paid modes only 75 Using Alternate Email Accounts 75 Personalities Window 75 Adding a New Personality
46. QUALCOMM Incorporated E 63 Eudora User Manual Reply with Selected Text Reply with Selected Text If you receive a message from someone and you would like to reply to this message by using a selected part of the message you can do so by just highlighting the text you want to appear in your reply To select text to include in a reply do the following 1 In a received message click and drag to highlight the text you want to include in your reply 2 Once the selected text is highlighted choose Reply from the Message menu or click The selected text now appears in your message reply 3 Add more response if needed 4 To send click Send or Queue Forwarding a Message Any message can be forwarded to someone else You forward a message to someone who would consider the message as important as you do To forward the current message do the following m From the Message menu choose Forward or click Tal A new message window appears with your address in the From field the original subject preceded by Fwd and a space in the Subject field the original sender s text quoted in the message body and any original attachments in the Attached field For details on how text is quoted see the section Replying to a Message on page 63 Click the page number to display the topic Make any changes or add any comments you want and enter the recipients address in the To field The message can then be sent or saved for furt
47. Server To delete a message that has been left on the server without retrieving it again click the Trash button in the message toolbar or set the message summary s server status to Delete then check mail again Or use the Delete all messages that have been retrieved option in the Mail Transfer Options dialog box as described in Checking for Mail with Special Server Instructions on page 57 Skipping Messages Overa Certain Size To stop Eudora from transferring incoming messages that are too large select the Skip messages over _ K in size option in the Incoming Mail options window and specify a size Only the first few lines of the messages that exceed that size are transferred with a note at the bottom stating that the whole message has not been transferred See Incoming Mail on page 200 Click the page number to display the topic Note The Skip messages over _ K in size option can also be set for each personality you have To do this use the Account Settings dialog box accessed from the Personali ties window If you decide you want to transfer the whole message click on the Fetch button in the incoming message window or select the Fetch server status in the message summary then check mail again Also you can use the Trash button or the Fetch then Delete server status so that the message is deleted from the server after it is transferred If you decide you don t want the message and want to de
48. Specify which email protocol the incoming mail server uses POP Post Office Protocol or IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol If you are not sure which server to use ask your email administrator The options in the rest of this window depend on whether you ve chosen POP or IMAP in this field Options for both configurations are described below SS QUALCOMM Incorporated 200 Incoming Mail Eudora User Manual When Server configuration POP Incoming Mail options window POP Options x Category Server configuration POP C IMAP Getting Started Jt T Leave mail on server T Delete from server after fo day s Checking Mal I Delete from server when emptied from Trash J Skip messages over 40 K in size LF I Offline Q pas Mal Authentication style A Passwords Kerberos C APOP C RPA Internet Dialup EEN xl Cancel Leave mail on server lf this is selected Eudora copies incoming messages to your PC and leaves the message on the POP server If this is turned off Eudora transfers incoming messages to your PC and deletes the message from the POP server For important infor mation concerning this option see Leaving Mail on the Server on page 56 Click the page number to display the topic Delete from server after _ day s lf this option is selected mail will be saved for the number of days you specify before being deleted from the POP server Itis a good idea not to leave copies of your mes
49. Stationery window and additional information on creating and sending stationery messages QUALCOMM Incorporated 71 Eudora User Manual Modifying Stationery To create a new stationery file do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Stationery or click the Stationery window s tab if it is the inactive window in a tabbed group The Stationery window appears 2 Right click anywhere inside the Stationery window to display the drop down context menu 3 From the context menu choose New Eudora opens a composition window to be used for stationery The Send Queue button is inactive in the window thus the message cannot be sent or queued 4 Putthe text you want into the message body fill in the headers as appropriate Subject copies etc and make any desired setting in the toolbar 5 From the File menu choose Save As Stationery The Save as Stationery dialog box appears 6 Enter a file name and click Save to save the stationery file The file is saved to your Stationery folder 7 Close the stationery message Modifying Stationery To change a stationery file do the following 1 Inthe Stationery window right click the stationery item to select and display the drop down context menu 2 From the context menu choose Edit 3 Make your changes 4 From the File menu choose Save As Stationery to save Deleting Stationery To delete a stationery file do the following 1 Select the desired item in the Stationery wi
50. Taskbar Eudora 144 Technical Support command 195 Technical support information 18 Technical support number 858 658 1292 18 Text As Attachment button 22 Text as Attachment button 32 Text submenu 30 187 Text symbols display 23 Tile Horizontal command 194 Tile Vertical command 194 Timed status clock icon 45 Tip of the Day 16 306 Tip of the Day command 195 Title bar for incoming mail 52 for outgoing mail 21 tlx files 242 To button in Directory Services 170 in the Address Book 161 To field in a reply 63 in Filters 113 in outgoing mail 25 Attach File 32 toc files 241 Toolbar adding a separator line 144 adding buttons 142 changing placement of a button 144 in incoming mail 52 in outgoing mail 21 main 140 removing a button 144 removing a separator line 144 show hide 239 using Shift key 143 Toolbar command 239 Top command 138 Topics command 16 195 240 241 258 Tow Truck icon 52 Transfer To action 116 Transferring mail to another mailbox and creating a mailbox or folder 107 by dragging it 107 by dragging the Tow Truck icon 107 transferring a copy 106 using the Transfer menu 107 Transferring mail to the Out mailbox 106 Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP 291 Trash button 57 Trash command 188 191 Trash mailbox 47 105 trash mbx file 241 trash toc file 241 Try to delete unread queued or unsent mail 105 Turbo redirect by default how to enter in Options 233 Turbo redirect by default option 65
51. Typewriter button 24 Typewriter command 30 187 U UnDelete command 61 106 190 Underline button 23 Underline command 30 Undo command 186 UNIX mail 241 QUALCOMM Incorporated UNIX server POP or IMAP how to obtain 257 unless option 115 Unload Winsock DLL after closing socket how to enter in Options 229 Unqualified name adding domain 85 Unread status 51 Unwrap Selection command Shift Wrap Selection 31 URL in outgoing mail 34 URLs in incoming mail 55 Use an alert dialog box option 51 Use Directory button 54 Use Microsoft s viewer how to enter in Options 211 Use Microsoft s viewer option 53 Use proportional font by default how to enter in Options 209 Username 291 Using a personality in a message 90 Using a Signature in a Message 69 using offline 62 UUCP definition 291 Uuencode definition 291 Uuencode encoding 33 V Vacation message creating 117 VAX VMS server POP or IMAP how to obtain 257 View Source command 239 Viewing an incoming HTML message in your Web brows er 239 Viewing HTML formatting 239 Viewing Mail Options 53 Mark previewed messages as read after second s option 99 Show attachment icons option 53 Show message preview pane option 99 Use Microsoft s viewer option 53 Viewing Mail options 210 QUALCOMM Incorporated Index Viewing Web pages 53 W Warnings Try to delete unread queued or unsent mail 105 When message emptied from Trash how to enter in Options 208 When replying t
52. Your email administrator can let you know if such a server is available to you ACAP which stands for Application Configuration Access Protocol is a communications protocol that lets email and other applications store setup data on and retrieve it from a central server To display the Auto Configure options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Auto Configure icon The Auto Configure options window appears Auto Configure options window Options 2 xi Category Eudora needs some basic information in order to be able to send and receive mail If you like Eudora will try and retrieve this information from an Extra Warnings ACAP server Server Name 23 User Name Advanced Network Password pooo Auto Configure E Retrieve Settings Now Kerberos e4 Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Server Name ln this field enter the name of the ACAP server you wish to connect to in order to retrieve the Eudora settings If you are not sure what to enter here see your email administrator User Name Enier your user name required for connection to the ACAP server Your email administrator can provide you this name if you do not know it Password Enier your password required for connection to the ACAP server See your email administrator for your ACAP password Retrieve Settings Now After you have entered
53. action 115 Managing mail on the IMAP server 59 Delete command 61 Minimal Headers Only option 59 refreshing the mailbox list 62 Remove Deleted Messages command 61 resynchronizing a mailbox or folder 61 Skip Attachments over K option 60 UnDelete command 61 Managing mail on the POP server Delete from server when emptied from Trash option 58 Delete server status 57 97 Fetch button 57 Fetch server status 57 97 Fetch then Delete server status 57 97 Leave mail on server option 56 Leave server status 97 Mail Transfer Options dialog 57 Skip messages over K in size option 57 Trash button 57 Manual option 112 Manually spell check 37 Map Ctrl R to Reply to All how to enter in Options 206 Map Ctrl R to Reply to All option 63 MAPI 243 definition 289 MAPI options 227 Margins submenu 30 Mark it as deleted IMAP server 202 Mark previewed messages as read after second s how to enter in Options 211 Mark previewed messages as read after second s op tion 99 May use quoted printable how to enter in Options 205 mbx files 241 Menu context for tool windows 138 Message QUALCOMM Incorporated how to enter in Options 209 Message body in incoming mail 53 in outgoing mail 26 Message header in incoming mail 53 Message Plug ins Settings command 192 242 Message Plug ins submenu 187 242 Message preview pane 51 99 Message priority how to set 27 Message store 289 Message summaries 93 Attachments column 96 changing the subj
54. and Paid modes only The values you choose for the following options apply only when you are not using a default stationery file that is when the Select a default Stationery for new messages option above is set to lt No Default gt if you have selected a default stationery file from the drop down list then the values below are ignored Instead Eudora uses their corre sponding values that were set when the stationery file was saved So for example if you choose default stationery that uses a custom signature and you set the default signature drop down list below to your Standard signature your Standard signature will be ignored and the custom signature will be used Default signature This sets the default signature to be used in all outgoing messages sent from your dominant account Select a signature from the drop down list or select lt No Default gt for no default signature If a signature is selected that signature is used on the toolbar of new messages from your primary account You can always change the signature in a particular outgoing message from the toolbar Signature drop down list Default stationery overrides this option see above See Using a Signature on page 67 Click the page number to display the topic Word wrap If this is selected Eudora automatically inserts carriage returns in long lines when a message is sent creating roughly 76 characters per line This makes the message legible on the recipie
55. date Once selected today s date appears Click the down arrow to display the current month s calendar Using the arrows on the calendar you can display the preceding or succeeding months and years Choose the date to or from where you want the search to begin Size Choose this option to search for messages by their file size in kilobytes A counter appears for you to select the desired number of kilobytes or you can type the number in the text box The conjunction field defaults to is Age Choose this option to search for messages by age in days A counter appears for you to select the desired number of days or you can type the number in the text box The conjunction field defaults to is Personality Choose this option to search for messages by account A drop down list displaying your previously set up personalities appears Select the desired personality Mailbox Name Choose this option to search for messages in a specific mailbox Enter the name of the mailbox in the text box This works well if you selected several mailboxes but only wanted certain mailboxes that matched the criteria you selected To Choose this option to search text entered in only the To header field of the message From Choose this option to search text entered in only the From header field of the message QUALCOMM Incorporated Find Messages Eudora User Manual Subject Choose this option to search text entered in only the Subject h
56. default option in the Miscellaneous options window Then QUALCOMM Incorporated E 65 Eudora User Manual Sending Rejected Messages Again when you select a recipient from the Redirect To submenu under the Message menu a turbo redirect will be performed automatically For more information see Miscellaneous on page 231 Click the page number to display the topic Redirectand Signatures When you use Redirect or Redirect To your signature is not added to the message when it is sent unless you originally created the message Eudora considers the message to be originally from you if the address in the From field exactly matches either your return address or one of the addresses belonging to your nickname called me if you have one See Using a Signature on page 67 Click the page number to display the topic Sending Rejected Messages Again If for some reason an email message can t be delivered to a recipient mail transport agents return the message to the original sender you A message is typically rejected because of an error in the recipient s address although many other reasons are possible The return message usually includes cryptic information that may let you determine the reason the message was rejected It also includes the text of the original message You can easily recover the original message make any corrections and resend it For the current message do the following m From the Mess
57. enter in Options 214 Send Queued Messages command 44 46 186 Send queued messages option 58 Send styled text only how to enter in Options 214 Send the signature with styles how to enter in Options 214 Send To Back command 194 Send to Browser command 239 Sendable status 41 45 Sender Recipient Who column 96 Sending Mail Options Immediate send option 43 Send on check 45 Sending Mail options 203 Sending rejected messages again 66 Sent status 47 Separator adding to main toolbar 144 removing from main toolbar 144 Server 290 e mail Internet how to obtain 257 Server configuration how to enter in Options 200 Server option 86 Server Options action 116 Server Status column 97 QUALCOMM Incorporated Server status popup 57 Settings button 192 242 Shared folder 290 Sharing a PC 243 Shift key and toolbar buttons 143 Shift Space 99 Shift Space modifier change to Read or Unread status 95 Show attachment icons how to enter in Options 212 Show category icons how to enter in Options 210 Show cool bars how to enter in Options 210 Show cool bars option 141 Show formatting toolbar how to enter in Options 214 Show Mailbox Columns how to enter in Options 213 Show mailbox lines how to enter in Options 213 Show mailbox lines option 95 Show MDI task bar how to enter in Options 210 Show MDI task bar option 144 Show message preview pane how to enter in Options 211 Show message preview pane option 99 Show Single Tab co
58. example alias Wow joe wow com lisa wow com chris wow com note Wow lt fax 222 2223 gt lt phone 222 2222 gt lt address 1234 Street gt lt name Wow Inc gt My favorite company Then for each client application add an ExtraNicknameDirs entry to the Settings section of the Eudora ini file This entry should be followed by the list of directories that contain Address Book files separated by semicolons Any Address Book files located in those directories are added to the Address Book You will need to exit and re open Eudora to see the new entries Using Address Book Files Not Created by Eudora To use an Address Book file that was not created in Eudora put the file in the Nickname directory located in your Eudora folder and be sure the format is as shown in the previous section Using Central Address Book Files on a Server You will need to exit and reopen Eudora to see your new entries in the Address Book Note You can migrate your address book from Netscape Messenger Outlook Express and Outlook 98 to Eudora See Importing Settings to Create a New Account on page 80 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated Using the Quick Recipient List Eudora User Manual Using the Quick Recipient List The Quick Recipient List is your list of recipients to whom you often send mail To add a nickname to the Quick Recipient List do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Address Book or p
59. field but be sure that any nicknames you use are defined in their own entry You can use a mix of nicknames and complete email addresses Adding the email address to your Address Book Address es Notes Info rontgorery aol com Note Be sure there is no other information in this field except addresses or nick names or your messages will be addressed incorrectly 8 Select the Info tab and in the Name text box enter the real name of the person or group If there is just one address for the entry the real name and the address are included in the To field for your recipient to see If there is more than one address for the entry the real name is the only thing included in the To field for your recipients they do not see the whole list of recipients If there is nothing in the Name field the recipients do see the whole list QUALCOMM Incorporated a 159 Eudora User Manual Changing Moving Copying and Deleting Entries 9 Inthe Postal Address Phone and Fax text boxes enter the contact information for the person or group This information is not included in outgoing messages Entering this information is optional Adding other information to your Address Book Addressfes Notes Info Name Robert Montgomery Postal Address 11234 Main Street San Diego CA 92103 Phone 619 343 0938 Fax 619 372 4938 10 To add any additional information regarding the person or group click the Notes tab We recommend tha
60. following 1 Move the cursor to where you want the picture 2 From the Edit menu choose Insert 3 From the Insert submenu choose Picture A dialog box appears 4 Inthe dialog box select an image file and click Open The picture is inserted into the message body at the cursor position You can continue typing text Once the picture is inserted in your message you can drag it to where you want it in the message Your recipient will see the picture right in the message body Note What your recipient sees may depend on whether the receiving computer and email package support the display of inline images embedded in message text To insert a horizontal line in message text do the following 1 Move the cursor to where you want the line 2 From the Edit menu choose Insert 3 From the Insert submenu choose Horizontal Line A horizontal rule is inserted imme diately above the line on which the cursor resides QUALCOMM Incorporated a 31 Attaching a File to a Message Eudora User Manual Attaching a File to a Message Any file can be attached to and sent with a Eudora message Most of the time an attached document functions like a rider to the email message and does not appear within the message text Instead the name of the document appears automatically in the Attached field of the message header To attach a file to an outgoing message do the following 1 From the Message menu choose Attach File The Attach File dial
61. following sites Click the URL to display website The Consummate Winsock Applications list http cws internet com The Ultimate Collection of Winsock Software http www tucows com Stardust Technologies http www stardust com wsdir WinSite http www winsite com Kerberos You can get the necessary files and information for setting up Kerberos authentication in Eudora from ftp eudora com in the directory eudora eudorapro windows extras kerberos Be sure to read the installation instruc tions to ensure that Kerberos is set up properly To learn more about the Kerberos authentication system click on the following URL to display website http web mit edu kerberos www Spelling Dictionaries There are additional spelling dictionaries that are compatible with Eudora s built in spelling checker They are available via anonymous ftp from ftp eudora com in the directory eudora eudorapro windows extras dictionaries To configure Eudora to use these dictionaries look at the online help select Topics from the Help menu under EUDORA INI File Settings MainLexfiles Developer Information If you are a software developer and are interested in how to have your application used or integrated with Eudora click on the following URL http www eudora qualcomm com developers SS QUALCOMM Incorporated 258 Dialup Eudora Intoduction As of version 4 0 Eudora no longer supports the built in Serial Dialup shell connection me
62. from the IMAP server To delete messages from the IMAP server you must perform two steps QUALCOMM Incorporated Managing Your Mail on the IMAP Server Eudora User Manual m Mark the message for deletion m Remove all marked messages To mark a message for deletion do the following 1 Open the IMAP mailbox or folder containing the message 2 Select or open the message 3 From the Message menu choose Delete Or press the Delete key To unmark a marked message so that it won t be deleted from the IMAP server select or open the message and from the Message menu choose UnDelete Or right click to display the drop down list then choose UnDelete To remove all messages from the IMAP server marked for deletion from the Message menu choose Remove Deleted Messages The messages are completely removed both from the IMAP server and from your computer Once you remove marked messages using the Remove Deleted Messages command these messages are completely gone and cannot be restored Therefore use this command with caution Resync hronizing an IMAP Mailbox or Folder Keeping your mailboxes and folders remotely on an IMAP server lets you perform opera tions on them from different computers For a particular IMAP mailbox you may delete some messages from the mailbox from one computer check mail from another computer resulting in new messages being transferred to the mailbox and change the status of some of the messages from a t
63. generally the Windows SYSTEM directory Therefore it is not sufficient to copy the EUMAPI DLL and EUMAPI32 DLL Eudora DLL files into the Windows SYSTEM directory alongside the standard Microsoft MAPI DLL and MAPI32 DLL files For client applications to find the Eudora MAPI DLLs the DLL files must be named MAPI DLL and MAPI32 DLL This creates a conflict since most Windows installations will have the MAPI DLL and MAPI32 DLL files preinstalled in the Windows SYSTEM directory to support Microsoft Exchange Note Eudora is able to swap the Eudora EUMAPI and EUMAPI32 DLLs with the Microsoft MAPI and MAPI82 DLLs when the user launches Eudora and is able to unswap the Eudora MAPI DLLs when the user exits Eudora This approach gives the user the most flexibility and preserves the user s ability to use Microsoft Exchange and or Microsoft Fax when Eudora is not running If we permanently install the Eudora MAPI DLLs over the existing Microsoft MAPI DLLs then applications such as the Microsoft Fax service bundled with Microsoft Exchange which rely on the Microsoft MAPI DLLs will no longer work This is clearly unacceptable for users who need to use MAPI for both Microsoft Exchange and Eudora Eudora MAPI Startup Proc edure When launched Eudora runs the following swap procedure when the user has selected either the Always or the When Eudora is running MAPI Server option in Eudora see MAPI Technical Report on page 247 fo
64. have different dialup networking connection entries whether or not the already connected dialup networking connection should be maintained or a new dialup networking connection made It may be necessary to turn this setting off set to zero if you have personalities that check mail on servers that are behind firewalls and require that you dial in directly in order to connect to the mail server HTML style sheet used for displaying received messages Ask user for read receipts Always deny read receipts without prompting Always return read receipts without prompting Attribution line when a Reply to All is done Attribution line when a Reply is done The string that gets inserted after the original text of a replied message A newline is added before the string The string that precedes all lines of the original message in a replied message The string that gets inserted before the original text of a replied message A newline is added after the string QUALCOMM Incorporated Settings Entry ReservedDosNames ReturnAddressFormat SaveDialupPasswordText SavePasswordText SearchAllmapAccounts SeentIntro SendXAttachHeader ShowAttachmenticons ShowMeTheErrors ShowProgress ShowProgresslInactive SMTPAuthAllowed SMTPAuthBanished SMTPAuthRequired SMTPPort SMTPRecipientWrap StatBarBlink QUALCOMM Incorporated Default Value Eudora User Manual Description aux com1 com2 coReserved names o
65. history file and address book are selected in the new Auto Completion option window explained later in this section Select the correct name and the name and email address appear in the field The history file consists of names and email addresses of people you have previously sent or forwarded messages to or to whose messages you have replied within Eudora The address book consists of the nicknames you have entered for each person in your address book In the example below you want to send Barb a message Previously you had to enter her nickname from your address book or if she wasn t in your address book you had to enter her full email address To use the auto completion feature just enter B in the To field and Eudora displays a drop down name list of names beginning with B for you to choose from You can also press Esc to prevent the drop down name list from appearing If you had typed BA Eudora would have displayed a drop down name list with all names begin ning with Ba Scroll through the name list and click or press Enter to select the correct name The name is now entered into the header field Name auto completion in a new message Fj barb marilyn Croteau No Subject of x Hl lt none gt Ii MIME Bogga q amp Send 734 BE Z U II To From amp Marilyn Croteau m Subject E marilyn Croteau Cec Marilyn Stover Marilyn Stover Bee Attached
66. in Options 226 Queue button 23 44 Queue For Delivery command 43 190 Queue mail 43 Change Queueing command 44 45 Change Queueing dialog 44 Don t send option 45 editing before sending 45 for a certain time 44 Immediate send option 43 Next time queued messages are sent option 44 On or after option 45 Queue button 43 Queue For Delivery command 43 Right now option 44 Send Message Right now option 44 QUALCOMM Incorporated Index Send Queued Messages command 44 sending queued mail when checking mail 45 taking mail out of the queue 45 Queued Q status 43 Quick Recipient List 143 165 187 189 191 Add to Recipient List command 165 Adding e mail address to 165 Forward To submenu 165 Insert amp Expand Recipient submenu 166 Insert Recipient submenu 165 New Message To submenu 165 putting nicknames in 166 Redirect To submenu 165 Remove From Recipient List command 165 removing nicknames from 166 Removing recipient from 165 Quick Start Guide 242 Quit with messages queued to be sent how to enter in Options 226 Quitting Eudora 19 Quoted printable Turning off 255 Quoted Printable button 22 R Readme txt file 242 Real name how to enter in Options 198 Real Name option 84 RECENT format in Options 219 Redirect automatically put new message in the queue 65 definition 290 no signature 66 Turbo redirect by default option 65 Redirect command 65 189 Redirect To action 116 Redirect To submenu 66 165 189 Redirected stat
67. incoming message or one or more selected incoming messages from read to unread or from unread to read Cirl Space Reset the current or selected text in the message body of a composition window to the default character formatting Ctrl Drag window or toolbar Temporarily suspend docking while dragging a dock able window or the main toolbar Alt Drag toolbar button Move the button on the toolbar QUALCOMM Incorporated a 235 Eudora User Manual 236 Eudora Shortcuts Eudora Shortc uts The shortcuts for Eudora functions are as follows Cirl 0 Ctrl 1 Cirl 6 Ctrl Cirl Ctrl Ctrl A Ctrl B Ctrl C Ctrl D Ctrl E Ctrl F Ctrl Shift F Ctrl H Ctrl 1 Cirl J Ctrl K Ctrl L Ctrl M Ctrl N Ctrl O Ctrl P Ctrl Q Ctrl R Ctrl Shift R Ctrl S Ctrl T Cirl U Ctrl V Open Out mailbox Open In mailbox Check spelling Paste as quotation Find next Finish address book entry nickname Select all Make text bold Copy to clipboard Delete Send immediately or Queue for delivery Open Find Messages window Open Find Text dialog box Attach document Make text italic Filter messages Make address book entry nickname Open Address Book Check mail New message Open file Print Exit quit Eudora Reply Reply to all Save current window Send queued me
68. is lf the specific item is an exact match search and display those messages is not lf the specific item is not an exact match search and display those messages starts with lf the specific item starts with the text string search and display those messages ends with lf the specific item ends with the text string search and display those messages QUALCOMM Incorporated E 123 Eudora User Manual 124 Find Messages matches regexp lf the specific item matches the regular expression string of charac ters search and display those messages Regular Expression is a search string that uses special characters to match text characters For example if you are searching for messages sent to you by two people choose From in the first drop down options list then choose matches regexp then type their usernames between brackets separated by a vertical pipe symbol for example bobclark janedoe in the text box Eudora searches and displays all messages from these two people For more informa tion concerning regular expressions refer to the readme txt file in the Eudora folder or click the following URL http sansecus usc es unixpages concepts_regexp html Note Regular Expressions is an advanced and complex method of searching for text is after is before Date only If the date is after or before the date displayed search and display those messages is greater than is less than Age Size Priority Attachment Count
69. it suggest the correct spelling add the word to your user dictionary edit your dictionary or change the spelling options via the Options button Each of the fields and buttons is described below Just Send Queue Click to send or queue the current message that contains the misspellings The misspellings are not corrected before they are sent or queued Unknown An unknown word is one that is not found in Eudora s built in dictionary or your own custom dictionary You can act on an unknown word using the Ignore Ignore all Change Change all or Add buttons as described below QUALCOMM Incorporated E 38 Checking Your Spelling Manually Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Change To This field works in conjunction with the Change and Change all buttons It allows you to modify the unknown word by either typing its correct spelling in this field or selecting a suggested alternative spelling from the Suggestions field and then clicking the Change or Change all button as described below Suggestions This field lists Eudora s suggestions for the correct spelling of the unknown word If the Suggest words option is selected all suggestions are listed here by default If the option is deselected click the Suggest button to display Eudora s sugges tions Ignore This button causes the spelling checker to ignore this occurrence of the unknown word Ignore all This button causes the spelling checker to ignore th
70. lets you choose what action should be taken regarding that link the next time Eudora is online ask you if you want to launch the link launch it without asking bookmark the link in your browser or remind you later The dialog now has a checkbox that will make the action you choose the default from then on which means you won t see the Offline Link Dialog any more It defaults to 0 ask and the other values are 1 launch 2 bookmark and 3 remind If this is non zero an OWNER LOK file will be created on startup which helps to prevent possible corruption if multiple instances of Eudora are used on the same set of mailboxes QUALCOMM Incorporated Settings Entry Default Value PasswordOKWordList lock busy own it of memory assign stream ush of temp being unlock hangup timeout not owned quota drop name recognition mode accessible by others regular file flock maillock few minute locked PhReturn POPPort 110 PreviewHeaders To Subject Cc PreviewSplitterPos 0 PreviewTableEnd lt table gt r n PreviewTableRowEnd lt td gt lt tr gt r n PreviewTableRowStart lt tr bgcolor s text s gt lt td gt r n PreviewTableStart lt table cellspacing 0 cellpadding 0 width 100 bgcolor s text s gt r n PrintHeaders 1 Progressldle 3 QuoteEnd QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Description A comma separated list of words that if found in the response text from an error from the POP PASS
71. may respond as follows QUALCOMM Incorporated 28 Formatting Text Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual m Click Now to queue the notification message in your Out mailbox It will be sent the next time queued messages are sent m Click Later to close the message without sending a notification Note that each time you open the message and then close it or if you try to delete it the notifica tion request will appear until you click either Now or Never m Click Never to cancel the notification request without ever sending a request for notification message m Click Cancel to dismiss the request for notification request from the screen while the return receipt message is open Note that if you close the message the notifi cation dialog box will appear again The Return Receipt options may or may not work as described depending on your recipi ents email software Formatting Text Sponsored and Paid modes only You can use standard text editing options to format the text of your outgoing messages your text files and your signatures The formatting is delivered to your recipients using text editing standards in common use today In Eudora styled and plain text formatting is delivered to your recipients using the Hypertext Markup Language format HTML This enables you to compose and send messages styled with different fonts colors font sizes etc However the formatting your recipients see depend on how well
72. message rr Mark it as deleted eA C Move it to Trash anars ka Authentication style A Passwords C Kerberos Internet Dialup CramMDS aa xl Cancel IMAP Mailbox Location Prefix This specifies the mailbox location prefix that IMAP will use when locating your mailboxes on the incoming mail server An example prefix is usr mail Ask your email administrator what to enter here if you are not sure For new mail download These options you must choose one let you control the way incoming mail is downloaded from the IMAP server Minimal headers only lf this option is selected only a limited set of message headers and nothing else is downloaded for each incoming message That means the remaining message headers the message body and any attachments are not initially retrieved for the message By accessing each part of the message you can retrieve the remaining portion from the server Full message except attachments over _ K If this option is selected the full message full set of message headers and the message body and any attachments smaller than the specified size are downloaded for each incoming message Also any attachments larger than the specified size are not downloaded with the message To download all of your IMAP attachments enter a large number in this field If you enter 0 in the text box all attachments regardless of size are retrieved When I delete a message These options you must choose o
73. message with the selected stationery Reply to the sender and all original recipients of the message Send File or Attach file Attach a file to the current message or a new message respec tively Attach Use an attachment plug in to create and attach a special file to the current message or a new message Example AQUALCOMM PureVoice voice message attach ment See Plug ins Extended Messaging Services on page 242 Click the page number to display the topic Send Immediately or Queue For Delivery Send the message right now or put it in the queue to be sent the next time queued messages are sent depending on whether Imme diate send is selected in the Sending Mail options See Sending Mail on page 203 Click the page number to display the topic Change Change the queuing status priority label server status or personality of the selected messages or current message Note Changing the personality changes the associated stationery and signature Delete Transfer the current message into the Trash mailbox POP server or mark the message for deletion IMAP server UnDelete Unmark the message for deletion IMAP server only Purge Messages Remove all messages marked for deletion IMAP server only Removes these messages from both your PC and the IMAP server Transfer Menu This menu lets you transfer the current message s to another mailbox either an existing mailbox or a new mailbox that you create
74. number to display the topic A message s Status Priority Label Personality and Server Status can be changed directly in the mailbox window To do this select the messages you want to change and click the right mouse button inside the selection Select an option from the drop down list to make your change E QUALCOMM Incorporated 94 Understanding the Components of a Mailbox Eudora User Manual To select the display of lines in the message summaries portion of mailbox windows hori zontal lines to separate summaries and vertical lines to separate columns select the Show mailbox lines option in the Display options window Status Column This column displays the message status which is one of the following a The message has not been read all mailboxes except Out or is queueable or sendable but has not been queued or sent Out mailbox only lt blank gt The message has been read all mailboxes except Out or is not yet able to be queued or sent because it has no recipients in the To or Bcc fields Out mailbox only E The message has been replied to gt The message has been forwarded A The message has been redirected w The message has been sent outgoing messages only Q The message is queued to be sent outgoing messages only eo The message is queued to be sent at a specified time outgoing messages only The message was transferred from the Out mailbox before being sent nT The message is be
75. number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated a 59 Eudora User Manual Managing Your Mail on the IMAP Server 60 Full Message Except Attachments Over_ K To prevent Eudora from transferring large attachments to your computer during mail checks turn on the Full message except attachments over _ K option and specify a size You can set this option in the Incoming Mail options for your main account or in the Account Settings dialog box for any of your personalities If you enter zero the attach ment regardless of its size will be retrieved Each time mail is then checked for the account any attachments larger than the specified size are not transferred to your computer with the message The rest of the message is transferred including the complete message body Any attachments within the specified size are also transferred Enter a large number to transfer most or all attachments to your computer Attachments not transferred during mail checks can still be retrieved When you open or preview the message associated with the attachment an icon for the attachment appears in the incoming message window or the message preview pane To retrieve the attach ment do the following m Click the icon to retrieve the attachment from the IMAP server Or right click on a message to display the drop down list and from the drop down list choose Fetch then Include Attachments If you wish to re retrieve a message at any time do the fo
76. of the ticket that Eudora requests from the Kerberos server The formatting key below this field indicates what to enter Enter 1 to stand for the service name entered in the Service name field enter 2 to stand for the full domain name of the POP host enter 3 to stand for the realm entered in the Realm field enter 4 to stand for the name of the POP host Note For more information about Kerberos see the following Web site Click the following URL http web mit edu kerberos www index html Misc ellaneous The Miscellaneous options determine additional Eudora capabilities that are not catego rized with other functions To display the Miscellaneous options window do the following QUALCOMM Incorporated E 231 Eudora User Manual Miscellaneous 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Miscellaneous icon The Miscellaneous options window appears Miscellaneous options window Options 29 xi Category Switch messages with T Unmodified arrow keys I Ctrl arrow keys I Alt arrow keys T Empty Trash when exiting MV Say OK to alerts after jz second s IM Turbo redirect by default I Include outdated Retum Receipt To IV Automatically expand nicknames Auto save messages every fio minute s Miscellaneous Select the options you want to change Options are described below Switch messages with Unmodified arrow keys lIf this is selected and if there is an incoming message window open on
77. off the command from the context menu choose Float In Main Window The check mark disappears 3 To turn on the command choose Allow Docking A check mark appears 4 To then dock the window drag the window to an edge of the main Eudora window or to another docked window When the ghosted docking rectangle appears indicating that the window will be docked release the mouse button The window attaches to the main window edge or the other window Some windows are more convenient to use when docked vertically tall and narrow while others are more convenient to use when docked horizontally short and wide Examples of windows that work better as tall and narrow windows are the Mailboxes window and the File Browser window Examples of windows that work better as short and wide windows are the Task Status window and the Filter Report window Following are descriptions of the controls in docked windows Gripper Bar The gripper bar also called the grab handle is the double line at one edge of the docked window Drag the window by the gripper bar to undock it from the main window frame The window now floats you can leave it as a floating window or you can dock it to any edge of the main window or to another docked window Note The toolbar has a gripper bar Zoom Button When two or more windows are docked on the same edge of the main window Eudora activates each window s zoom button This button appears next to the x close b
78. only If the specific item is greater than or less than the number indicated search and display those messages Once you have chosen the conjunction enter the text string that you are searching for or choose a value from the drop down list if one appears In the text box you can enter as much text as you want In the following example a username was entered Example of search criteria for a one level search i Find Messages ox G Hach Al Match Any Search One match in 22 mailboxes Results Mailboxes Mi QUALCOMM Me In Out Trash amp Archive amp ASG amp Business 1 amp Classifieds Discussions EIMS amp Fun Stuff amp Marketing amp Miscellaneous amp Need to Reply amp Peanut amp Publications INIA In the above example if you click Search Eudora will search through all of your mail boxes for every message that contain the text Ron anywhere in the header portion of the message To continue adding a second level of criteria you can add up to five levels click More Choose and enter more criteria to further streamline the search as in the following example You can also select Match All or Match Any to include or differentiate the criteria from one level to the other Match All will find messages that match all of the criteria you entered Match Any will find messages that match any o
79. only if you have the Leave Mail on Server option selected in the Incoming Mail options window See Leaving Mail on the Server on page 56 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated Receiving Attachments Eudora User Manual Priority drop down list z This lets you indicate that the message is of higher or lower priority than a normal message For most messages this is just an empty box normal priority For details see the section Setting the Message Priority on page 27 Click the page number to display the topic Subject This is the subject that was assigned by the sender and is shown in the message summary For instructions on changing this subject see Editing Incoming Messages on page 55 Click the page number to display the topic Message Body The message body contains the message header and text information as well as the name and icon of each attachment Attachments can be opened from within the message window by clicking on the attachment icon or name Eudora lets you view incoming mail with advanced formatting graphics multimedia and the like Additionally if you have the Use Microsoft s viewer option turned on in the Viewing Mail options and you have Microsoft Internet Explorer 3 0 or later installed and available on your system then Eudora lets you take full advantage of the viewing capabil ities of a Web browser YOu can view directly in the email message itself o
80. options window appears Internet Dialup options window Options 2 xi Category IV Have Eudora connect using Dial up networking Eom When Eudora established the connection si I Hang up after receiving and sending I Close connection on Exit Checking Mail Entry 7 Edt _ New Incoming Mail FE I Only do automatic mail checks when a network Gy connection is already established Sending Mail iam ialup A care _ Have Eudora connect using Dial up networking lf this is selected the specified dial up connection referred to in Windows NT 4 0 as a phonebook entry is used when Eudora does any network operation This option is available only if you have installed the dial up networking services with Windows 95 98 or Windows NT 4 0 When Eudora established the connection Hang up after receiving and sending lf this is selected the connection terminates each time mail is retrieved and sent Close connection on Exit lf this is selected the phone connection terminates when you exit Eudora Entry Use the drop down list to select a dial up connection in this field You must have dial up networking set up in Windows QUALCOMM Incorporated E 205 Eudora User Manual Replying 206 New Select to create a new dial up networking entry See the online user manual for information on creating a dial up networking entry Edit Select to edit the current entry displayed in the Entry field box For example you would edit phone n
81. registered A similar description as the one in DIRSERV Major above applies This entry reflects the major version of Ldap dll that was last registered A similar description as the one in DIRSERV Major above applies This entry reflects the minor version of Ldap dll that was last registered A similar description as the one in DIRSERV Major above applies This entry reflects the major version of Ph dll that was last registered A similar description as the one in DIRSERV Major above applies This entry reflects the minor version of Ph dll that was last registered A similar description as the one in DIRSERV Major above applies 281 Debug Eudora User Manual 282 Debug The Debug section controls aspects of the Eudora log file The Eudora log file is a handy tool for debugging network connections especially when using the dialup connection method Entry Default Value LogFileName EUDORA LOG LogFileSize 1000 LogLevel 11 which is bits 1 2 and 4 Description The name of the log file The size in KB of the log file that when reached will cause the log file to be copied to the file EUDORLOG OLD and a new log file to be started A bit mapped value telling what type of information to log Bit 1 1 Sending of a message Bit 2 2 Receipt of a message Bit 3 4 Dialup script navigation commands Bit 4 8 Alert messages Bit 5 16 Progress messages Bit 6 32 All bytes sent Bit 7 64 All by
82. represents a message and is called a message summary Outgoing messages that are in any mailbox other than Out are shown with italicized message summaries To select one or more message summaries use one of the following options m To select one summary click it QUALCOMM Incorporated E 93 Eudora User Manual Understanding the Components of a Mailbox m To select a consecutive range of summaries select a summary hold down the Shift key and select another summary Or drag the mouse over the summaries to select them as long as you begin on an unselected summary m To select all of the summaries that have the same information in a particular column hold down the Alt key and click one column in the summary For example if you click the Status column for one summary all of the summaries with that status are selected m To make non consecutive selections hold down the Ctrl key and select summaries m To find messages by name or subject type the first few letters of a name or subject and Eudora selects the message Each message summary is divided into columns The column names are shown below with the corresponding icons that appear in the column headings a Status Priority Attachments la Label Label Who Sender Recipient Who a Date Date Size Server Status Fe Subject Subject TE You can show or hide these columns using the Display options window See Display on page 209 Click the page
83. servers already configured by default m ldap bigfoot com m lIdap switchboard com m lIdap whowhere com m lIdap infospace com a Idapbiz infospace com m lIdap fourt1 com m Eudora Nicknames or the name of your nicknames file This last item appears only if you have a Eudora Address Book set up You can modify or delete these databases and you can also create new databases See the following sections for more information QUALCOMM Incorporated Using Directory Service Databases Eudora User Manual You use the databases in this list to perform your lookup queries To perform a query you must first select one or more databases in the list To select a database click the checkbox to the left of the database name until a checkmark appears in the box If no databases are selected you cannot perform a query You can select multiple databases to perform a query and you can mix protocols Click a column heading to sort this list by that column alphabetically Shift click the column heading to sort in reverse order To resize columns position the mouse pointer over the divider line to the right of the desired column and drag the line to the left or right The use of the Modify button in this section of the window is described in Modifying an Existing Database on page 182 The use of the Delete button is described in Deleting a Database on page 183 Adding a New Database Server In addition to the default director
84. setup 4 Select Create a brand new email account and click Next The next New Account Wizard window Personality Name appears QUALCOMM Incorporated E 77 Eudora User Manual Adding a New Personality New Account Wizard Personality Name window New Account Wizard Eudora Personality Name What would you like to call this personality Please note that this name should be as descriptive as possible so that you can easily remember which email account this personality refers to Email Account Personality Name Business fe g gt My Laptop Account 5 Inthe Personality Name text box enter the name to identify this Personality only for example Business Click Next and the next New Account Wizard window Personal Information appears New Account Wizard Personal Information window New Account Wizard Eudora Personal Information In the edit box below please enter your name as you would Email Account like it to appear in the From field of your outgoing Setup message gt Your Name p oe Cama e g gt Chris Jones y coes e 6 Inthe Your Name text box enter your name Click Next and the next New Account Wizard window E mail Address appears New Account Wizard E mail Address window New Account Wizard Eudora E Mail Address Please enter your e mail address which has been assigned Email Account to you by your Internet Service Provider This addr
85. the Text submenu and the formatting toolbar See the Text Toolbar section above for information on using the formatting part of the toolbar The following Text submenu commands are described QUALCOMM Incorporated E 29 Formatting Text Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Text Editing Menu Commands To format text use the commands on the Text submenu of the Edit menu If text in the message body is selected the menu command applies the formatting to that text If no text is selected but the cursor is in the message body then the font related commands apply the formatting to the next text you type and the margin related commands apply the formatting to the current paragraph that is the paragraph containing the cursor Important You must place the cursor in the composition window to activate the options otherwise the options are inactive grayed out The formatting options are as follows Font Make the text a certain font by choosing from the fonts available on your system Remember that your recipient may not have the same fonts Bold Italic Underline Make the text bold talic or underlined The default is plain text Color Make the text black or the selected color Typewriter Set the text to the fixed width typewriter style message font selected in the Fonts Options Size Make the text the selected size Very Small Small the default Medium Large Larger Very Large and Humongous The
86. the idle time Eudora waits before delivering mail to your mailboxes and folders For example if you are composing a message and Eudora is retrieving mail in the background Eudora will not deliver the mail until you stop typing for the amount of time indicated here If the you set the time for 5 seconds Eudora delivers your mail if you stop typing for at least 5 seconds This field is beneficial if you don t want to be interrupted too frequently while using Eudora If the number in this field is large you ll get fewer interruptions Bring error window to front Select this option to have the Task Error window brought to the front when an error occurs Bring task status window to front Select this option to have the Task Status window brought to the front when a task occurs for example sending or receiving mail Automation The Automation options let you control and exchange information with Eudora from other programs that support the Windows Automation Interface such as Microsoft Visual Basic These options give you external access to Eudora mail folders mailboxes and messages and to the Eudora application itself With automation enabled you can create delete and move Eudora mail folders mailboxes and messages as well as get notification of these three operations when they are performed manually You can also get lists of the subfolders under folders and of the messages within mailboxes For more information on the automation fe
87. the machine to which you are connecting You may or may not need to transmit the ppp command after the system accepts your username and password The Dialup Networking tool automatically replaces the USERID and PASSWORD variables with your Dialup Networking username and password so that you don t expose your user name and password in an unencrypted plain text file To use this login script you must first save the file to a known location on your disk By convention Dialup Networking script files have an SCP file extension To use the script under Windows 95 98 m Launch the Dial up Scripting Tool found on the Start Programs Accessories menu m Select the Phonebook entry from the Connections list box and enter the script file name in the File name field m Click the Apply button to accept your changes m Click the Properties button to display the properties dialog for your Phonebook entry m Click the Configure button to display the modem properties dialog Then select the Options tab m Uncheck the Bring up terminal window after dialing option Now click OK to accept your changes m Back in the properties dialog for your Phonebook entry click OK to accept your changes To use the script under Windows NT 4 x m Open the Dialup Networking tool and from the dropdown list select the Phonebook entry you want to change m Click the More button then select the Edit entry and modem properties item from the button menu m In
88. the page number to display the topic 5 For each personality you want automatically checked right click the personality to display the drop down context menu 6 From the context menu choose Properties The Account Settings dialog box appears 7 Turn on the Check Mail option for that personality The Check Mail option also specifies that an account should be checked for new mail when a manual mail check is done Checking for Mail Manually To manually check for new mail at any time do the following 1 From the File menu choose Check Mail or click Any account that has the Check Mail option turned on in the Account Settings dialog box is checked If you haven t successfully entered your password since opening the Eudora program a prompt appears for each personality being checked A Task Status window can also appear indicating retrieval of your incoming mail See Task Status Window on page 151 Click the page number to display the topic Stopping a Mail Check If you want to stop a mail check in the middle of the process do the following 1 On the Eudora status bar right click on the progress indicator or envelope A drop down context menu appears Task indicator s context menu Stop All Tasks Go offline Show Task Status 2 From the drop down list choose Stop All Tasks to stop the mail check QUALCOMM Incorporated Using Your Password Eudora User Manual To resume mail check right click on the progr
89. the selected nick name s inserted in the appropriate field Tip To select multiple entries in sequence hold down the Shift key or to select entries non consecutively hold down the Ctrl key Note Also you can double click an entry to enter that nickname in a header field A new composition window is opened and the nickname is entered in the To field automatically If a composition window is open when you double click the nickname is entered in the header field that last had keyboard focus To address the message with the completely expanded address or addresses for that entry rather than the entry s nickname the addresses are listed in the Address es field for the entry select the Expand Nickname option QUALCOMM Incorporated a 161 Eudora User Manual Make Address Book Entry Command 162 Once the composition window appears you can use the To Cc and Bcc buttons to insert additional nicknames into the corresponding fields subject to the following restric tions If the Address Book is a docked or floating window either alone or as part of a tabbed window group the To Cc and Bcc buttons apply to the topmost composition window if any If the Address Book is a normal window either alone or as part of a tabbed window group the To Cc and Bcc buttons apply to the composition window if any that is immediately under either the Address Book or the tabbed window group containing the Address Book For mor
90. the vertical splitter bar to the right of the list and drag the line to the left or right The next two sections refer exclusively to the Filters window For information on the match conditions and filter actions in the Make Filter dialog box see Quick and Simple Filters with the Make Filter dialog box on page 108 Click the page number to display the topic Filter Criteria Match Area Each filter in the Filters window can use one or two terms as its criteria connecting them as appropriate with the conjunction drop down menu Header Use this field to specify which message header items you want the filter to search You can choose an option from the drop down menu or enter one yourself This is helpful if you want to use a header item that does not appear on the menu such as X Priority The selections are as follows a To m From m Subject m Cc m Reply To m Any Header m Body m Any Recipient m Personality The Any Header option searches all message headers including hidden headers that are shown with the BLAH BLAH BLAH option The Body option searches the message body The Any Recipient option searches all possible recipient items To Cc Bcc The Personality option searches the name of the personality email account associated with the message You will most likely want to search for both the To and Cc fields when receiving mail If so you should use lt lt Any
91. their email packages support this standard HTML is the text formatting standard used in the World Wide Web by Web browsers and newer email applications As well as allowing you to use enriched text HTML also lets you embed pictures and create bullet lists in the messages you send It s important to remember that you cannot completely control what happens on your recipients computers Depending on the type of computers they are using their installed fonts their options or preferences etc they could end up viewing something other than what you had intended Also the formatting changes you make are sent to your recipient but your default text settings are not Any text that you did not make changes to appears using your recipient s default text settings which may be different from yours In Eudora you can select preferences for sending text in your messages as follows 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll through the category list and select Styled Text 3 In the Styled Text options window you can select whether you want Eudora to send your messages with both plain and styled text with styled text only or with plain text only Also you can set a warning each time you send a message with styled text However the default is to send both styled and plain text For details see Styled Text on page 213 Text in outgoing messages text files and signature files can be formatted using the commands on the Edit menu
92. these tasks m disable timed mail checks m manually check for mail m transfer and delete messages after they are retrieved However a dialog box appears asking you to connect for as long as it takes to transfer and delete your messages Once the tasks are completed you immediately disconnect from the server ST QUALCOMM Incorporated 62 Replying to a Message Eudora User Manual Replying to a Message To reply to the current message do the following m From the Message menu choose Reply or click A new message window appears with the original sender s address automatically placed in the To field of the header All of the sender s original text is quoted in the message body This text can be edited as needed Additional text can be added to the reply just as to any outgoing message and the reply can then be sent or saved for further changes If the sender s text is quoted with a left sidebar also called an excerpt bar See the following example Sender s text showing excerpt bar This text includ and text that is Messages that have been replied to are identified with a left arrow in the Status column of their message summary Using the Reply Options There are several options that you can use when replying to messages To include everyone who received the original message do the following m From the Message menu choose Reply to All or click FA To include yourself as a recipient select the Incl
93. to any edge of the main Eudora window When Allow Docking is deselected for a docked window the window is converted to a floating window and cannot be redocked When the command is turned off for a floating window the window cannot be docked Even with Allow Docking selected you can hold down the Cirl key while dragging a docked or floating window to suspend dockability until you release the key Hide This command is always available on the context menu Choose Hide to close the tool window or tabbed window Hide performs the same func tion as the Close command Citrl F4 on the standard MS Windows window context menu Note however that when you hide or close a tool window its content state and position are all preserved And when you hide or close a tabbed window the content state and position of all member windows are preserved Thus if you hide and redisplay a floating tabbed window the window floats in its same position If you attempt to hide or close a tool window that contains unsaved changes or a tabbed window in which the active window contains unsaved changes Eudora asks if you want to save your changes To redisplay a tool window after you ve hidden it choose it from the Tools menu To redis play a tabbed window after you ve hidden it choose one of its member windows from the Tools menu The tabbed window redisplays with the selected window active You can use keyboard shortcuts to
94. to be sent in the next 12 hours you are given the option to send them See the sections Queuing a Message to Send Later on page 43 and Queueing a Message to Send at a Certain Time on page 44 Click the page number to display the topic The Trash mailbox is emptied if the Empty Trash when exiting option is selected in the Miscellaneous options See Miscellaneous on page 231 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual 20 Starting and Quitting Eudora QUALCOMM Incorporated Creating an Outgoing Message Eudora User Manual Creating Messages Creating an Outgoing Message An outgoing message is a message you send to someone else The simplest way to create an outgoing message is to do the following m From the Message menu choose New Message or click the New Message icon on the main toolbar ze The composition window appears Using the Composition Window The composition window consists of the title bar the toolbar the message header and an area for the message body Headers and Composition Window Ej Bob Clark yourfirm com 04 48 PM 2 7 2000 0800 meeting tomorrow eee To Bob Clark yourfirm com From Joe Camp lt jcarnp myfirm com gt Subject meeting tomorrow Ce Sue Smith myfirm com Bee Attached Bob The meeting has been postponed until tomorrow at 5 p m Thanks Joe Camp OF No Recipient No S ut E Bob ciark
95. to see its description Drag the button to any toolbar Description The Customize window contains six tabbed panels General Mailboxes Plugins Recipients Stationery and Personalities Each of these panels lets you add toolbar buttons for functions related to the tab title Note The procedures for adding a toolbar button from each panel are similar 3 In each panel choose an item from the categories list on the left and the corre sponding button icons for that category are shown in the Buttons section on the right 4 Click to select one of the button icons and view a description of the button s function in the Description field at the bottom of the panel These descriptions also appear in the status bar of the main Eudora window if the bar is currently displayed when you posi tion the mouse pointer over the button icon In this case you don t have to click the button Note In these button descriptions any instruction to hold down the Shift key means to do so when you are actually using the button from the toolbar not when you are adding the button to the toolbar and not when you are clicking on the button in the Customize window to view its description For example if you click the New Message button in the QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora Toolbar Eudora User Manual main toolbar a new composition window opens If you hold down the Shift key and click the New Message button in the main toolbar the Message Op
96. to the Out box Include signature on reply lf this is selected your default signature will be included on all of your replies automatically QUALCOMM Incorporated Attachments QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Quote only the selected text lf this is selected only the text you highlight in a received message will appear on the reply message When replying to all This specifies how to address a reply If Include yourself is selected when you Reply to all as described above your address is left in the address list of the new message and you receive a copy of your own reply If this option is turned off the default your address is removed from the reply message and you do not receive a copy of the reply If Put original To recipients in Cc option is selected the default is turned off the addresses of the original message recipients are moved from the To field to the Cc field of the reply to all message Only the address of the original sender is placed in the To field Attachments The Attachments options determine how Eudora sends and receives file attachments To display the Attachments options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Attachments icon The Attachments options window appears Attachments options window Options 24 x Category Encoding method amp MIME Replying C BinHex C Uuencode D Put text attachments in body o
97. to your recipients Return address This is the return email address used in outgoing messages and recipi ents replies if this address is different from your incoming mail account The address you enter here is included in the From field of all your outgoing messages from this account and when a recipient replies to a message from this account the reply is sent to this address If you do not enter an address in this field Eudora uses your incoming mail account as the return address Incoming mail accounts are usually of the form ogin name incomingmailserver For example Suppose your incoming mail account is rclark worldmail myfirm com but your return address is rclark myfirm com This is slightly different You would then enter rclark myfirm com in this field Note If you do enter an address in this field first test the address to be sure that mail sent to it is indeed delivered to you If you use an invalid return address no one will be able to reply to your mail Mail Server Incoming This is the name of the incoming mail server for your principal email account All incoming messages to your primary account are routed through this server Use the Incoming Mail options window to specify whether this server uses POP Post Office Protocol or IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol A sample server name might be worldmail myfirm com Login Name This is the name you use to log in to your primary email account for accounts that re
98. topmost normal window and is active Or if the tabbed window containing it is the topmost normal window and the Directory services tab is active QUALCOMM Incorporated a 171 Eudora User Manual Using Directory Service Protocols 172 Using Directory Service Protocols Protocols are used to access in Directory Services to find information on persons by entering their name email address etc The Protocols section of the Directory Services window lists the directory service protocols available to you to use when looking up indi viduals via these services Eudora comes with four installed protocols m Ph m Finger a LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol m Eudora Address Book Note The Eudora Address Book protocol does not appear in the list until you have created an Address Book in Eudora Click the column heading Registered Drivers to sort the protocols alphabetically Shift click the column heading to sort in reverse order You can resize the column by dragging the divider line to the right of the column heading to the left or right The use of the New Database button shown in this section of the window is described under Adding a New Database on page 173 Using Directory Service Databases The Databases section of the Directory Services window lists the databases that are avail able to you for searching for individuals over the Internet within your company or in your Address Book Eudora comes with these
99. use the MAPI options to save those copies never delete them or to delete them after sending their corresponding messages or to delete them when their corresponding messages are emptied from the Trash Last you have an option to send a single MAPI text file attachment TXT and HTML files only as an inline attachment text in the body of the Eudora message rather than as a rider or normal attachment to the message So for example you can pass a Web page from your Web browser directly into the body of a Eudora message for your recipi ents to read right in the message itself they don t have to open an attachment Putting Multiple Users on One Computer If you have a multiple user license for Eudora you can set things up so that more than one Eudora user can be on a single computer This also works if you have multiple e mail accounts multiple personalities but you don t want your alternate personalities to use the same set of mailboxes You will need to exit and reopen Eudora to switch users or accounts To have multiple users on one computer do the following 1 For each user create a shortcut to the Eudora executable file Eudora exe 2 Right click on the new shortcut and select Properties 3 Click the Shortcut tab 4 Inthe Target field add the path to the user s Eudora ini file as shown in the example below QUALCOMM Incorporated aE 243 Eudora User Manual Putting Multiple Users on One Computer Spe
100. want to know how to define mappings between computer file extensions MIME types and Macintosh types QUALCOMM Incorporated Practical Issues QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Tuming Off Quoted Printable Encoding Eudora automatically uses quoted printable encoding if your mail contains special charac ters Eudora also uses quoted printable encoding for attached plain text files If your recip ients don t have MIME quoted printable may hurt more than it helps If that s the case just turn off the QP button in the message Toolbar when you are sending text files to those recipients Mapping Between File Extensions MIME Types and Macintosh Types Since Eudora needs to have the appropriate extensions on attachment filenames in order to open them up from the message Eudora has the ability to map between file extensions MIME types and subtypes and Macintosh creators and types Messages received by Eudora can grab the MIME type subtype and or Macintosh creator type from an attach ment and map that into the correct file extension Also on outgoing messages Eudora can make sure that attachments are encoded with the correct MIME type subtype and or Macintosh creator type depending on the file extension of the attachment being sent Eudora knows about some MIME types However since new MIME types are being defined all the time it may be necessary to add to Eudora s knowledge from time to time Adding new mappings between
101. yourt QUALCOMWM Tite Bar When completed the title bar provides information about the message including the name of the addressee the time and date the message was sent and the message subject Text Toolbar The text toolbar is of a series of buttons and menus displayed just under the title bar It allows you to control the priority of your message override some of your default options for the current message send or queue the message and apply text styles QUALCOMM Incorporated E 21 Using the Composition Window Eudora User Manual You can select or turn off each feature for the current message by clicking a button on the toobar A feature is selected when the button is depressed and turned off when the button is raised You can set some of the defaults for the toolbar in the Sending Mail options See Sending Mail on page 203 The drop down lists and buttons on the top row of the text toolbar are described below Standard MIME CP ce QUALCOMM Incorporated Priority drop down list This lets you indicate that your message is of higher or lower priority than anormal message For most messages this is just an empty box normal priority For details see Setting the Message Priority on page 27 Signature drop down list This lets you automatically append one of your signatures to the end of a message For details see Using a Signature on page 67 Attachment type drop down list This
102. 072000 0800 URL request ioj x awe am slle 8 2 o ea G sa arial 7 A Br U Ro To barb Marilyn Stover From Joe Camp lt jcamp myfirm com gt Subject URL eause Ce jE Bec s Spears Attached PIS SPAAS o sae Bennett Ja ne BuO a EE Miller lt jmiller099 gt E jbeckley Jeanie Note To turn the name auto completion feature off go to the Tools menu choose Options and then select Auto completion Turn off Address Book and History File and click OK Setting the Message Priority You can assign a priority to incoming and outgoing messages The priority identification is only for you and your recipients it does not affect the way mail transport systems handle the messages There are five priority levels available with 1 being the highest and 5 being the lowest Each is represented by a small symbol in the Toolbar of a message window and the Priority column of a message summary Priority 3 normal is used for messages that have no assigned priorities and it is not displayed The highest priority symbol a double caret is red the lowest priority symbol an inverted double caret is blue New messages are created with a normal priority To change the priority of the current message use the Priority drop down list QUALCOMM Incorporated 27 Requesting a Return Receipt Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Selecting a priority for a message FE Bob Clark yourfirm com 04 40 PM 2
103. 1 Bcc field to copy outgoing messages 47 BinHex definition 287 BinHex encoding 32 BLAH BLAH BLAH button 52 blank in the Status column 95 Blind copy with Name field in Address Book 159 Body field in Filters 113 Bold button 23 Bold command 30 Bottom command 138 Broken lines 31 Browser 287 definition 287 Bulleted List button 24 Bulleted List command 30 187 294 C Cache network info how to enter in Options 229 Carriage returns inserted 31 Cascade command 194 Cc button in Directory Services 170 in the Address Book 161 Cc field in Filters 113 in outgoing mail 25 Center command 30 Change Password command 50 192 258 Change Queueing command 44 Change Queueing dialog 43 44 Change submenu 44 190 Changing Eudora modes 17 Check for mail every minute s how to enter in Options 200 Check for mail every minutes option 48 85 Check mail automatically 47 Delete server status 57 entering password 49 Fetch button 57 Fetch server status 57 Fetch then Delete server status 57 Forget Password s command 49 from Windows Taskbar 239 IMAP server management 59 Leave mail on server option 56 manually check 48 Minimal Headers Only option 59 minimum interval 48 Save password option 50 Skip Attachments over K option 60 Skip messages over K in size option 57 Trash button 57 with special instructions 57 Check Mail command 48 49 57 186 Check Mail option 85 Check Spelling command 187 Checking Mail 199 Checking Mail Option
104. 61 Fax field in 160 file format 164 Make Address Book Entry command from 162 maximum entries in 160 moving entries in 160 Name field in 159 New button in 158 paging up and down in 158 Phone field in 160 Postal Address field in 160 Remove From Recipient List command 166 removing nicknames from the Quick Recipient List 166 renaming a nickname 161 resizing 158 saving changes to 161 Using central Address Book files on a server 164 View By option 157 Address Book command 157 158 165 193 QUALCOMM Incorporated Index Address Book file storage 240 Address es tab 159 Advanced Network options 228 After sending message how to enter in Options 208 Age sensitive in Options 219 Age sensitive date formats 97 Alias 287 Align Center button 24 Align Left button 24 Align Right button 24 Allow Docking command 132 134 137 139 Allow drag and drop transfers how to enter in Options 213 Allow drag and drop transfers option 107 Allow drag select of messages how to enter in Options 213 Alternate personalities 75 ANCIENT format 219 and option 114 Any Header field in Filters 113 Any Recipient field in Filters 113 appears option 114 Application Configuration Access Protocol definition 287 Arrange Icons command 194 As Normal option 116 Ask me each time how to enter in Options 214 Attach Directory 53 106 Attach directory 239 Attach submenu 190 242 Attached field in a forwarded message 64 in outgoing mail 25 32 in redirected message
105. 65 Attaching a PureVoice audio file to a message 33 Attachment directory how to enter in Options 208 Attachment directory button 54 Attachment directory for IMAP 60 Attachment directory option 239 Send File 190 Attachment Type popup 22 Attachments attaching files to outgoing mail 32 automatically deleting 106 changing the Attachment Directory 54 definition 287 detaching from a message 32 dragging to attach 32 encoding 32 opening 53 receiving 53 Attachments column 96 Attachments Options Attachment directory option 239 293 Index Delete attachments when emptying Trash option 106 audio file attaching to a message 33 Authentication style how to enter in Options IMAP server 203 POP server 201 Authentication style option 87 88 Authentication SMTP 46 Auto Configure options 230 Auto name completion directory services 168 Auto name completion message header 26 Auto Completion options 216 Automatic spell check 35 Automatically as you type how to enter in Options 216 Automatically expand nicknames how to enter in Options 233 Automatically expand nicknames option 164 166 Automatically Fcc to original mailbox how to enter in Options 206 Automatically open next message how to enter in Options 212 Automation options 224 Auto Reply 117 Auto save messages every _ minutes how to enter in Options 233 B Background tasks in Options 222 Bcc definition 287 Bcc button in Directory Services 170 in the Address Book 16
106. ALCOMM Incorporated 153 Eudora User Manual Link History Sponsored and Paid modes only Link History Sponsored and Paid modes only Link History is a new option on the Tools menu that displays Internet web site URLs attachments and ads that have appeared in Eudora To display your link history do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Link History The Link History window appears Link History window A Link History QUALCOMM pdQ smartphone Not Yet QUALCOMM pdQsuite wireless email browser software Not Yet QUALCOMM pdQ smartphone Not Yet z QUALCOMM thin phone features Not Yet g Akamai Dynamic Delivery Not Yet za Akamai Internet Intensity Not Yet Akamai Peak Performance Not Yet ey Eudora Share Ideas Not Yet Eudora Sea of email Not Yet View Remove D Address Book Directory Services 4 Filters 5 Fitter Report F Link History 2 To view a link in the list double click the item or click to highlight it then click View To remove the link from the list click Remove If you right click in the Link History window a context menu appears Link History context menu Copy View Remove Change Date Display gt v Alloy Docking Hide v Float In Main Window Copy copies the link item to the clipboard View displays the link item s web site page Remove deletes the link item E QUALCOMM Incorporated 154 Link History Sponsored and Paid
107. Assigns the selected label to messages Label colors and names are set in the Labels options window See Labels on page 219 Click the page number to display the topic Make Personality Assigns the selected personality to messages For outgoing messages the message is not sent from the assigned personality For incoming messages all your responses to the message will be from the assigned personality until you change the personality associated with the incoming message or your response For more information see Using Multiple Personalities on page 75 Click the page number to display the topic Make Subject Assigns the new subject to message summaries does not affect the subject in the message itself If you choose this option the entire subject of the message is replaced with the new subject Use the amp symbol to stand for the old subject if you want to add the new subject to the old subject For example entering New Subject was amp results in New Subject was Old Subject Play Sound Plays the selected sound when messages are filtered Speak Plays a voice to alert you of a message being filtered Who and Subject fields display as well as a drop down list where you can choose a voice type Check Who to hear the voice read the sender s name and Subject to hear the voice read the subject line Note After you select Speak the Who and Subject fields and a drop down voice list appear If these fields are gray
108. Conditions you ve specified for this filter The three action choices are all message transfer actions they transfer the filtered message to a mailbox For messages that satisfy your match conditions your simple filter will transfer the messages to either a new mailbox an existing mailbox or your Trash mailbox Transfer to New Mailbox Select to transfer the filtered message to a new mailbox that you will specify The text field is filled in with a suggested new mailbox name based on your selected content match condition From Any Recipient or Subject You can change this name if you like The In Folder field is a label showing you the folder in which your new mailbox will be created By default this is the same folder that holds the mailbox containing the messages you ve selected The new mailbox is created as soon as you create this filter Note You can set the value of the In Folder field to your own desired default folders based on the chosen match condition From Any Recipient or Subject Use the three Eudora ini file entries FilterFromFolder FilterRecipFolder and FilterSubjectFolder respec tively Enter the path as it appears on the mailbox window For example FilterFrom Folder mail lists entertainment See Eudora ini File on page 267 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated Filtering Messages Eudora User Manual Transfer to Existing Mailbox Select to transfer the filtered messa
109. Copy original s priority to reply option 28 63 Copy To action 116 Copy To command 160 Copying a message to a mailbox 25 106 CRAM MD5 definition 287 Creating a new alternate account personality 77 Creating a new tabbed window 137 Creating a vacation message 117 Customize command 142 Customize dialog 142 Customize the ads you see 18 Cut command 187 QUALCOMM Incorporated Index D Daemon definition 287 Databases creating 173 modifying 182 Databases list 167 168 172 Databases default Directory Services 172 Date column 97 Date Display Options 97 218 Date formats how to enter in Options 218 Date formatting 97 Decoding attachments 33 Default Domain option 85 Default signature how to enter in Options 204 Default Signature option 85 Default Stationery option 85 Delete all messages on server option 58 Delete all messages that have been retrieved option 58 Delete attachments when emptying Trash how to enter in Options 208 Delete attachments when emptying Trash option 106 Delete automatic attachments how to enter in Options 208 Delete button 173 Delete command 61 105 106 190 Delete from server after day s how to enter in Options POP server 201 Delete from server after days option 56 87 Delete From Server button 52 Delete from server when emptied from Trash how to enter in Options POP server 201 Delete from server when emptied from Trash option 58 87 Delete messages marked for deletion option 58 Delete
110. D of 24 means that all messages from the past 24 hours appear with the time Hours to be OLD default 24 Your entry in this field determines the point at which RECENT messages become OLD messages The default entry of 24 hours means that messages become OLD after one day OLD format default 3 Your entry in this field determines the format in which the dates of OLD messages appear OLD messages are those that are older than the Hours to be OLD but younger than the Hours to be ANCIENT The default OLD format of 3 the default Hours to be OLD of 24 and the default Hours to be ANCIENT of 168 means that all messages older than one day and younger than one week appear with the day of the week Hours to be ANCIENT default 168 Your entry in this field determines the point at which OLD messages become ANCIENT messages The default entry of 168 hours means that messages become ANCIENT after a week ANCIENT format default 2 Your entry in this field determines the format in which the dates of ANCIENT messages appear ANCIENT messages are all those older than the number in the Hours to be ANCIENT field The default entry of 2 and the default Hours to be ANCIENT of 168 means that all those messages older than a week appear with the date Note Use the format key displayed at the bottom of the window to determine how to program entries in the Fixed field and the format fields RECENT OLD and ANCIENT In each field enter 1 to stand
111. Eudora Mail by default If the incoming mail server for at least one of your personalities uses IMAP then you can have multiple top level mail folders one to hold mail from all of your POP account and one top level folder for each of your IMAP accounts The name of a top level IMAP folder is the personality name for that IMAP account For more information on managing your mail on POP and IMAP servers see Managing Your Mail on the POP Server on page 55 and Managing Your Mail on the IMAP Server on page 59 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated a 103 Eudora User Manual Mailbox and Folder Management POP vs IMAP E QUALCOMM Incorporated 104 Organizing Your Messages Deleting a Message As a safeguard against inadvertent deletions two steps are used to delete a message from your computer first put the message in the Trash then empty the Trash If your incoming mail server uses IMAP the procedure is slightly different as described later POP Procedure To put a message in the Trash do the following 1 Click to select the message 2 From the Message menu choose Delete or from the Transfer menu choose Trash Also you can just press the Delete key or click the Delete toolbar button The message is transferred to the Trash mailbox Note To cancel a deletion to the Trash from the Edit menu choose Undo To delete the messages in the Trash mailbox that is remove them permanently fro
112. Folder If you want to save an attachment but delete the message move the attachment to another folder or turn off this option Delete automatic attachments This specifies how to handle attachments to automati cally generated messages such as is created with the Insert System Configuration command Never lf this is selected automatic attachments are never deleted from the attach ment directory After sending message TIf this is selected automatic attachments are deleted from the attachment directory when their corresponding messages are sent When message emptied from Trash lf this is selected automatic attachments are deleted from the attachment directory when their corresponding messages are emptied from the Trash Fonts The Fonts options determine how Eudora displays and prints text Note that the choices available for each option and the default may depend on the fonts installed in your system To display the Fonts options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Fonts icon The Fonts options window appears Fonts options window Options 2 xi Category m Message Proportional jia Replying Fixedswidth CouierNew TA IV Use proportional font by default Size Smi Printer Eont jaria Size Medium m Screen Font fail Size smal Cancel QUALCOMM Incorporated 208 Display QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudo
113. Forwarded status right arrow 64 From field in a forwarded message 64 in Filters 113 in outgoing mail 25 in redirected message 65 FTP definition 288 ftp eudora com 257 Full message except attachments over K how to enter in Options IMAP server 202 Full message except attachments over K IMAP server Incoming Mail options 60 FUMLUB 213 G Gateways 288 Generate filter report how to enter in Options 222 Generate Filter Report option 146 Generate filter report option 192 Generic Properties tab 84 Getting Attention Options and Notify User filter action 116 Generate Filter Report option 146 Open mailbox option 51 Play a sound option 51 Use an alert dialog box option 51 Getting Attention options 221 Getting Started Options Mail Server Incoming option 47 Getting Started options 197 Gripper bar on the main toolbar 140 Gripper bar in a docked window 132 Group Account Manager 288 Group by subject 118 Guess Paragraphs option 127 H Help 15 Help button 15 Help menu 194 241 Tip of the Day 16 Topics command 241 Help Topics dialog 241 Help with Eudora 15 Hide command 139 Hide the recipient list with Name field in Address Book 159 Hiding tabbed tool windows 139 Home page 288 definition 288 Horizontal Line command 30 187 298 Horizontal lines inserting in outgoing message text 31 Hot link in outgoing mail 34 Hot links in incoming mail 55 Hours to be ANCIENT in Options 219 Hours to be OLD in Options 219 How s
114. From the File menu choose Print Note The use of these commands from this window is subject to the restrictions in the next section Considering the State of the Window Considering the State of the Window The behavior of some Eudora features internal and external to the Directory Services window depends on the state of the window For definitions of window states see Managing Windows in Eudora on page 129 Click the page number to display the topic When the Directory Services window is in the docked or floating state either alone or as part of a tabbed window group the following applies m Keep on top setting in the window is ignored m To Cc and Bcc buttons in the window apply to the topmost composition window if any m Special menu s Make Address Book Entry command and the File menu s Print Preview and Print commands apply to the Directory Services window only if the keyboard focus is in that window When the Directory Services window is in the normal state either alone or as part of a tabbed window group the following applies m Keep on top setting in the window is obeyed m To Cc and Bcc buttons in the window apply to the composition window if any immediately under the Directory Services window or the tabbed window containing it m Special menu s Make Address Book Entry command and the File menu s Print Preview and Print commands apply to the Directory Services window only if it is the
115. From the drop down list choose New A dialog box appears requesting the name of the new mailbox or folder 4 Type in the new name and select the Make it a folder option if you want to make it a folder click OK If you chose to make it a folder enter the name of the mailbox within the new folder when the dialog box appears again and click OK The new mailbox or folder appears in the lists and is added to the Mailbox and Transfer menus Renaming a Mailbox or Folder To rename a mailbox or folder do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Mailboxes or click the Mailboxes window s tab if it is part of a visible tabbed window group 2 Click the name of the mailbox or folder pause then click again to highlight the name Or right click the item and choose Rename or click once on the item and press F2 3 Type in the new name Press Enter to accept your change or Esc to cancel it Moving a Mailbox from One Folder to Another To move a mailbox from one folder to another do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Mailboxes or click the Mailboxes window s tab if it is part of a visible tabbed window group 2 Click to select the mailbox you want to move 3 Drag it to where you want it Removing a Mailbox or Folder To remove a mailbox or folder do the following Important You cannot undo this deletion 1 From the Tools menu choose Mailboxes or click the Mailboxes window s tab if it is part of a visible tabbed windo
116. I Allow executables in HTML content Viewing Mail zi Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Message Window These options determine how Eudora displays received and compo sition messages Use Microsoft s viewer lf this is turned off Eudora displays advanced formatting graphics and multimedia in incoming and outgoing messages using its own built in viewer If this is selected Eudora takes full advantage of the Web browser capabilities of Microsoft s Internet Explorer 3 0 or later by showing Web content right in incoming and outgoing messages or linking to the Internet without your having to open the Web browser This option is available only if you have Microsoft s Internet Explorer version 3 0 or higher installed and available on your system Message window width This specifies the width of new and received message windows in characters This option has no effect on what your mail looks like when it is sent When mail is sent Eudora wraps at or before 76 columns Note If you use a proportional font Eudora sets the window width based on the average width of the characters in the font Message window height This specifies the height of new and received message windows in lines Note If the Zoom windows when opening option is selected received message window heights are automatically adjusted to the height of the message text Preview Pane These option
117. LL QUALCOMM ITS LICENSORS OR THEIR DIRECTORS OFFICERS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPE CIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION AND THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR ITS DOCUMENTATION EVEN IF QUALCOMM OR A QUALCOMM AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY In no event shall QUALCOMM s total liability to you for all damages losses and causes of action whether in contract tort including negligence or otherwise exceed the amount paid for the Software and its documentation Acknowledgments The Eudora software was designed and developed by Jeff Beckley Rob Chandhok Steve Dorner original author of Eudora Joel King Sameer Jindal Sudheer Koganti Scott Manjourides Brian Minear Subhashis Mohanty Apul Nahata Ben Ogdon Bill Rhodes Jim Riley Joshua Stephens Kerthi Sundormurthy Kusuma Vellanki Geoff Wenger and Dale Wiggins The software was quality assured by David Hom Gwen Huntley Kolar Ma hesh Jason Miller and Sean Rogers This manual was written by Armand Rouleau Thanks to all the users and testers of Eudora whose suggestions have made it a much better program than it oth
118. MM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Typewriter Sponsored and Paid modes only Make the selected text the fixed width typewriter style message font set in the Fonts options See Fonts on page 208 Align Left Sponsored and Paid modes only Align the selected paragraph to the left margin Align Center Sponsored and Paid modes only Align the selected paragraph to the center of the page Align Right Sponsored and Paid modes only Align the selected paragraph to the right margin Indent In Sponsored and Paid modes only Indent the selected paragraph indented once to the left Indent Out Sponsored and Paid modes only Remove one left indent from the selected paragraph Bulleted List Sponsored and Paid modes only Make the selected text a bulleted list Make Hyperlink Sponsored and Paid modes only Make the selected text or graphic a clickable hyperlink to a Uniform Resource Location URL so that when the recipient clicks the item he or she is immediately taken to the URL Clear Formatting Remove all the formatting from the selected text or paragraph Insert Object Sponsored and Paid modes only Insert a specified picture file or a horizontal line at the current cursor posi tion in body text For details see Inserting Objects in Message Text on page 31 24 Using the Composition Window Eudora User Manual Message Header Outgoing mail headers consist of six fields To From Subject Cc Bcc
119. Make Filter Command 108 Match Conditions 109 Action Area 110 Buttons 111 Detailed Filters with the Filters Window 111 Filter Criteria Match Area 113 Filter Actions 115 Creating an Auto Reply Message Sponsored and Paid modes only 117 Sorting Messages Within Mailboxes 117 Simple Sorting 118 Complex sorting 119 Using the Find Command 119 Finding Text Within One Message 119 Stopping a Find 120 Find Messages 120 Saving a Message to a File 126 Managing Windows in Eudora 129 Window States and Tabbed Windows 129 Normal Windows 130 Docked Windows 131 Gripper Bar 132 Zoom Button 132 Close Button 133 Resize Bar 133 SS QUALCOMM Incorporated Contents Floating Windows 133 Tabbed Windows 134 Eudora s Default Tabbed Windows 135 Opening and Activating Tabbed Windows 136 Reorganizing Tabbed Windows 136 Creating a New Tabbed Window 137 Tab Display in Single Tabbed Windows 137 Tab Contents Location Auto Activation 137 Closing Tabbed Windows 138 Window Context Menu 138 Tab Location 138 Allow Docking 139 Hide 139 Float In Main Window 139 Eudora Toolbar 140 Viewing the Main Toolbar 141 Adding Moving and Removing Toolbar Buttons Sponsored and Paid modes only 142 Adding Toolbar Buttons 142 Moving a Toolbar Button 144 Removing a Toolbar Button 144 Adding and Removing Separators 144 Eudora Taskbar 144 Main Window Icon 145 Filter Report Window 146 File Browser Window 148 Background Tasks multi threading 150 Task Status Window 151 T
120. Manager v Jen E I Pwraioum For Help press F1 Only tool windows whether alone or tabbed can be made to float All other windows in Eudora particularly message windows and mailbox windows cannot be made to float Note The main toolbar although not a window can be made to float by undocking it from the main Eudora window using the gripper bar All windows in Eudora can be thought of as living in one of three layers or areas m Normal windows live in the window work area the bottom layer m Docked windows live at the level of the main Eudora window s border the middle layer Floating windows live at the level above the main Eudora window the top layer QUALCOMM Incorporated 133 Eudora User Manual Tabbed Windows 134 Therefore a floating Eudora window floats above all other Eudora windows except other floating windows The title bar of a floating window contains in addition to the title only the Close button This distinguishes the window from a normal window when both appear to be in the window work area A normal window s title bar contains the window menu icon and three standard buttons Note that a floating window can be dragged outside of the main Eudora window whereas a normal window cannot You can diagonally resize any floating window in Eudora Simply position the pointer over any window corner and click and drag to enlarge or reduce To convert a window to a floating window either und
121. Message header Attached field 25 Cc field 25 From field 25 Subject field 25 To field 25 title bar 21 Toolbar 21 Align Center button 24 Align Left button 24 Align Right button 24 Attachment Type popup 22 Bold button 23 Bulleted List button 24 Clear Formatting button 24 Color button 23 Font popup 23 Indent In button 24 Indent Out button 24 Insert Object button 24 Italics button 23 Keep Copy button 22 Make Hyperlink button 24 Priority popup 22 Queue button 23 Quoted Printable button 22 Return Receipt button 23 Send button 23 Signature popup 22 Size button 23 Tabs in Body button 22 Text As Attachment button 22 Typewriter button 24 Underline button 23 Word Wrap button 22 Outgoing option 112 Outgoing server SMTP 203 302 Outlook 98 migrating from 80 Outlook Express migrating from 80 P Paid mode 16 Password changing 50 server source code for 258 check when sending mail 285 entering 49 forgetting 49 remembering 49 Saving 50 Paste As Quotation command 187 Paste command 187 Paste Special command 187 Payment and Registration command 195 Pencil button 52 Personalities 75 migrating from Outlook Express Outlook 98 Netscape Messenger 80 Personalities command 75 89 193 Personalities window 75 Personality definition 290 deleting 88 using in a message 90 Personality field in Filters 113 Personality Name field 84 Personality adding via Account Settings dialog 83 Ph definition 290 server s
122. P servers require or allow such authentication Eudora will attempt authentication to servers that allow it The preferred SMTP authentication method is CRAM MD5 If CRAM MD5 is not available LOGIN or PLAIN will automatically be used Once Eudora discovers that your SMTP server allows authentication and when you send messages a dialog appears that prompts you to enter a password If for some reason yo prefer that Eudora not attempt to login to your SMTP server you can tell it not to do so by doing the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options then Sending Mail The Sending Mail options window appears 2 Turn off the Allow Authentication 3 Click OK Important If you turn off the Allow Authentication option you may not be able to send mail Please check with your email administrator or ISP if you have any difficulties E QUALCOMM Incorporated 46 Keeping Copies of Outgoing Messages Eudora User Manual Keeping Copies of Outgoing Messages Following are the three ways to keep copies of your outgoing messages m To put a copy of every outgoing message in the Out mailbox turn on the Keep copies option in the Sending Mail options window See Sending Mail on page 203 Click the page number to display the topic m To put a copy of the current outgoing message in the Out mailbox select the Keep Copy button in the message toolbar m To put a copy of the current outgoing message in a particular mailbox right click in the bod
123. Recipient gt gt instead of To or Cc 113 Eudora User Manual Filtering Messages 114 Use the match type contains is the default drop down menu to control how the header item is matched with the text string in the text field The match options are as follows contains or doesn t contain lf the specified header item contains or does not contain the text string filter the message It allows other text to surround the text string is or is not If the specified header item is or is not an exact match of the text string filter the message starts with or ends with lf the specified header item starts with or ends with the text string filter the message The starts with item refers to the first non whitespace character after the colon so any spaces after the colon are ignored appears or doesn t appear lf the header item appears or does not appear in the message filter the message the text field is ignored This is useful for filtering messages based only on the types of fields they contain For example some messages contain a Reply To header some don t intersects nickname Tf the text string is included in a nickname whether it is a full address or a nickname within the nickname filter the message matches regexp case sensitive If the specific item matches the regular expressions characters with case sensitivity filter those messages Note Regular Expressions is an advanced and complex method of sea
124. RemoveOnDelete IncludeHeaders InteractiveSpellCheck KerberosSetUserName Krb4Dllname LastSettingsCategory LexPath MainLexFiles QUALCOMM Incorporated Default Value gssapi32 dll 0 0 60 kerberos32 dll Eudora User Manual Description For a user to specify the GSS K5 DLL name Guess Paragraphs check box in the Save As dialog HTML text would be displayed in messages in the Out box The number of seconds that Eudora has to be idle before it will consider performing an automatic mail check Controls whether background tasks started manually e g Ctrl M to do a Check Mail should be processed immediately after completing or wait until a sufficient amount of user idle time see TaskMgrWaitTime below Controls whether IMAP mailboxes with no child mailboxes should be shown in the Mailbox Transfer menus as an entire menu or just a menu item Default is to just show it as a menu item Controls whether or not IMAP mailboxes have a preview pane On slower networks it may be desirable to turn off the preview pane for IMAP mailboxes but still have the preview pane for local mailboxes You can do that by keeping the normal Preview Pane option turned on but turning this setting off setting to 0 Controls whether or not a message in an IMAP mailbox that is deleted will be removed from the server mailbox immediately If this setting is off the default then you can remove messages from the server mailbox tha
125. The check state of other Eudora Address Book databases is reflected in similar entries This entry reflects the check state of the Finger database hostname domain com when Eudora was last shut down The check state of other Finger databases or daemons is reflected in similar entries QUALCOMM Incorporated Tool Bar DIRSERV Major DIRSERV Minor ISOCK Major ISOCK Minor EUDORABK Major EUDORABK Minor LDAP Major LDAP Minor PH Major PH Minor QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual This entry reflects the major version of DirServ dll that was last registered Combined with the minor version of this DLL see the next entry below Eudora at run time determines whether the DLL is a newer version than the one last registered so that it can register the new COM objects if any in the newer DLL This entry reflects the minor version of DirServ dll that was last registered See the description above for DIRSERV Major This entry reflects the major version of ISock dll that was last registered A similar description as the one in DIRSERV Major above applies This entry reflects the minor version of ISock dll that was last registered A similar description as the one in DIRSERV Major above applies This entry reflects the major version of EudoraBk dll that was last registered A similar description as the one in DIRSERV Major above applies This entry reflects the minor version of EudoraBk dll that was last
126. Version 4 3 for Windows User Manual Email This manual was written for use with the Eudora for Windows software version 4 3 This manual and the Eudora software described in it are copyrighted with all rights reserved This manual and the Eudora software may not be copied except as otherwise provided in your software license or as expressly permitted in writing by QUAL COMM Incorporated Copyright 2000 by QUALCOMM Incorporated All rights reserved Eudora is a registered trademark of QUALCOMM Incorporated PureVoice and SmartRate are trademarks of QUALCOMM Incorporated WorldMail is a trademark of QUALCOMM Incorporated QUALCOMM is a registered trademark and registered service mark of QUALCOMM Incorporated Microsoft Outlook and Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Adobe Acrobat and Acrobat Exchange are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Apple and the Apple logo are registered trademarks and QuickTime is a trademark of Apple Computer Inc Netscape Netscape Communicator and Netscape Messenger are registered trademarks of the Netscape Commu nications Corporation in the United States and other countries Netscape s logos and Netscape product and service names are also trademarks of Netscape Communications Corporation which may be registered in other countries All other trademarks and service marks are the property of th
127. a User Manual Delete from server after _days This option has a check box for turning on or off and an edit box for specifying the number of days mail that was left on the POP server should be saved before being deleted It is a good idea not to leave copies of your messages on the POP server indefinitely as this will create mail storage problems on the server Delete from server when emptied from Trash lf selected any messages that are deleted from your Trash mailbox are also deleted from the POP server Messages are retained in your Trash mailbox until deleted For details see Managing Your Mail on the POP Server on page 55 Click the page number to display the topic Skip messages over _ K in size lf selected messages over the specified size are downloaded only in part These messages include the first few lines and a statement that says the message is not complete This can be useful on slow connections For details see Managing Your Mail on the POP Server on page 55 Click the page number to display the topic Authentication style This specifies which POP account authentication technology to use for this personality Passwords Kerberos APOP or RPA Ask your email adminis trator which one to use If you use Eudora at home most likely your Authentication Style is Password CompuServe users should use the RPA authentication method When Configuration IMAP Sample Account Settings Incoming Mail panel IMAP confi
128. aching a File to a Message Manually Decoding Attachments Attaching a PureVoice File to a Message Including a URL in a Message Sponsored and Paid modes only Creating a Hyperlink in a Message Sponsored and Paid modes only QUALCOMM Incorporated 13 13 13 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 17 18 18 19 21 21 21 21 21 25 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 31 32 33 33 34 34 Contents Checking Your Spelling Automatically Sponsored and Paid modes only Checking Your Spelling Manually Sponsored and Paid modes only Check Spelling Dialog Box Saving a Message for Later Changes Sending Messages and Checking Mail Sending or Queueing a Message Sending a Message Immediately Queueing a Message to Send Later Queueing a Message to Send at a Certain Time Editing a Queued Message Taking a Message Out of the Queue Sending Queued Messages When Checking Mail Sending Messages with Special Server Instructions Using SMTP Authentication Keeping Copies of Outgoing Messages Checking for Incoming Mail Checking for Mail Automatically Checking for Mail Manually Stopping a Mail Check Using Your Password Changing Your Password Receiving and Responding to Messages Receiving New Mail Incoming Message Window Title Bar Toolbar Message Body Printing an Incoming Message Receiving Attachments Specifying an Attachment Directory Editing Incoming Messages Using Active URLs Sponsored and Paid modes only Managing Your Mail on the
129. achment that was not automati cally decoded do the following 1 2 Open the message From the File menu choose Save As to save the message as a text file Run the decoding utility appropriate for the encoding method that the sender used Decoding utilities can be found at various shareware sites on the Internet Also see Attaching a File to a Message on page 32 Click the page number to display the topic Specifying an Attachment Directory If you do not want to use the default Attach Directory to receive your attachments do the following 1 2 From the Tools men choose Options Scroll through the category list and select Attachments Beneath the Attachment directory prompt click on the large bar button A standard file dialog box appears Double click on the name of the directory you want to use its name appears above the list Click Use Directory The dialog box closes leaving the Attachments options window opened The name of the folder you just selected appears in the Attachment directory bar button Attachments options window Options 21x Category a Encoding method MIME C BinHex Sending Mail aj Muonicode GE SJ P Put text attachments in body of message Attachment directory Internet Dialup Replying T Delete attachments when emptying Trash Delete automatic attachments Never After sending message When message emptied from Trash Attachme
130. age 203 and Account Settings Dialog on page 83 Click the page number to display the topic You can also set up a filter to reply with a stationery message See Filtering Messages on page 108 for more information Click the page number to display the topic Replying with Stationery Sponsored and Paid modes only To reply to a message with stationery do the following 1 From the Message menu choose Reply With 2 From the Reply With submenu select a stationery file The stationery file is opened as a message and is addressed as appropriate You may also reply to message with stationery in the following ways With the desired message open or selected in a mailbox window m Open the Stationery window right click a stationery item and from the drop down list choose Reply With With the desired message open or selected in a mailbox window m Open the Personalities window right click a personality and choose Reply As from the Message submenu of the drop down list The default stationery assigned to that personality is used in the reply With the Personalities window open m Drag an open message by its Tow Truck icon or drag selected message summaries in a mailbox window onto a personality in the Personalities window A reply is initiated from that personality and the stationery stored with that personality is used in the reply Set up a filter that uses the Reply with filter action For more information see Filte
131. age menu choose Send Again This eliminates the inserted extra text and reformats the message as it originally appeared You can then make changes or additions and send the message again The Send Again command is useful for resending saved messages from your Out box such as messages you ve copied to yourself to save yourself retyping You can send the same message to another recipient to avoid having to retype the whole message or you can send a different message to the same recipients to avoid having to retype their addresses in the header Here s another way to send again 1 With the desired message open or selected in a mailbox window from the Tools menu choose Personalities or select the Personalities tab if it is the deselected window in a tabbed group The Personalities window appears 2 Right click on a personality The drop down context menu appears 3 From the context menu choose Message The Message submenu appears 4 From the Message submenu choose Send Again As The message is sent again but from the selected personality which may or may not be the same as the personality under which it was originally sent SS QUALCOMM Incorporated 66 Using a Signature Eudora User Manual Using Signatures and Stationery Using a Signature A signature is a few lines of text that are automatically added to the end of an outgoing message when it is sent A signature can be whatever you want but it is mostly used to give c
132. age number to display the topic Personalities The Personalities list shows all of your email accounts if you use multiple personalities multiple accounts The buttons correspond to person ality related commands such as the Message menu Change Personality command For more information on using multiple personalities see Using Alternate Email Accounts on page 75 Click the page number to display the topic 143 Eudora User Manual Eudora Taskbar 144 Moving a Toolbar Button To change the placement of a button on the main toolbar hold down the Alt key and drag the button to where you want it Removing a Toolbar Button To remove a button from the main toolbar hold down the Alt key and drag the button off the toolbar Adding and Removing Separators To add a separator line between two toolbar buttons where no line currently exists first determine which button is farther from the gripper bar when the toolbar is docked Now hold down the Alt key and carefully drag that button a little bit in the direction opposite the gripper bar A separator line will be inserted between the two buttons Be sure to drag the button less than one button width away from its position if you overdrag it you will hop over the adjacent button and reposition the dragged button on the toolbar To remove a separator line from between two toolbar buttons again determine which of the two buttons is farther away from the gripper bar when the toolbar i
133. ailbox menu Melee Message Tra In Ctrl 1 Out Ctrl 0 Trash New My Mailbox My Folder In Open the mailbox where incoming messages are stored until deleted or transferred to another mailbox Out Open the mailbox where messages you compose are stored where queued messages are held until actually sent and where copies of sent messages may be initially stored Trash Open the mailbox where deleted messages are stored New Display the New Mailbox dialog box to create a new mailbox Your Mailboxes Open the selected mailbox that you have created or create a new mailbox in a folder that you have created Below the New command on the Mailbox menu all of your top level mailboxes are listed followed by all of your top level mail folders Mail folders can contain other mail folders as well as mailboxes Navigate through the menu system to open a mailbox that resides within a folder or to create a new mailbox within that folder using the New command on the folder submenu QUALCOMM Incorporated Message Menu Eudora User Manual Message Menu This menu lets you create send and delete messages Note If you hold down the Shift key while selecting any of the message composition commands in the top half of the Message menu from New Message down to and including Redirect To the Message Options dialog box appears which lets you select the Personality and optional Stationery for the message Message men
134. al Auto completion options window Options 2 x Category Auto complete items in recipient fields with data from Mailboxes IV Address Book A IV History File Styled Text E Spell Checking V Use drop down list for completion choices I Names should appear in alphabetical order IV Add the from lines of replied to messages Ti CDE Time to wait before popping up Auto completion box Milliseconds Fo Maximum entries to keep in history fi 00 Date Display A xl Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Auto completion Address Book Select to make available the nicknames you ve previously set up in your address book to auto complete in the To Cc and Bcc fields in the message header Turn off to not display nicknames from your address book in the drop down name list History File Select to make available the names from your history file to auto complete in the To Cc and Bcc fields in the message header Turn off to not display names and email addresses from your history file in the drop down name list The history file consists of names and email addresses that appear in the To Cc and Bcc fields in the messages you send reply to or forward Use drop down list for completion choices Select to display the drop down name list when you begin to type a name in the To Cc or Bcc fields Turn off to not display the drop down name list Names should a
135. al message was viewed This function does not work in all cases For details see Requesting a Return Receipt on page 28 Show Text Symbols If this button is on invisible text symbols such as carriage returns tabs and spaces appear in the message You can see these symbols only in your composition window They do not appear in the message you send Send or Queue This button lets you send a message immediately or put it in the queue to send later If the Immediate Send option is selected in the Sending Mail options the button is labeled Send If the option is not checked the button is labeled Queue For details see Sending Mail on page 203 and Sending or Queueing a Message on page 43 The drop down lists and buttons on the bottom row of the text toolbar are described below Note that the text styles and attributes controlled by this row can also be accessed via text file windows and signature windows Arial b JA QUALCOMM Incorporated Font drop down list Make the selected text a specific font typeface Size Make the selected text a specific size Bold Make the selected text bold Italics Make the selected text italic Underline Make the selected text underlined Color Sponsored and Paid modes only Make the selected text a specific color Note that Automatic is the default for text on your computer usually black 23 Using the Composition Window E ihr QUALCO
136. ally Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual To create a hyperlink do the following 1 Type the text you want to link in your outgoing message for example Click here 2 Select the text to highlight it Or insert a graphic file by choosing Insert then Picture from the Edit menu and select the inserted graphic 3 Either choose Make Hyperlink from the Text submenu under the Edit menu or click the Make Hyperlink button on the message toolbar See Text Toolbar on page 21 In the URL field of the Hyperlink dialog box enter the full address of the URL for example http www eudora com 4 Click OK The text or graphic is now linked and is highlighted and underlined in the message When your recipients receive the message open it and click the text or picture you hyperlinked their browsers or other applications will open and go directly to the URL you specified For example if you hyperlinked Click here to the Eudora Web site www eudora com and when your recipient clicks Click here your recipient s browser opens and the Eudora Web page appears Checking Your Spelling Automatic ally Sponsored and Paid modes only Automatic spell check is the inline spell check feature of Eudora If automatic spell check is turned on misspelled words are double underlined in the message body after you type them and press the spacebar To correct the word or display a drop down word list from which to choose the corr
137. and Attached Each field is described below The To Subject Cc and Bcc fields can be directly edited To move the cursor from field to field press the Tab key or click in the desired field with the mouse To resize the header region of the outgoing message composition window drag the sepa rator up or down This change applies to the current message only To The intended recipients email addresses or nicknames you have defined Multiple addresses and nicknames must be separated by commas See Using the Address Book on page 157 To select a name from a list see Using Automatic Name Completion Spon sored and Paid modes only on page 26 From The sender s email address This is usually your incoming email account plus your real name You can use a return address other than your incoming mail account by entering the address in the Return address field of the Getting Started options See Getting Started on page 197 If you have Alternate personalities set up you can select the appropriate personality in the From field drop down list See Using Multiple Personalities on page 75 Subject Some brief text indicating the contents of the message This field can be left blank although it is considered a point of email etiquette to include a Subject with each message By default Eudora warns you when you send a message with no subject Cc The email addresses or nicknames of people to whom a copy of the
138. applies to the Address Book only if the keyboard focus is in the Address Book When the Address Book is a normal window this command applies to the Address Book only if it is the topmost normal window or if the tabbed window group containing it is the topmost normal window and the Address Book is the active window in the group Using the Make Address Book Entry command in a mailbox do the following 1 Inthe mailbox click to highlight several different entries by holding down the Shift key to select multiple entries in sequence or the Ctrl key to make non consecutive selec tions 2 From the Special menu choose Make Address Book Entry The Make Address Book Entry dialog box appears prompting you for the nickname of the new entry Follow the instructions for creating a new entry If the current message is an outgoing message the new entry will include all of the addresses in the To Cc and Bcc fields If the current message is an incoming message the new entry will include the address in the From field If multiple messages are current that is if several message summaries are selected in a mailbox window addresses are taken from each message and are all put in the new entry Note The Make Address Book Entry command uses the Replying options If the Include yourself option is selected your address is included in the new entry If this option is deselected your address is not included To determine who you are for the Include
139. ask Error Window 152 Link History Sponsored and Paid modes only 154 Using the Address Book 157 Creating an Address Book within your Address Book Sponsored and Paid modes only 158 Adding an Address Book Entry 158 Changing Moving Copying and Deleting Entries 160 Renaming a Nickname 161 Addressing a New Message from the Address Book 161 Make Address Book Entry Command 162 Finish Address Book Entry Command 164 Using Central Address Book Files on a Server 164 Using Address Book Files Not Created by Eudora 164 Using the Quick Recipient List 165 Including Nicknames on the Quick Recipient List 166 Using Directory Services 167 Opening Directory Services 167 Keeping the Directory Services Window on Top 168 Making a Query 168 Automatic Name Completion in Directory Services QUALCOMM Incorporated E Contents 10 Sponsored and Paid modes only Reading Query Results Addressing a Message from the Directory Services Window Making an Address Book Entry from Query Results Printing Your Query Results Considering the State of the Window Using Directory Service Protocols Using Directory Service Databases Adding a New Database Server Ph Database Results List Details List Finger Database LDAP Database Modifying a Database Deleting a Database Using Menu Commands Introduction File Menu Edit Menu Mailbox Menu Message Menu Transfer Menu Special Menu Tools Menu Window Menu Help Menu Setting Eudora Preferences Introduction Ge
140. asters Internet standards require that the postmaster account be valid at every domain RAS Windows NT Remote Access Service This Windows 95 and NT service when configured correctly allows your computer to connect to your ISP via a modem You set this up in Dial Up Networking Redirect This means that incoming messages can be sent to a new recipient by way of you maintaining the original sender s address in the From field Request for Comments RFC In the Internet community RFCs are a numbered sequence of documents generally describing protocols for Internet communication An Internet standard protocol is also given a STD number in addition to an RFC number Only RFCs with a STD number are standards of the IETF Some RFCs are historical or experi mental and are not standards Others have not yet reached standard status Still others provide documentation about the Internet itself RPA This is one of many authentication systems Eudora uses Use RPA if CompuServe is your ISP Server An entity that provides a network service A server can be hardware such as a file server software Such as a mail server or services such as a transportation service A mail server is a program that accepts relays and delivers mail Shared folder This is a folder that allows multiple users to receive mail in the same direc tory Because all members of a shared folder can access messages in the shared folder it is not necessary to dupl
141. at sort of data is in mail and it also provides standard ways for mail applications to encode data so that it can be sent through the Internet mail system MIME Encoding The Internet uses the SMTP protocol to move mail around SMTP is limited to the US ASCII character set see the Mail Transport section of this manual This is a problem for people who speak languages other than American English and so need accented characters or non American English letters or for people who want to use special symbols like the bullet MIME provides a way around this restriction It offers two encodings quoted printable and base64 These encodings use US ASCII character codes to represent any sort of data you like including special characters or even non text data Quoted printable is used for data that is mostly text but has special characters or very long lines Quoted printable looks just like regular text except when a special character is used The special character is replaced with an and two more characters that repre sent the character code of the special character So a bullet in quoted printable looks like 95 However there are some other things that quoted printable does For one since it uses an to mean something special equals signs must themselves be encoded as 3D Second no line in quoted printable is allowed to be more than 76 characters long If your mail has a line longer than 76 cha
142. ation This submenu is always available on the window context menu It lets you change the location of the tabs in a tabbed window and lets you show and hide the tab in a single tabbed window By default Eudora places window tabs at the bottom of a tabbed window Choose Top Bottom Left or Right from this submenu to move the tabs to the top of the tabbed window the bottom or the left or right side Eudora places a bullet radio button next to the current tab location selection Changing tab locations can sometimes increase the visible space within a tabbed window For example a short and wide tabbed window one docked horizontally might show more content if you move the tabs to the left side Show Single Tab is available in a single tabbed window and lets you show or hide the tab A checkmark next to the command indicates that the tab is shown the default This command is not available in a tabbed window containing two or more tabs you cannot hide the tabs in such a window QUALCOMM Incorporated Window Context Menu Eudora User Manual Allow Docking This command controls the dockability of floating and docked windows It is available only when the Float In Main Window command is deselected It is not available for normal windows when Float In Main Window is selected A checkmark next to the command indicates that it is selected When this command is on for a docked or floating window the window can be docked
143. ature see the following Web site click the following URL http eudora qualcomm com developers where you can find up to date auto mation SDKs Software Developer s Kits and documentation To display the Automation options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Automation icon The Automation options window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated Extra Warnings Eudora User Manual Automation options window Options 2 xi Category En Getting Attention D Background Tasks control and exchange information with Automation allows other programs to O Eudora igj MV Automation enabled from this machine pr Automation Extra Warnings f MAPI a3 zi Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Automation enabled from this machine lf this option is selected you can perform the automation operations described above from the computer on which Eudora is installed Extra Wamings The Extra Warnings options determine whether you are warned before making a possible mistake Most of the warnings appear with an option to stop that warning from being displayed again You can toggle warnings to be either on or off To display the Extra Warnings options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Extra Warnings icon The Extra Warnings options window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated
144. avior of background tasks Also you can set the Task Status and or the Task Error windows to be brought to the front of other windows in Eudora when activity occurs See Task Status Window on page 151 and Task Error Window on page 152 Click the page number to display the topic In the Background Tasks options window you can indicate the number of seconds of user inactivity before your newly retrieved mail is actually processed by Eudora If you have automatic mail checking set up in the Checking Mail options Eudora will retrieve the mail QUALCOMM Incorporated Background Tasks QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual in the background from the incoming server at those time intervals But Eudora will not process it until there is no user activity performed on your computer for the amount of seconds you indicate in the Background Tasks options window An envelope displayed on the status bar located at the lower right hand corner of the Eudora window indicating there is retrieved mail to be processed that is messages to be filtered and placed in mail boxes Technical Note In the background Eudora retrieves and sends mail in the foreground Eudora processes attachments and applies filters To display the Background Tasks options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Background Tasks icon The Background Tasks options window appears Background Tasks options window
145. ays box and set the maximum number of days that copies of your email messages should be kept on the server This number is deter mined by the time it takes for you to check mail from all of your computers If this number is too small copies of your mail will not be delivered to all of your computers Important Make sure the settings in steps 3 and 4 are identical on all of the computers from which you will be receiving your mail If you don t one computer will delete the mail from the server before you can receive it at another computer 5 Click OK and close the window At the next mail check from that computer Eudora ignores the copies of those previously read messages and looks for new ones However if you check mail from another computer those messages are treated as new and are transferred to that computer For more information see Incoming Mail on page 200 Click the page number to display the topic Note The Leave mail on server option can also be set for each alternate personality you have To do this use the Account Settings dialog box accessed from the Personalities window See Account Settings dialog box on page 83 Click the page number to display the topic Important The Leave mail on server option should be used with care since it can result in a buildup of messages on the POP server QUALCOMM Incorporated Managing Your Mail on the POP Server Eudora User Manual Deleting a Message from the
146. box Find 77x Find whati fe o I Match whole word only Cancel T Match case 4 Inthe text field type the text you want to find 5 Check Match whole word only to match the text as whole word not embedded in another word Check Match case to match the case of the entered text 6 When finished click the Find Next button 7 To continue searching in the same message for the next occurrence of the text click the Find Next button in the Find dialog box or choose the Find Text Again command from the Find submenu These commands are equivalent and limit the search to the same message Repeating these commands cycles through the matches in the open message only Starting at the cursor s current position in the message Eudora searches the current message for the specified text If no match is found the not found alert appears If the search is successful the message is scrolled to the first point where the match is found and the matching text is highlighted Note You can search for text in the messages summaries area of a mailbox Just place your cursor in the summaries window and choose Find from the Edit window Choose Find Text and enter the text you want to find in the Find Text dialog box Eudora will high light the first occurrence of the text Stopping a Find If you want to stop Eudora from continuing a search click the Stop button in the progress window or press the Esc key Find Messages Important If you are us
147. c mymail c inis myeudora ini To use a different INI file that is in the mail directory Command Line c apps eudora exe c mymail myeudora ini Command Line c apps eudora exe c mymail myeudora ini This is a way to have multiple settings for one set of mailboxes nicknames etc For example you may have multiple email accounts in which you receive mail but want to collect mail from all of the accounts in one place You could set up separate Program Items for each account each having a different INI file on the command line and switching between accounts would be as simple as double clicking on a Program Item And for an even more tricky specification if the first parameter is an INI filename without a path then the mail directory is searched through the normal process of checking the EUDORA environment variable and then using the executable directory Examples SET EUDORA c mymail Command Line c apps eudora exe myeudora ini will use c mymail as the mail directory and c mymail myeudora ini as the INI file SET EUDORA myeudora ini Command Line c apps eudora exe will use c apps as the mail directory and c apps myeudora ini as the INI file Default INI file When an entry in the EUDORA INI file is not found Eudora will look in the DEUDORA INI file located in the same directory as the EUDORA EXE file The Mappings section of the DEUDORA INI file acts as though it was appended to the end of the Mappings section of
148. can choose one of three content matches From Any Recipient or Subject From selected by default Select to match the message against the From field the sender of the messages you selected You can then edit the field The From field of a target message must contain the information in this box but does not have to exactly equal it Note that if you selected multiple messages and they do not have a common sender the From field is unselectable and is left blank Any Recipient Select to match the message against any of the recipients in the messages you selected recipients are contained in the To and Cc fields and in an outgoing message the Bcc field Choose one recipient from the drop down menu accessed from the menu button next to the field or edit the text in the field Note that the information you enter in the field must be contained in any of the recipient fields of the target message but does not have to exactly equal any recipient field Subject Select to match the message against the Subject field of the messages you selected If you have selected multiple messages and they do not have a common subject this field is left blank In either case you can edit the field The subject line of a target message must contain the information in this box but does not have to exactly equal it Action Area The Action area of the window lets you determine the one action that will be performed on messages that satisfy the Match
149. cation Program Interface MAPI MAPI is an interface that lets you send email messages from any MAPI compatible appli cation such as your Web browser word processor spreadsheet graphics application etc MAPI compatible applications have a Send or Send Mail option in the File menu When you select the option the Eudora MAPI server displays a new outgoing message with your current document attached All you need to do is address the message type any details you want to include in the body of the message and click Send or Queue To run the Eudora MAPI server set the options in the MAPI category of the Eudora Options windows To display the MAPI Options select Options from the Tools menu and click on the MAPI category See MAPI Technical Report on page 247 Click the page number to display the topic You have several options in the MAPI Options dialog for loading the Eudora MAPI server You can set it to always run or to run only when Eudora is running or you can specify that it never run These three options open or exit the server as soon as you select them Note When you are running the Eudora MAPI server Microsoft Exchange will not work If you need to use Exchange turn off the Eudora MAPI server You also have several options for saving or deleting MAPI attachments When you use MAPI to attach a file and send a message that file is immediately copied into the Attach directory or a directory you have specified You can
150. ch Filter you enter a type of search filter to create a term for the whole query You can set this filter as an alternate OR for the worldwise search filter results Examples appear below Query John Smith whole query search filter Configuration whole word cn 40 word wise cn 0 sn 0 gn 0 givenname 0 Filter cn John Smith amp givenname John cn John sn John gn John givenname Smith cn Smith sn Smith gn Smith 14 Select the Log tab to display the Log panel LDAP Database window Log panel Modify Database 2 x Network Attributes Search Options Log Enable log for load store Log file name Browse I Overwrite existing log file cancel _ 15 Inthe Log panel specify whether you want to generate log files and if so how to store them specify whether you want to enable logs for Protocol interactions and or a Configuration data load store 16 Enter a Log file name or select one using the Browse button And if you want new logs to replace the old ones select the Overwrite existing log file option 17 When all your information is entered in the New Database window click OK and your new LDAP database is created with its checkbox Modifying a Database You can modify any Ph Finger or LDAP database in your Databases list Note You cannot modify a Eudora Address Book database from the Direct
151. ches the first term filter the message and lf the message matches both the first and second terms but not just one alone filter it or lf the message matches either term or both filter it QUALCOMM Incorporated Filtering Messages Eudora User Manual unless lf the message matches the first term filter it unless the message also matches the second term in which case do not filter it This lets you exclude certain variations of the first term Filter Actions For a filter you re creating or modifying in the Filters window all messages that match the filter criteria are acted on as specified with the Actions drop down menus Each filter can do up to five things to a message that matches the criteria You can use the same action twice if it does not directly affect the original message For example Copy To can be used twice but not Transfer To Some filter actions have an associated icon For these actions Eudora places the action icon next to the filter in the filters list Up to five icons can appear per filter The Action options are as follows None No action Make Status Assigns the selected status to message summaries Make Priority Assigns the selected priority level to messages If you select a set level from the drop down menu messages are set to that priority If you select Raise or Lower messages are raised or lowered one priority level based on their pre filter level Make Label
152. cifying a mail directory Eudora Properties les QUALCOMM Eudora Mail Eudora exe C Jane M Burin Separate MENO space c program files qualcomm eudora mail Normal window _find Target _ Change leon Eme Aon 5 To start Eudora users simply double click on their shortcut A new Eudora ini file will be created for each user located in the directory specified in the Target field n QUALCOMM Incorporated 244 Mail Transport Intoduction Eudora uses Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP to transfer your outgoing mail to your SMTP server machine which in turn uses SMTP to send your mail to the world at large Mail from the world at large arrives on your incoming Post Office Protocol POP or Internet Message Access Protocol IMAP mail server where it waits for Eudora to pick it up with either POP version 3 or IMAP version 4 The mail Eudora sends and receives is constructed in accordance with RFC 822 and RFC 2045 MIME Eudora mail transport overview POP similar for IMAP POP Check Mail POP SMTP Your PC Server Send Queued Messages The World at Large Outgoing Mail When you send an email message to someone Eudora uses SMTP to send the mail to your local SMTP server computer That computer then sends the mail to your addressee s computer also usually by means of the SMTP protocol Why doesn t Eudora talk directly to your addressee s computer For one thing it
153. ck Attach in the PureVoice window or from the File menu choose Attach You may also save the audio file to a folder The PureVoice audio file attaches to your message Note If your recipient does not have PureVoice choose Attach Site Info from the Options menu This tells your recipient where on the Internet he or she can retrieve the PureVoice player recorder The Web site includes a file with download instructions Including a URLin a Message Sponsored and Paid modes only To include a hot link also known as a Uniform Resource Locator or URL in a message enclose it with Jess than and greater than signs angle brackets to ensure that your recip ient s email application can identify it as a URL for example lt http www eudora com gt isa hotlink URL in a message FE barb Marilyn Stover 05 01 PM 2 10 2000 0800 URL request ojx de eale 688 4 G Sen Arial V A Bru amp x E To barb Marilyn Stover From Joe Camp lt jcamp myfirm com gt Subject URL request Ce james Spears Bee Attached Here is the Eudora web site URL lt www eudora com gt Creating a Hypenink in a Message Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora lets you create a hyperlink in an outgoing message that is it converts a piece of text or a graphic into a link to a URL When your recipients click the text or graphic their browsers open and take them to that URL QUALCOMM Incorporated 34 Checking Your Spelling Automatic
154. command that will not cause the password to be erased works in conjunction with the BadPasswordString entry above POP servers sometimes fail after sending the PASS command for reasons other than your password was incorrect and this entry allows greater control over when Eudora will decide to ask you again for your password A string that is appended to every Ph command before sending to the Ph server For example PhReturn return all would return all fields of the records returned by the query and PhReturn type person would return all matches to the query with the additional filter that the record is a person Default port number for the POP service pop3 A comma separated list of headers that should be shown in the preview pane The matching is done on a prefix basis so any header that begins with one of these values will be shown If non zero then if a mailbox hasn t already specified a position for the splitter between the message list and the preview pane then the splitter will be positioned this many pixels from the top of the mailbox window HTML markup for the end of the table that s used to display the headers in a preview pane HTML markup for the end of the table row that s used to display the headers in a preview pane Each header appears in a separate row of the table HTML markup for the start of the table row that s used to display the headers in a preview pane Each header appears in a separate row
155. control some of Eudora s advanced network functions Important Consult your email administrator before modifying any of these options To display the Advanced Network options window do the following QUALCOMM Incorporated Advanced Network Eudora User Manual 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Advanced Network icon The Advanced Network options window appears Advanced Network options window Options x Category 2 Network open timeout 200 seconds Background Tasks Network timeout after 200 seconds amp ba Network buffer size of 4096 bytes Automation I Cache network info IV Unload Winsock DLL after closing socket Extra Warnings Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Network open timeout _ seconds default 300 This option lets you set the number of seconds before an attempt to make a network connection will time out For some servers especially those with heavy loads the attempt to establish the network connection can take longer than it takes to send data back and forth once the connection has been made A familiar example When you are browsing the World Wide Web you may find that it takes a while to connect to a server but then once you have connected to the server the Web page can seem to download quickly This option therefore gives you the ability to set a different and usually longer timeout for establishing the network c
156. ct here 6 Click OK This personality is now linked with the stationery and signature you chose from the drop down lists Selecting a Personality in a Message Header You can select the account you want to use directly in the header of your outgoing email message Just click the arrow to the left of the From field and a drop down list appears showing your different personalities Select the personality you want to use for this message The current personality will have a dot next to the personality s name Also to display the personalities drop down list press Alt R See the following example Personality drop down list in a message header Ai oF yp S Ss tes Pelee K 8 To Joe Camp lt jcarmp myfirn com gt lt Dominant gt Business Joe at home Joe at school Using a Personality ina Message The easiest way to create an outgoing message from a specific personality is to choose the one you want from the From field s drop down list See the previous section Selecting a Personality in a Message Header However there are several other ways to do it See the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Personalities or select the Personalities window tab if grouped in a displayed tabbed window 2 Inthe Personalities window right click the desired personality to display the drop down context menu 3 From the context menu choose Message 4 From the Message submenu choose New Message As Or
157. d and composition messages and the message preview pane This includes text files signature files and message summaries in mailbox windows Font Specify the font to use when displaying all other screen text in Eudora Size Specify the font size to use when displaying all other screen text in Eudora Display The Display options determine how Eudora displays various objects in the main Eudora window and the category icons in the Options list To display the Display options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Display icon The Display options window appears 209 Eudora User Manual Viewing Mail 210 Display options window Options 21x Category MV Show toolbar MV Show toolbar tips I Show cool bars Fa M Show large buttons MV Show status bar Attachments M Show category icons M Show MDI task bar Replying Display Viewing Mail 4 Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Show toolbar lf this option is selected Eudora displays the main window toolbar Show toolbar tips lf this option is selected holding the mouse pointer over a button in the main window toolbar displays a very brief description of that button s function Show cool bars lf this option is selected the main window toolbar buttons have a flat look and only become raised when you position the mouse pointer over the button If
158. d focus 16 Key stroke shortcuts 236 L Label column 96 Labels how to assign to messages 96 Labels options 219 Launch a program from a message how to enter in Options 227 LDAP Database 177 LDAP protocol 167 LDAPInit ini file 241 Leave mail on server how to enter in Options POP server 201 Leave mail on server option 56 86 Leave server status 97 Left arrow in the Status column 63 Left arrow in the Status column 95 Left command 30 138 Light mode 16 Lightweight Directory Access Protocol 167 Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP 289 Line breaks 31 Link History option 193 Link history window 154 List Management Agent 289 Imos dat file 241 Imos tmp to Imos dat 284 Login Name how to enter in Options 198 Login Name option 85 283 Macintosh server POP or IMAP how to obtain 257 299 Index Mail folder fol directories 241 Mail folders creating during transfer 107 creating in the Mailboxes window 102 creating using Mailbox menu 100 Make if a folder option 100 management on POP vs IMAP server 103 New command 100 102 removing in the Mailboxes window 102 renaming in Mailboxes window 102 storage 241 Mail Server Incoming how to enter in Options 198 Mail Server Incoming option 283 Mail storage 239 mail folders 241 mailboxes 241 contents 241 POP and IMAP servers 103 Mail Transfer Options dialog 46 55 57 97 Delete all messages on server 58 Delete all messages that have been retrieved 58 Delete messages
159. d from the server Delete all messages on server Delete all of your messages from the POP server even the messages that have never been downloaded Be absolutely sure this is what you want to do because there is no way to undo it Fetch all message headers to In mailbox Retrieve from the POP server the header and the first few lines of every new message If you select this option the messages are not filtered Set the Server Status in the message summaries to specify what you want to do with the messages the next time you check mail Important If you delete the message header and you have the Delete from server when emptied from Trash option on in either the Incoming Mail options window for your main account or the Account Settings dialog box for an alternate personality the message is gone completely from Eudora and the POP server How should checking sending be performed lf you have multiple personalities you can check or send mail based on the options on the left of the Mail Transfer Options turn on Using options at left or as specified in the Incoming Mail options window for your QUALCOMM Incorporated Managing Your Mail on the IMAP Server Eudora User Manual dominant account To set options for any of your personalities access the Account Settings dialog box from the Personalities window You can also specify the personalities that you want to check or send with this mail transfer Hold down the Shift key to select mu
160. ddressed in messages sent from this personality An unqualified name is a name that doesn t have an sign followed by a domain name This can be used to save time when addressing large numbers of messages to users in the same domain Also different personalities can be used to send messages to different domains For example you can use one personality to send work related messages to the domain myfirm com and another personality to send personal messages to the domain in your home email address or to your school account for example myschool edu Default Stationery Select the stationery to use for all outgoing messages sent from this personality from the drop down list or select lt No Default gt for no default stationery For more details about using stationery with alternate personalities see Linking a Signature and Stationery to a Personality on page 89 and Sending Mail on page 203 Click the page number to display the topic Default Signature Select the signature to use for all outgoing messages sent from this personality from the drop down list If you select a signature Eudora automatically attaches that signature to the end of all outgoing messages sent from this personality You can always change the signature in a particular outgoing message using the Signature drop down list in the composition window For more details about using signatures with alternate personalities see Using a Signature on page 67 and
161. de provides the full featured Eudora desktop email client without advertising m Sponsored mode This mode provides the full featured Eudora desktop email client at no charge supported by sponsors advertising It includes all of the features that are in the Paid mode m Light mode This is an upgrade to the freeware version formerly known as Eudora Light It includes fewer features than the other modes and a sponsor image or logo QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Changing Eudora Modes Changing Eudora Modes If you bought Eudora from a retail store or from a web site Eudora installs in Paid mode However if you would like to change the operating mode for example to Sponsored mode you can do so right in the Eudora program Remember to request a refund from QUALCOMM See the last page of this guide for details To change the Eudora operating mode after you install Eudora 4 3 do the following 1 From the Help menu choose Payment amp Registration The Payment and Registra tion window appears Payment and Registration Window Payment amp Registration 2 In the Which Eudora is right for you section m To use Eudora in Sponsored mode click Sponsored Mode free with ads Eudora displays the ad window m To use Eudora in Paid mode click Paid Mode costs money no ads Eudora displays the Eudora web site for you to purchase Eudora m To use Eudora in Light mode click Light Mode free fewer features
162. der 26 Name field 159 Need RCPT Recipient 284 Netscape Messenger import address book 82 Netscape Messenger migrating from 80 Network 290 Network buffer size of _ bytes how to enter in Options 229 Network open timeout _ seconds how to enter in Options 229 Network timeout after _ seconds how to enter in Options 229 Never how to enter in Options 208 New button in Address Book 158 New button in Filters window 112 New command 100 107 188 191 New Database button 172 New File command 185 New Mailbox dialog 100 107 New Message command 21 189 New Message To submenu 165 189 New Message With submenu 189 Next time queued messages are sent option 44 Nickname definition 290 Nickname directory 240 Nicknames 159 me 66 adding to the Quick Recipient List 166 creating in the Address Book 158 removing from the Quick Recipient List 166 renaming 161 nndbase toc file 241 nndbase txt file 241 None action 115 Normal windows 130 and taskbar 145 Notes tab 160 Notify Application action 116 Notify User action 116 301 Index O Offline how to enter in Options POP server 201 OLD format in Options 219 On or after option 45 Online Help 15 Online help 15 Open action 115 Open Attachment command 185 Open File command 185 Open mailbox option 51 Opening and configuring Eudora 15 Options command 193 or option 114 Out command 188 190 Out mailbox 45 106 out mbx file 241 out toc file 241 Outgoing message window Message body 26
163. discard changes When you close a tool window or a tabbed window the content state and position of the window or of all windows in the tabbed window are preserved The preservation of content is useful for persistent data such as filter reports and directory service queries If you try to close or de activate a tool or tabbed window with unsaved changes Eudora asks if you want to save the changes Note If you are using Eudora in Sponsored mode an ad window appears at the left hand bottom of your screen The ad window is the minimum size that corresponds to the ad being displayed and this window is not moveable Noma l Windows A window is in the norma state if it is restricted to the window work area of the main Eudora window and cannot be dragged out of the main window Sample normal windows inside the main Eudora window EER Special Tools Window Help Eudora test Out Trash amp Work stuff SCH oie Personal ly leone r GA Family E Friends ava Header 2 Travel East Coast contains amp Mid states Souther states and West Coast Header L contains m Action S Inserto Work stuff E U lt Play Sound z E C WINNT Sphasers wav f Fitters on T erouleaue quaicom Quarcomm Normal windows can be moved around within the window work area They can also be minimized and can be maximized to completely fill the visible window work area When a normal wi
164. dowPosition 10 60 630 240 TextFileWindowPosition 0 0 600 460 Tool Bar This section reflects the current settings of the main Eudora toolbar If you create addi tional Eudora toolbars then additional Tool Bar sections will appear in the INI file Note We strongly recommend that you do not change any of the settings in the Tool Bar section s of the INI file and that you instead make any changes to any Eudora toolbar from the toolbar customization dialog Customize dialog This dialog is accessed by right clicking anywhere on the toolbar and selecting Customize from the drop down menu For more information see Eudora Toolbar on page 140 The DirectoryServices section controls the use of the Directory Services window accessed from Eudora s Tools menu and its associated databases For more information on Directory Services see its dedicated section in the Eudora User Manual Note Of the entries listed below only those marked with an asterisk are user settable Entry Default Description Value QUALCOMM Incorporated a 279 Eudora User Manual OldKeepOnTopcpCoverted PanesY LeftPaneX RightPanex KeepOnTop LDAP Idap bigfoot com Ph ph bigfoot com Eudora Address Book Eudora Nicknames Finger hostname domain com 280 Tool Bar What in pre 4 0 versions of Eudora used to be Settings AddressKeepForeground is now KeepOnTop in this section KeepOnTop saves the check state of the Keep On
165. e do the following 1 In the Protocols list click the Finger protocol to select it 2 Click New Database Or just double click Finger in the Protocols list The New Data 176 base window General panel appears QUALCOMM Incorporated Using Directory Service Databases Eudora User Manual Finger Database window General panel Modify Database 21x General m Server name Enter the name for this server the way you would like it to appear in the list of servers fest m Server setup Enter the network host name for this server Host name fest Patt E Cancel Apply 3 Inthe General panel enter a descriptive name for the server the Host Name or IP address of the server and the Port in the respective fields The default port for Ph is 79 Don t change this port number unless you know for certain that the port number is not 79 4 To create the new Finger database click OK A Finger database is created LDAP Database LDAP means Lightweight Directory Access Protocol An LDAP server is a service that provides information about individuals You can look up virtually anyone on the Internet using public LDAP servers And furthermore you can add new LDAP servers to query in Eudora To add a new LDAP database do the following 1 Inthe Protocols list click the LDAP protocol to select it 2 Click New Database Or just double click LDAP in the Protocols list The New Data base window Ne
166. e DLL file Since the MAPI DLLs are shared by multiple MAPI client applications Windows does not unlock the MAPI DLL file until the last MAPI client application is shut down Therefore to force all MAPI client applications to unload the DLLs you must shutdown all MAPI client applications Important When running 16 bit MAPI client applications under Windows NT then Eudora cannot detect the lock placed on the MAPI DLLs by Windows unless the SHARE program is running This means that Eudora can inadvertently perform the DLL swap and or unswap procedures while the MAPI DLL is loaded into memory This almost always causes Windows to become unstable and can lead to crashes in MAPI client applications as well as in Windows itself Note If you run 16 bit MAPI client applications under Windows NT then you should always run the SHARE program The good news is that Windows 95 98 implements the SHARE functionality without requiring you to explicitly run the SHARE program By default Windows NT only imple ments the SHARE functionality for 32 bit applications If you are running a 16 bit applica tion under Windows NT then you must run the SHARE program explicitly QUALCOMM Incorporated a 251 Eudora User Manual Eudora DLL Swapping Restrictions e QUALCOMM Incorporated 252 MIME and Mapping What Is MIME MIME stands for Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions MIME serves two major purposes it allows mail applications to tell one another wh
167. e Filter Messages from the Special menu the incoming and or outgoing messages selected that satisfy the content match condition you specify will be acted on according to the action you ve specified in this filter This option is useful when testing your filter or manually filtering messages that you have already received or sent Note If Incoming or Outgoing is selected or both the filter is automatic that is Eudora performs the filter operation behind the scenes automatically when you send or check mail If you now also select Manual the filter becomes both automatic and manual meaning you can now manually perform the filter operation by selecting Filter Messages QUALCOMM Incorporated o 109 Eudora User Manual Filtering Messages 110 from the Special menu while message summaries are selected in a mailbox window but Eudora still filters the messages automatically during mail sends and checks In short checking Manual does not turn off Eudora s automatic filtering for that filter Also making a filter manual also gives you a good way to test the filter to your needs as soon as you set it up rather than having to wait until the next time you send or check mail After creating a manual filter with the Make Filter dialog box check to see that it does what you want by selecting Filter Messages from the Special menu Your open message or selected message summaries are immediately filtered according to the new filter You
168. e Special menu E QUALCOMM Incorporated 232 Miscellaneous QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Say OK to alerts after _ second s default 120 If this is selected any alerts that announce a problem with the network communication automatically go away after the specified number of seconds Many network problems are temporary so this allows Eudora to try the communication again This is most useful if you have automatic mail checking enabled for any of your accounts Turbo redirect by default lf this is selected the behavior of the Redirect command is changed If you frequently redirect mail to a particular person make that person s email address correspond to a nickname and also add it to your recipient list in your Address Book When you get an email message that you want to redirect select the message then choose Redirect to from the Message menu and select the recipient The message gets queued as a redirected message to the recipient and the original received message gets deleted This method can be used to redirect a large number of messages If this option is turned off then selecting Redirect to a recipient will open the message and wait for you to send queue the message The original message is kept but its status is changed to redirected Intercept Netscape mailto URLs lf this is selected a new Eudora message options when you execute a Netscape mailto command by clicking on an active email address
169. e entry is bolded in the Address Book list To remove a nickname from the Quick Recipient List do the following 1 Right click the item in the Address Book list to display the drop down list 2 From the drop down list choose Remove From Recipient List The nickname for the selected entry is removed from the Quick Recipient List and the entry is unbolded in the Address Book list If you change a nickname the Quick Recipient List is updated as appropriate For details about using the Quick Recipient List see Using the Quick Recipient List on page 165 Click the page number to display the topic Note You can add or remove multiple nicknames to or from the Quick Recipient List by selecting multiple entries before right clicking Hold down the Shift key to select multiple entries in sequence or the Ctrl key to select entries non consecutively a QUALCOMM Incorporated 166 Using Directory Services Opening Directory Services Eudora lets you look up information about people on the Internet within your company and in your Eudora Address Book using four directory service protocols m Ph m Finger Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP Eudora Address Book To use directory services to search for someone do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Directory Services Or if the Directory Services window is an inactive window in a visible tabbed window group click its tab The Direc tory Services window appears
170. e information on docked floating normal and tabbed windows see Managing Windows in Eudora on page 129 Click the page number to display the topic Make Address Book Entry Command The Make Address Book Entry command is used to create entries in your Address Book and is especially helpful for making group entries To use the Make Address Book Entry command in the Address Book do the following 1 Inthe Address Book click to highlight several different entries by holding down the Shift key to select multiple entries in sequence or the Ctrl key to make non consecu tive selections 2 From the Special menu choose Make Address Book Entry Make Address Book Entry from the Address Book yeti Tools Window Help FiltenMessages Cite Address Book filets Filizi Make Address Book Entry Ctrl K View By Nickname Eddies Hecinient Remove Recipient Eudora Nicknam amp iriley Empty Trash amp The Gang Compact Mailboxes Forget Passwords Change Password Message Plug ins Settings I Expand Nickname Address Book 3 The Make Address Book Entry dialog box appears prompting you for the nickname of the new entry The Address es field of the new entry will include the nicknames for the entries you selected not the real addresses QUALCOMM Incorporated Make Address Book Entry Command Eudora User Manual Note When the Address Book is docked or floating the Make Address Book Entry command
171. e message from the server As x Delete Delete the message from the server Be Fetch then Retrieve the whole message then delete it from Delete the server Note To control the mail transfer for a POP server you can also use the Mail Transfer options window For details see Checking for Mail with Special Server Instructions on page 57 and Checking Mail on page 199 Click the page number to display the topic Subject Column This column displays the subject of the message The sender originally typed this informa tion into the message header but you can modify it See Editing Incoming Messages on page 55 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated 97 Eudora User Manual Understanding the Components of a Mailbox 98 Displaying and Resizing Columns To indicate which columns you want displayed in your mailboxes do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll through the category list and select Mailboxes The Mailboxes options window appears 3 Inthe Show Mailbox Columns list select the column boxes you want to display If you don t want to display a column just deselect the box See Mailboxes on page 212 Click the page number to display the topic To resize a column in a mailbox window move the mouse pointer until it is over the column heading divider to the right of the column you want to resize then drag the divider to the position you want The colum
172. e option in all categories in which it appears Important For advanced users only if you need to use an Esoteric Settings plug in copy esoteric epi from the Extra stuff subfolder into your main Eudora Pro folder This will allow an interface to several features in your options settings You will notice additional icons appearing at the end of the category list in Options Getting Started On the Getting Started options window you can determine the minimum information necessary to send and receive mail The information here is for your dominant person ality which is your principal email account To display the Getting Started options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Click the Getting Started icon The Getting Started options window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 197 Eudora User Manual Getting Started 198 Getting Started options window Options 24 xi Category Real name p oe Camp Return address ficamp myfirm com Mail Server Incoming pop myfirm com Login Name five camp SMTP Server Outgoing smtp myfirm com MV Allow authentication cen Select the options you want to change Options are described below Real name This is the real name assigned to your principal account generally your first and last name The text you enter here is included in the From field of all your outgoing messages from this account It identifies you
173. e samples of these types of plug ins are available with Eudora Sort UpperLower and Unwrap m Icons in the message window are typically for plug ins that are used to manipulate messages as they are sent or when they are received These are referred to as on transmission and on display plug ins m The Tools menu typically includes plug ins that are used to do tasks that are not directly related to Eudora functions These are referred to as tools plug ins m The Attach submenu under the Message menu typically includes plug ins that are used to create and attach particular files to a message These are referred to as attachment plug ins Example QUALCOMM s PureVoice voice messaging plug in for recording and attaching voice messages to your outgoing messages m Plug ins that are automatically used when a message is received are not available through the user interface These are referred to as on arrival plug ins To see all of your currently installed plug ins select Message Plug ins Settings from the Special menu The Installed Message Plug ins dialog appears If an installed plug in has any settings options you can use the Settings button to change them For information about available plug ins send e mail to lt eudora rep eudora com gt or visit the World Wide Web site lt http www eudora com gt QUALCOMM Incorporated 242 The Messaging Application Program Interface MAPI Eudora User Manual The Messaging Appli
174. e selections Scroll bars appear in the details pane if the displayed information cannot fit in the viewing space QUALCOMM Incorporated TC 169 Eudora User Manual Addressing a Message from the Directory Services 170 Addressing a Message from the Directory Services Window You can create and address a message with the query results in the Directory Services window To create a new message do the following Important Make sure there are no outgoing messages already open 1 Perform your query 2 Click to select one or more summaries in your results list 3 Click the To Cc or Bec button A new message is created and it is addressed appropriately with the selected query results To add an address to an existing message do the following Important Make sure the message you want to address is active 1 From the Tools menu choose Directory Services or if the Directory Services window is an inactive window in a visible tabbed window group click its tab The Directory Services window appears 2 Perform the query 3 Click to select one or more summaries in the results list 4 Click the To Cc or Bec button The addresses from the selected query results are added to the appropriate field of the current message Note The behavior of the To Cc and Bcc buttons is subject to the restrictions in Considering the State of the Window on page 171 Making an Address Book Entry from Query Results You can make a
175. e the label you want for this message Note Label colors and titles are assigned using the Labels options See Labels on page 219 Click the page number to display the topic Senden Recipient Column Who This column shows the sender of the message for incoming messages or the intended recipients for outgoing messages QUALCOMM Incorporated Understanding the Components of a Mailbox Eudora User Manual Date Column This column displays the date and time the message was composed or for timed messages the date and time the message is scheduled to be sent Date formats including age sensitive indications such as the day of the week or Today are set in the Date Display options window See Date Display on page 218 Click the page number to display the topic Size Column This column displays the size of the message in kilobytes K 1 K 1 024 bytes Server Status Column This column displays the action that is done to the corresponding incoming message on the server The next time you check mail the server status you requested is automatically completed Fetched Don t change the message on the server A solid diamond indicates that the message has been amp Not fetched fetched an open diamond indicates that the message has not yet been fetched 2 Fetched IMAP only Retrieve messages from the IMAP but not server but not all attachments have been attachments fetched ee Fetch Retrieve the whol
176. e time zone but only if the message did not originate from your local time zone Example 02 56PM11 21 97 0800 QUALCOMM Incorporated 218 Labels Eudora User Manual Age sensitive lf this is selected message dates appear differently based on the age of the messages The three age categories are RECENT OLD and ANCIENT The age of a message is measured from the date and time at which the message was composed or sent based on the sender s email package and this depends on your setting for the Display dates using option RECENT messages are all those that are younger than the hours you specify in the Hours to be OLD field ANCIENT messages are all those that are older than the expiration time entered in the Hours to be ANCIENT field OLD messages are all those ages which falls between that of RECENT and ANCIENT messages they are older than the number of hours specified in the Hours to be OLD field but younger than the number of hours specified in the Hours to be ANCIENT field The date display format for all messages falling in the RECENT OLD and ANCIENT categories is determined by your entry in the RECENT format OLD format and ANCIENT format fields respectively RECENT format default 1 Your entry in this field determines the format in which the dates of RECENT messages appear RECENT messages are all those younger than the number in the Hours to be OLD field The default RECENT format of 1 and the default Hours to be OL
177. e to log in to that remote system by entering the username and password assigned to you by your Internet Service Provider Some systems require that you first press Enter to display a login prompt then enter the username and password In any event once you are logged on authenticated some providers automatically start your SLIP or PPP session while others require that you take an extra step such as typing ppp to initiate a PPP session Carefully note the exact steps you must take in order to manually log in and establish a SLIP PPP session you will need this informa tion in order to automate the login process as described in Defining a Login Script Defining a Login Script Here is a sample login script for an Annex terminal server proc main transmit M waitfor Annex username until 30 if FALSE SSUCCESS then goto Failure endif transmit S USERID M waitfor Annex password until 30 if FALSE SUCCESS then QUALCOMM Incorporated Defining a Login Script Eudora User Manual goto Failure endif transmit SPASSWORD M waitfor Permission granted until 30 if FALSE S SUCCESS then goto Failure endif transmit ppp M Failure set screen keyboard on halt Done endproc Based on your experience with manually connecting to your Internet Service Provider you may need to change the Annex username and Annex password strings to match the prompts displayed by
178. eader field of the message CC Choose this option to search text entered in only the Cc header field of the message BCC Choose this option to search text entered in only the Bcc header field of the message Any recipient Choose this option to search text entered in only the To Cc and Bcc header fields of the message In the example below Headers was selected from the drop down options list as the first criteria 4 After you select the option from the drop down list select a conjunction to link the first option with the text you will be searching for The conjunction drop down lists are shown below Conjunction drop down lists iS Find Messages Anywhere Headers fees aa a B ody Moe D e iid ca eek Attachment Name S pass aes lias Summary Mailbox Name To From Date Subject See Classifieds sc som 7 Any Recipient PES aioe Priority amp Miscellaneous eae Attachment Count Status gea Label PA Publications Personality Following is a description of each conjunction option in the drop drop list contains lf the specific item contains the text string search and display those messages This allows for other surrounding text contains word lf the specific item contains the exact word search and display those messages does not contain lf the specific item does not contain the text string search and display those messages
179. ect of 55 Date column 97 Label column 96 Priority column 96 resizing columns 98 selecting 93 Sender Recipient Who column 96 Server Status column 97 Size column 97 Status column 95 Subject column 97 Who column 96 Message window height how to enter in Options 211 Message window width how to enter in Options 211 Message creating an auto reply 117 messages retrieved but not attachments 97 Migrating to create a personality 80 MIME 253 290 Base64 encoding 253 Content type header 254 Macintosh creators 255 Macintosh types 255 Mapping 255 Quoted printable encoding 253 Types 255 MIME encoding 32 Minimal headers only how to enter in Options IMAP server 202 Minimal Headers Only option 59 88 Miscellaneous Options Allow drag and drop transfers option 107 Automatically expand nicknames option 164 166 Empty Trash when exiting option 105 Intercept Netscape mailto URLs option 55 Turbo redirect by default option 65 Miscellaneous options 231 Modifiers 235 Modify button 173 183 Move it to mailbox IMAP server 202 Move To command 160 QUALCOMM Incorporated Index Multiple accounts in Eudora 75 Multiple Eudora users on one PC 243 Multiple PCs checking mail from 55 Multiple personalities 75 Multiple recipients creating a mailing list 158 hiding the recipient list 159 Multi Purpose Internet Mail Extension MIME 290 Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions 253 N name completion directory services 168 Name completion message hea
180. ect word right click the underlined word Before you start using the automatic spell check feature you must turn on this feature To turn on the automatic spell check do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and select Spell Checking The Spell Checking options window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated E 35 Checking Your Spelling Automatically Sponsored and Paid modes only 3 4 5 Spell Checking options window Mailboxes 4 Styled Text a 0700707 a7 Auto completion Fo Date Display Select Automatically as you type Click OK Your automatic spell check should be on Eudora User Manual When you type in your message and misspell a word the word is immediately under lined after you press the spacebar as shown in the example New message with automatic spell check E Bob Clark yourfirm com 05 10 PM 271072000 0800 meeting tomorrow El crore ee eee leo NG ava m EE To Bob Clark yourfirrn com From Joe Camp lt jcamp myfirm com gt Subject meeting tomorrow Ce Sue Smith myfirm com Bcc Attached Bob The meeting has been potponed until tomorrow at 5 p m Thanks Joe Camp If you want to choose the correct word from the drop down word list right click and the drop down word list appears as shown below QUALCOMM Incorporated 36 Checking Your Spelling Manually Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual
181. ed Windows QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual m ltserves as a drag handle that lets you drag the tool window from one tabbed window to another so that you can reorganize your tabbed windows and create new tabbed windows Only tool windows those windows accessible from the Tools menu except the Options dialog box can be combined into a tabbed window All other windows in Eudora particu larly mailbox windows and message windows cannot be combined into a tabbed window A tabbed window can be normal docked or floating You can convert a tabbed window from any state to any other state If a tabbed window shows a title bar the title in the bar is the name of the active window in the group Eudora s Default Tabbed Windows Eudora comes with three default tabbed windows shown in the previous figure which together include all eleven tool windows The first default is a vertically oriented tabbed window that is docked to the left side of the main window and contains the following five tool windows with tabs in left to right order m Mailboxes m File Browser m Stationery m Signatures m Personalities The second default tabbed window is a normal window that contains these five tool windows with tabs in left to right order To display this window choose one of the member windows from the Tools menu m Directory Services m Address Book a Filters m Filter Report m Link History The third default tabbed
182. ed in the Out mailbox with a clock icon in the Status column and with the specified date and time in the Date column The message is sent when the specified time arrives Important For the message to be sent at the correct time Eudora must be running at that time If Eudora is not running the message is sent the first time Eudora is run after the specified time has passed If you choose Don t send for a message that has never been queued nothing happens The message is held in the Out mailbox until it is either deleted or re queued and sent Note When exiting Eudora with queued messages or timed queued messages sent within the next 10 hours Eudora gives you a warning and a chance to send these messages Editing a Queued Message To edit a queued message do the following 1 Open the Out mailbox 2 Click to select the message summary 3 Make the necessary edits and save it The message is kept in the Out mailbox If you close the changed message without saving it an alert appears asking you to verify the changes Taking a Message Out of the Queue A message that is queued but is not yet sent can be unqueued by doing the following 1 Open the Out mailbox and select the desired message summary 2 From the Message menu choose Change Queueing and click Don t send This changes the message status from queued Q to sendable The message is held in the Out mailbox until it is either deleted re queued or sent Send
183. ed out you must install Microsofts Speech Engine appli cations For more information please refer to the readme txt file in your Eudora folder Open Opens the mailbox and or message when a message is received If you set a previous action to filter messages into a mailbox then that mailbox is opened QUALCOMM Incorporated aE 115 Eudora User Manual Filtering Messages 116 Print Prints one copy of each message Notify User Notifies you As Normal and or In Report when messages are received The As Normal option notifies you based on the options you have selected in the Getting Attention options The In Report option notifies you by opening the Filter Report window and displaying in that window a filter report that details what filter actions have been done See Filter Report Window on page 146 Click the page number to display the topic Notify Application Notifies the selected application wnen messages are received and provides information from the message Specify the application to use and the part of the message to be included Use the Browse button E to select an application or enter the command line yourself The command line should include the path to the executable any options and the following substitution variables all separated by blank spaces 1 Date 2 To 3 From 4 Subject 5 Cc 6 The entire message For example the command line to send the subject of a message t
184. eed RCPT Recipient You must include at least one recipient in the To field of your outgoing message in order for the message to be delivered If you have a nickname in the To field be sure that in the Address Book at least one e mail address or valid nickname is included in the Address es tab If the Address es tab is blank there are no recipients and this causes the error Error getting a network socket Cause no buffer space available 10055 The buffers the error message is referring to are TCP buffers TCP IP stacks need buffers in which they can store data that goes to from the network Since at a low level the data has to be sent to a hardware device the buffers generally have to be in low memory i e lt 1MB This is valuable space for most users so most TCP IP stacks have a way of controlling how many of these buffers the user wants allocated If you re using a lot of other network applications at the same time especially the X Window System which uses a buffer for each window then you might get this error The other time this error might occur is when the TCP IP stack is not correctly marking buffers as being unused so you have a buffer not being used that the stack thinks is being used Could not rename 1mos tmp to 1lmos dat Quit Eudora and go to your Eudora directory Find the files called 1mos tmp and lmos dat and delete them both 1mos tmp may not be there that s not a problem On your
185. ehavior only when you manually select or preview messages not when it performs actions such as automatic mail checks or filtering Creating Mailboxes and Folders Eudora lets you create mailboxes to hold messages and folders to hold mailboxes There are three ways to create mailboxes and folders Using the New command from the Mailbox menu and folder submenus Using the New command from the drop down context menu in the Mailboxes window See Using the Mailboxes Window on page 101 Click the page number to display the topic Using the New command from the Transfer menu See Transferring Messages on page 106 Click the page number to display the topic Note Depending on whether your incoming mail server uses the POP or IMAP protocol there are some differences in the way mailboxes and mail folders are created stored and managed For more information see Mailbox and Folder Management POP vs IMAP Server on page 103 Click the page number to display the topic Creating a Mailbox or Folder Using the Mailbox Menu To create a new mailbox or mail folder do the following 1 From the Mailbox menu choose New or from a mail folder submenu to put the mailbox in that folder The New Mailbox dialog box appears New Mailbox dialog box New Mailbox 27 xi Creating a mailbox in the Top Level Name the new mailbox m I Make it a folder To create a mailbox type in the new mailbox name and click OK The ma
186. eim Help Cascade Shift F5 Tile Horizontal Shift F4 Tile Vertical Arrange Icons Send To Back Ctrl F6 v iln 2 Address Book Cascade Display all open normal Eudora windows in a cascading fashion diagonally offset from each other in a stack Tile Horizontal Display all open normal Eudora windows in a tiled edge to edge fashion with horizontal edges touching top to bottom Tile Vertical Display all open normal Eudora windows in a tiled edge to edge fashion with vertical edges touching left to right Arrange Icons Arrange all Eudora window icons representing minimized normal Eudora windows in a line at the bottom of the Eudora main window work area These icons are also represented by buttons on the Eudora taskbar Send To Back Send the topmost open normal Eudora window to the back of all displayed windows A tabbed window group is considered a single window for this purpose Your Windows AIll normal Eudora windows that are open appear here Tabbed windows are represented as single windows identified by the currently active window in the group Select the desired window to bring that window or the tabbed group containing it to the front of all displayed windows Help Menu Go to this menu to get help read a tip register Eudora insert system configuration or see information about this release e QUALCOMM Incorporated 194 Help Menu QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Help menu To
187. eir respective owners Use of the Eudora software and other software and fonts accompanying your license the Software and its doc umentation are governed by the terms set forth in your license Such use is at your sole risk The Software and its documentation including this manual and QUALCOMM s software maintenance and extended maintenance if applicable are provided AS IS and without warranty of any kind and QUALCOMM AND ITS LICENSORS HEREINAFTER COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO AS QUALCOMM EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRAN TIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND AGAINST IN FRINGEMENT QUALCOMM DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE WILL BE CORRECTED FURTHERMORE QUALCOMM DOES NOT WARRANT OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTA TIONS REGARDING THE USE OR THE RESULTS OF THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR ITS DOCU MENTATION IN TERMS OF THEIR CORRECTNESS ACCURACY RELIABILITY OR OTHERWISE NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY QUALCOMM OR A QUALCOMM AU THORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY OR IN ANY WAY INCREASE THE SCOPE OF THIS WARRANTY SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IM PLIED WARRANTIES SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE SHA
188. elect this command Eudora walks you through the New Account Wizard that is the name return address login name and incoming email server Change these settings as desired and when you are complete the new account is created Once created the personality will be checking mail m Properties Modify the properties of the selected personality You can modify only one personality at a time When you select this command the Account Settings dialog box displays with its fields filled in with the information associated with that personality See the description of this dialog box later in this chapter m Delete Delete all selected personalities Note however that you cannot delete the lt Dominant gt personality You are prompted to confirm the deletion for each personality you have selected to delete Note that these deletions are permanent and cannot be undone When you delete a personality any messages associated with that personality are reassigned to your Dominant personality You can use the Delete key as a shortcut for this command you will still get the confirmation requests QUALCOMM Incorporated Adding a New Personality Eudora User Manual You can also display the drop down context menu and create a new personality by right clicking in a blank area of the Personalities window off all personality items when none of the items are selected When creating a new personality this way you are walked through the New Account Wizard a
189. eneric Properties il Server Jpop business com Configuration pop C IMAP J Leave mail on server TI Delete from server after fo days J Delete from server when emptied from Trash I Skip messages over 40 K in size Authentication style Passwords Kerberos APOP C RPA Cancel Help Following are option descriptions for the Incoming Mail panel POP configuration Server This is the name of the incoming mail server for this personality All incoming messages to this personality are routed through this server Configuration This indicates which email protocol the incoming mail server uses POP Post Office Protocol or IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol Ask your email admin istrator which one to use if you are not sure The settings in the rest of this panel depend on whether you ve chosen POP or IMAP in this field Settings for both configurations are described below Leave mail on server lf selected then during mail checks incoming mail for this personality is left on the incoming mail server and a copy is transferred to your PC If this turned off then when mail is checked incoming mail for this personality is deleted from the incoming mail server after it is transferred to your PC For more details see Managing Your Mail on the POP Server on page 55 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated Adding a Personality via the Account Settings Dialog Eudor
190. er Menu Jump to From line in Composition window Special Menu Tools Menu Jump to Subject line in Composition window Sort by server status in table of contents window Sort by reversed server status in table of contents window 237 Eudora User Manual Alt W Alt X Arrows Enter Space Esc Delete F1 F2 F3 Alt F3 F5 F6 Ctrl Alt F6 F7 Home End Eudora Shortcuts Window Menu Mailbox Menu Move from one message to another in a mailbox depends on your Miscellaneous Options Select the outlined button in any dialog alert or window open the selected messages or open edit the selected item s or open the attachment on the cursor line Open a selected message summary or close the current message For long messages scroll the message down one page Stop any operation currently in progress Delete the selected text or item Display help and context sensitive help Rename the selected item in a tool window e g the Mailboxes window or the Address Book Find again Enter the selected text in the Find window Refresh the view in the File Browser window Toggles between the two halves of a split window in composition windows the Address Book the Filters window and when the preview pane appears mailbox windows Send the topmost window to the back of all displayed windows Show or hide one half of a split window current window only in composition windows
191. er the Progress window should be shown or not Allows you to add authentication to your SMTP server It should contain a comma separated list of authentication schemes whose use is to be disallowed The security conscious should set it to LOGIN PLAIN as this ensures that your SMTP server password will always be strongly encrypted when it goes over the network Users of IPSWITCH s Imail SMTP server should set it to CRAM MD5 so as to avoid a bug of theirs Allows you to require authentication when gaining access to your SMTP server Default port number for the SMTP service smtp Column at which recipient headers To and Cc are wrapped when sending a message Controls whether or not the icon shown in the status bar for tasks that are waiting or have errors should blink 275 Eudora User Manual 276 Settings Entry Default Value Description StatBarErrorAnimationRate 250 Controls the speed of the animated icon in the status bar for tasks that are currently waiting units in milliseconds between images StatBarGraphWidth 100 The width in pixels of the background task progress bar that shows up in the status bar Set to zero to prevent the progress bar from being displayed StatBarErrorRunningAnimati125 Controls the speed of the animated icon in the status bar onRate for tasks that currently have errors units in milliseconds between images StatBarWaitingAnimationRat500 Controls the speed of the animated icon in
192. er to display the topic Filters window showing an example filter lt Filters olx m Match V Incoming M Outgoing M Manual Header sary Header z contains x Manase titsti sSSS and Header Supervisor x contains x work Project m Action gt IransterTo gt Work stuff EN cures orasan Any HeadersManager SD address Book P Directory Services amp Fitters E Link History To add a new filter click New or to modify a filter click an existing filter to select it Select the options for how you want the filter to be used as an automatic filter to be invoked on any Incoming and or Outgoing mail and as a Manual filter that can be invoked when you choose Filter Messages from the Special menu Any combination of these options works Define the criteria for the filter by using the header item drop down menus and the text fields to specify which header items should include a particular string of text You can define two related terms for the criteria so that your filter is as specific as possible For details see Filter Criteria on page 113 Click the page number to display the topic Define the action or actions to be taken on messages that fit the criteria and save the filters For details see Filter Actions on page 115 Click the page number to display the topic Eudora places a small icon to the left of the filter in the list for some action
193. er you designate Forward This a Eudora function where you can forward an incoming message and its attachments to another person Gateway In general software that translates information between one protocol and another Header The part of an email message that precedes the message It contains information such as the originator recipient and subject of the message Also it is used as an indi vidual header filed such as the To header Home page An HTML document that resides in a data directory and is the primary starting point for anyone navigating that directory Hypertext Markup Language HTML HTML is used to create Web pages A Web client interprets HTML and displays documents and graphics accordingly HTML also allows document authors to establish hypertext links between documents in various locations on the Internet and to create forms and image maps that enable users to interact with Web documents Eudora uses HTML to send and receive styled text QUALCOMM Incorporated Glossary Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP HTTP is the standard way of transferring informa tion across the World Wide Web It supports a variety of media and file formats across a variety of platforms Internet A giant global network made up of many smaller networks all connected using the TCP IP protocol The Internet is the network of networks which spans the globe TCP IP is generally the network and transport protocol stack used to connect netwo
194. ers Many operations in Eudora can be implemented by holding down one or more modifier keys Eudora uses the Shift Ctrl and Alt keys as modifiers Keys you need to press are displayed between brackets Shift Check Mail Display the Mail Transfer Options dialog to define the interaction with your POP account Shift Queue Send Open the Change Queueing dialog Shift Insert Recipient Insert the address es instead of the nickname Shift Ctrl Expand the nicknames in the current field to their real addresses the cursor must be in the appropriate field Shift Finish Address Book Entry Finish the Address Book entry with the address es instead of the nickname Shift Sort command Sort in descending order Shift Transfer Put a copy of the current message in the selected mailbox and leave the original where it is Shift Wrap Selection Remove the carriage returns from the selected text unwrap Shift Save Save changes to all open windows Shift Close Close all open windows Shift Exit Set all open windows to open again when Eudora is next started Shift Check Spelling Perform an inline spelling check of the entire message or selected text Misspelled words are highlighted in red double underline Right click on a highlighted word and select the correct spelling from suggestions on a drop down list Shift Space Switch the status of the open
195. ers in each column header indicating the order of the sort See the following example Complex sorting by subject and then date E Date 2 E E Subject 4 08 55 AM 11 12 1999 5 Re Paid gt Adw 04 31 PM 1 19 2000 0 1 PDF distiller 10 37 AM 1 18 2000 0 2 Please donate y 12 31 PM 10 19 1999 2 Please join the E 01 29 PM 7 8 1999 05 2 Please join the E 02 23 PM 10 25 1999 6 Prize Donations 11 02 AM 1 26 2000 0 3 Proofs for the 80 03 53 PM 7 12 1999 0 4 Property Passes To perform a complex sort you can click two columns or all eight To cancel the sort just click on the column that displays 1 All the sort criteria will cancel Using the Find Command Eudora incorporates a Find command that searches for specific text within a single message multiple messages or even multiple mailboxes To display the Find submenu of commands do the following 1 From the Edit menu choose Find Find submenu under the Edit menu Find d Find Text Ctrl Shift F Sort gt Endler Agan Fe heck Spelling Bites Find Messages Ctrl F Finding Text Within One Message To search for text within a single message do the following 1 Open a message 2 From the Edit menu choose Find 3 From the Find submenu choose Find Text or press Ctrl Shift F The Find dialog box appears with the blinking insertion point located in the text field QUALCOMM Incorporated E 119 Eudora User Manual Find Messages 120 Find dialog
196. erwise would have been About the Name Why the name Eudora When looking for a name for this new Post Office Protocol mail program we thought immediately of the title of the short story Why I Live at the P O and named the program after the author of the story Eudora Welty Why I Live at the P O can be found in a collection entitled A Curtain of Green and Other Stories Harcourt Brace amp Co Ms Welty s stories are funny sad and fascinating she s surely one of the great American writers February 2000 PM80 48070 3 revA Contents Click the topic or page number to display the topic Introducing Eudora Email What s New in Eudora Email 4 3 Eudora Email vs Postal Mail Where Do Find Information Eudora Quick Start Guide Online Help Context Sensitive Help Help Topics Tip of the Day About Eudora Operating Eudora in One of Three Modes Changing Eudora Modes Registering Eudora Technical Support Sponsored and Paid modes only Starting and Quitting Eudora Creating Messages Creating an Outgoing Message Using the Composition Window Title Bar Text Toolbar Message Header Message Body Using Automatic Name Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only Setting the Message Priority Requesting a Return Receipt Sponsored and Paid modes only Formatting Text Sponsored and Paid modes only Text Editing Menu Commands Other Formatting Options Inserting Objects in Message Text Sponsored and Paid modes only Att
197. erwritten and a new eudora log file is created when the eudora log file reaches its approximately 100K maximum size To enable logging set the LogLevel entry in the Debug section of the Eudora ini file For more information see the Debug section of the EUDORA INI Settings File online help accessed by selecting Topics from the Help menu filters pce Names and extensions for Eudora filters are saved in the filters pce file finger ini LDAPInit ini ph ini The finger ini LDAPInit ini and ph ini files are used to store settings information for the Finger LDAP and Ph protocols used in the Directory Services window in mbx out mbx trash mbx These files hold your mail You ll see files like these for every mailbox you create Note These files are in UNIX mail format Mail folders that you create are stored as directories with the fol extension Mail folders contain mailboxes and other mail folders in toc out toc trash toc These files are the tables of contents for your mailboxes They make it much faster for Eudora to access your mail You ll see files like these for every mailbox you create Imos dat This file contains information about the messages on your mail server Imos leave mail on server nndbase toc This file is the table of contents for your nicknames Extra nickname files are stored in the Nickname directory see above nndbase txt Your nicknames are saved in the nndbase txt file Note tha
198. ess indicator and choose Process All Waiting Tasks Using Your Password Each time you open Eudora and check mail for the first time you need to enter a pass word for each incoming mail account that you have This password is required by the incoming mail server before it will transfer your mail so that no one else can get your mail from the server Note This does not protect your mail once it is on your PC Unless a message has been sent with some type of security it is just plain text which many applications can read If you are interested in securing the messages on your PC you may want to consider a disk driver that can encrypt hard disk data If you need to enter a password the Eudora Password dialog box appears Enter your password and click OK If you make a mistake before clicking OK simply backspace and re enter the password correctly Note Your incoming mail account password is case sensitive so the uppercase and lowercase characters must be typed in exactly Be sure that Caps Lock is off If the Caps Lock key is on the word Caps will appear on the bottom right of the main Eudora window Password dialog box Enter Password 21x Please enter the current password for Imontgomery qualcomm com Password Cancel If your password is rejected an error message appears indicating you have entered the wrong password Choose Check Mail from the File menu to redisplay the password dialog box As long as Eud
199. ess will Setup be the address other people use to send e mail to you E Mail Address Jicamp business com e g gt cjones isp com 7 Inthe email Address text box enter your full email address and click Next The next New Account Wizard window Login Name appears This is your return address paaa QUALCOMM Incorporated 78 Eudora User Manual Adding a New Personality New Account Wizard Login Name window New Account Wizard Eudora Login Name In the edit box below please enter the name you will use to TLE iog into this account Setup Login Name REMI e g gt cjones 8 Inthe Login Name text box enter your login name This is the account name you use to gain access to your email from your Internet Service Provider ISP Click Next and the next New Account Wizard window Incoming Email Server appears New Account Wizard Incoming email Server window Eudora Incoming E Mail Server In the edit box below please type in the full name of your Incoming Server Jpop business con e g gt mailisp com Email Account Setup Please choose the type of server you are using You can always change this later POP C IMAP 9 Inthe Incoming Server text box enter the name of your incoming server Your ISP or system administrator should provide you with the name of this server for this account 10 At the bottom of this window select the type of incoming server you will be using
200. essages The attachment types include the following MIME This is best for recipients with MIME compliant email readers regardless of what operating system they are using For more information on MIME see MIME and Mapping in the extended online user manual BinHex This is best for recipients on a Macintosh with an email reader that is not MIME compliant QUALCOMM Incorporated a 32 Attaching a PureVoice File to a Message Eudora User Manual Uuencode This is best for recipients using PC or UNIX systems that are not MIME compliant Manually Decoding Attachments If you send an attachment and your recipient s email program does not automatically decode it it will probably be included in the body of the message in the chosen attachment format MIME BinHex or Uuencode If you receive a large message consisting largely of indecipherable text it is probably an attachment that was not automatically decoded Usually this is because the attachment headers are formatted incorrectly To decode an attachment that was not automatically decoded open the message and choose Save As from the File menu to save the message as a text file Then run the decoding utility appropriate for the encoding method that the sender used Decoding utili ties can be found at various shareware sites on the Internet Attaching a PureVoice File to a Message You can attach an audio file to your message However your recipient must have the Pu
201. ete MAPI attachments lf Never is selected MAPI attachments are never deleted from the attachment directory If After sending message is selected MAPI attachments are deleted from the attachment directory when their corresponding messages are sent If When message emptied from Trash is selected MAPI attachments are deleted from the attachment directory when their corresponding messages are emptied from the Trash Send single MAPI file attachment as inline attachment TXT and HTML files only Select this when you need to have the MAPI client send a single TXT or HTML file as an attachment with no body text Eudora turns off the Text As Attachment button in the outgoing message toolbar if it is selected so that the document is sent to the recipient as inline text in the message body This allows MAPI clients such as Internet Explorer to pass Web pages and other HTML and TXT documents right into the body of the Eudora message The Text As Attachment button if turned on in the outgoing message toolbar instructs Eudora to attach text files such as TXT and HTML to the message rather than incorporating the text into the message as part of the message body The default state of this button is controlled by the Put text attachments in body of message option in the Attachments options See Attachments on page 207 Click the page number to display the topic Advanced Network The Advanced Network options
202. etworking with TCP IP by Douglas Comer 1988 Prentice Hall ISBN 0 13 470154 2 025 If you want to know more about SMTP RFC 822 POP version 3 MIME and IMAP the official standards are RFC 821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol by Jonathan B Postel RFC 822 Standard for the Format of Internet Text Messages by Dave Crocker RFC 1939 Post Office Protocol Version 3 by Marshall Rose RFC 2045 Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions by Ned Freed and Nathaniel Borenstein RFC 2060 Internet Message Access Protocol Version 4 Rev 1 by Mark Crispin You can find the RFCs by anonymous ftp to ds internic net in the rfc directory Or in your Web browser go to lt http ds internic net ds dspglintdoc html gt See Internetworking with TCP IP for details QUALCOMM Incorporated MAPI Technical Report Where to Get More Information on MAPI For more information supplementary to this technical report visit our online MAPI FAQ at the web site lt http www eudora com developers gt What Does MAPI Do Eudora s MAPI support allows users to quickly attach documents to email messages directly from the application that created the document Without MAPI users must first save the document remember what folder the document is in switch to Eudora and then remember to manually attach the document to the outgoing message MAPI streamlines this process dramatically To email the current open document from your word
203. eued messages marked Q in your Out mailbox Delete messages marked for deletion Delete from the POP server the messages that are marked Delete in Eudora This is for messages that were retrieved only in part either with m Leave mail on server or Skip messages over _ K in size options found in the Incoming Mail options window for your main account or the Account Settings dialog box for your multiple personalities m Or the Fetch all message headers to In mailbox option found in the Mail Transfer options window Retrieve messages marked for retrieval Retrieve from the POP server the messages that are marked Fetch or Fetch then Delete in Eudora This is for messages that were retrieved only in part with m Skip messages over _ K in size option found in the Incoming Mail options window for your main account or the Account Settings dialog box for your multiple personalities m Or with the Fetch all message headers to In mailbox option found in the Mail Transfer options window To mark a message Fetch Delete or Fetch then Delete either click the buttons in the incoming message window or select an option from the Server Status drop down list of the message summary Delete all messages that have been retrieved Delete all of the messages from the POP server that have already been fully transferred to the computer you are using Messages that have been partially downloaded are not delete
204. ext C Age sensitive Eg RECENT format fa o Spell Checking Hours to be OLD 24 3 OLD format i co Hours to be ANCIENT 16 ANCIENT format 1 Time 3 Day of week 2Date 4 Timezone if not in local time Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Auto completion x N i Display dates using This specifies what time zone to use to display dates Sender s timezone lf selected messages appear with the sender s time and date as determined by the sender s time zone Local timezone lf selected messages appear with your time and date based on your local time zone Date formats default Fixed These options and fields specify how to display message dates whether with a fixed or an age sensitive format and the specific formatting for the selected option A fixed format means that all dates appear under the same formatting rule An age sensitive format means that message dates appear differently depending on how old the messages are Formatting is entered in the text fields using the format key at the bottom of the Date Display Options window discussed further below Fixed defaults 1 2 4 lf this is selected all message dates appear using the formatting entered in the edit field based on the formatting key see below The default format 1 2 4 specifies that all message dates will be in this format message time followed by message date followed by messag
205. f background tasks that can be running at the same time Note that if you are connected over a modem dialup networking connection only one network task at a time will be run otherwise network performance would suffer greatly Controls whether your return address should be used in the MAIL FROM command for return receipts RFC 2298 says that it should be empty in order to prevent mail loops but some SMTP servers reject that due to bad spam prevention heuristics If this setting is on when clicking on a URL in a message and Netscape Navigator is running then Eudora will send the URL to that open Navigator window If this setting is off i e set to zero then clicking on a URL in a message will send the URL to the system which will invoke the default browser Some Navigator users may want to turn this setting off if they like the behavior of opening a new window as opposed to reusing an existing browser window when clicking on a URL in Eudora The number of seconds Eudora will wait for a response to opening a connection before it gives up Number of inital messages that have to be spooled before message processing begins When filtering incoming messages with precedence headers of list or bulk do not automatically create new outgoing messages If on the opening splash screen will not be displayed Eudora displays the Offline Link Dialog if you click on an http link while offline not connected to the Internet That dialog
206. f files that will not be used for m3 com4 con ptt filenames of attachments These filenames are reserved pt2 lpt3 lpt4 nul or for DOS and can causes problems in actual files with n 1 lt 2 gt 0 CRAM MD5 25 72 these names are created Format of the From field in outgoing messages 1 is the Real name and 2 is the Return address Where your dialup password is saved in an encrypted format if you have the Save Password switch turned on Where your POP password is saved in an encrypted format if you have the Save Password switch turned on Controls whether all of your mailboxes in all IMAP accounts will be looked at when searching or just the mailboxes in the IMAP account that you start the search in applies to local mailboxes as well i e a search starting in a local mailbox will only search your local mailboxes if this setting is off You can make the introduction window return by changing the value to 0 Controls whether or not the X Attachment header should be sent out with outgoing messages that contains attachments Controls whether or not icons representing attachments should be shown in the body of the message Controls whether or not to show the error dialog immediately on send receive errors By default errors are listed in the Task Errors window and that window is brought to the foreground Show hide the Progress window If Eudora is not the foreground application this controls wheth
207. f its member windows that is currently not active simply click the member window s tab You can also select the appropriate item from the Tools menu The desired window comes to the front of the tabbed group You can also use the tool window s keyboard shortcut if it has one to open or activate the tool window in its tabbed window Reorganizing Tabbed Windows You are not restricted to the default tabbed window arrangements supplied with Eudora You can mix and match tabbed windows any way you like At one extreme you can have each of the tool windows in its own container with its own tab At the other extreme you can have all tool windows combined into one tabbed window In between you can have multiple tabbed windows open at once mixed and matched to suit your purposes To move a window from one tabbed group to another drag the window tab from the first group and drop it onto the second While the drag operation is in progress the cursor changes and Eudora displays a small ghosted rectangle when you are over a valid drop location If you drop the window tab onto another tab in the second group the new window tab is inserted at that position and the other tabs are displaced to accommodate it If you don t drop the tab onto an existing tab Eudora adds the new tab at the end of the group of existing tabs The end depends on the location of the tabs in the tabbed window top bottom the default left or right For exam
208. f message Attachments Fonts Attachment directory C My Documents I Delete attachments when emptying Trash Delete automatic attachments Display Never After sending message Sor When message emptied from Trash Viewing Mail 7 x Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Encoding method This specifies what default encoding method to use for attached documents MIME BinHex or Uuencode To change the method for just the current message use the Attachment Type popup in the outgoing message window For details see Attaching a File to a Message on page 32 Click the page number to display the topic Put text attachments in body of message f this is selected Eudora puts any plain text attachment you send directly within the message body as if it were typed in manually 207 Eudora User Manual Fonts Attachment directory This specifies what directory will receive incoming attachments To specify a folder single click the folder name button A dialog box appears prompting you to select a folder The default folder is the Attach sub folder of your Eudora Pro folder Delete attachments when emptying Trash lf this is selected Eudora automatically deletes an attachment received with a message when that message is deleted from your system that is when the message is emptied from the Trash The attachment must still be in the folder defined as the Attachments
209. f the Ph server and the Port in the respective fields The default port for Ph is 105 Don t change this port number unless you know for certain that the port number is not 105 4 Select the Attributes tab to display the Attributes panel The Attributes pane appears Ph Database window Attributes panel Modify Database Name Emailfw In the Attributes panel you can add edit or remove attributes that display in the Results List top half of left window and in the Details List bottom half of left window An example Results and Details Lists are shown below ES QUALCOMM Incorporated 174 Using Directory Service Databases Eudora User Manual Results and Details Lists left pane of Directory Services window Query Scott Tullis Status Ready Last found 1 Scott scott_tullis hotmail com BigFoot Results List country US Email uw scott_tullis hotmail com Name Scott Name Tullis Name Scott Tullis state CA Details List Ie __ce Bec I KeepOntop Results List In the Results List the data associated with the Ph attributes you name appear in the columns on the left pane of the Directory Services window You do this by mapping attributes to one of the three special Present A field selections Name Email w and Phone w See step 5 For example if you want to display the data associated with the Ph attribute Full_Name in the column named Name in the Results
210. f the criteria you entered QUALCOMM Incorporated Find Messages Eudora User Manual Example of search criteria for a two level search R Find Messages JO x Headers hs contains x Ron Anywhere contains E speaked Fewer Match ll C Match Any Results Mailboxes 22 mailboxes selected QUALCOMM In Out Trash amp Archive amp ASG amp Business 1 Classifieds amp Discussions amp EIMS amp Fun Stuff amp Marketing amp Miscellaneous amp Need to Reply INISINSXNLNNNA A In the above example if you click Search Eudora will search for every message through every selected mailbox that contains the word speaker anywhere but only if the text Ken is somewhere in the header 7 To continue adding a third level or criteria click More Choose and enter more criteria to further reduce the search Click Search to display the messages that contain the criteria you entered Although this example shows three levels of criteria you can click More to continue entering more criteria click Fewer to return you one level back The Search button is disabled if you have a blank text box Example of search criteria for a three level search with results R Find Messages Bika More Fewer Matchall C Match Any Results Mailboxes One match in 22 mailboxes Ron Zetterberg 09 50 Newsletter text
211. f you are using a laptop computer Choose Show Task Status to display the Task Status window 151 Eudora User Manual Background Tasks multi threading You can see if your sent messages are sent queued or processing in your Out mailbox The following icons display to the left of the message name in your Out box t Message is sent Q Message is queued Message is processing Following are field descriptions for columns in the Task Status window Task default An icon and its description displays in this column indicating what function Eudora is performing In the above example the Send icon appears Persona This column is available only if have set up more than one personality If checked the Personal column displays the personality name for the given task Status default Displays a general description of the tasks current status for example Logging into POP server Details Displays more information of the tasks status including network protocol commands Progress default Displays a progress bar indicating the overall progress of the tasks Task Enor Window The Task Error window displays an error message as it occurs In the example below a password error appears You can indicate if you want the Task Error window brought to the front when an error occurs See Background Tasks on page 222 Click the page number to display the topic To access and display the Task Status window d
212. for the Time enter 2 to stand for the Date enter 3 to stand for the Day of the week and enter 4 to stand for the Time zone but only if the message did not originate from the local time zone Separate each entry with a space to improve readability of the display output for example 1 2 4 Labels The Labels options determine the title and color of the seven labels that can be used to categorize messages To display the Labels options window do the following QUALCOMM Incorporated eC 219 Eudora User Manual 1 Labels From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Labels icon The Labels options window appears Labels options window Options 24 xi Category Click on the box on the left to choose a color for the label OT 2 a oe amo a s E Hao En Getting Attention D Background Tasks Estra Warnings ARE zl Cancel To change a label title type the new title in the field to the right of the label number To change a label color single click the label number to display the Color dialog box Color dialog box Color 21x Basic colors Eann E Custom colors a a a E E M ip ip Define Custom Colors gt gt Cancel You can select from one of the pre defined Basic colors or create your own Custom colors To assign a basic color to a label select the color and click OK To create a custom color click Define Custom Colors to display t
213. formation using the white pages of the phone book To compose mail you type on your computer s keyboard or typewriter and print it on paper Or you write using a pen on paper You place the paper in the envelope and write the person s name address and your return address You stamp and send your mail to a post office where it will be processed and sent Your recipient receives your mail within days depending on location Where Do Find Information If you can t find the information you are looking for in this user manual it may be in the Eudora Quick Start Guide or in the online help program in Eudora This user manual is an online user manual that is it provides the basic procedures for using Eudora The online help is primarily procedures and definitions The manual s topics are linked When you see a page number associated to a topic in the Table of Contents the Index or a cross reference just click the page number and the topic appears If you prefer you can print the PDF manual From the File menu in Acrobat Reader choose Print QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual 15 Where Do Find Information Eudora Quick Start Guide The Eudora Quick Start Guide is included in your Eudora product box and or as an elec tronic file in you Eudora directory The Quick Start Guide shows you how to install Eudora and allows you to begin using the basic functions of Eudora immediately The Guide pro
214. g a Message to a File To save a message to a separate text file on your PC do the following 1 Open or select the messages you want to save 2 From the File menu choose Save As The Save As dialog box appears QUALCOMM Incorporated 126 Saving a Message to a File Eudora User Manual Save As dialog box Documents Incoming Presentations Spreadsheets Vocoder Help File name Meeting Minutes Save as type Text Files txt x Cancel T Include Headers I Guess Paragraphs 3 Enter the name you want to give the text file and select the appropriate options 4 Inthe Save as type drop down menu choose Text Files When selected Include Headers retains the first message s header information in the saved document If this is not checked only the body of the messages is saved When selected Guess Paragraphs removes extraneous carriage returns from the message and leaves returns only at the ends of paragraphs It also converts multiple spaces into tabs 5 Once you ve made all of your choices click Save If you select multiple messages from a mailbox window and choose Save As all of the messages are saved to a single file QUALCOMM Incorporated 127 Eudora User Manual Saving a Message to a File E QUALCOMM Incorporated 128 Window States and Tabbed Windows Eudora User Manual Managing Windows in Eudora Window States and Tabbed Windows Every window in Eudora exists in one of three states m Nor
215. ge into it select the Don t transfer just create mailbox QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 107 Eudora User Manual Filtering Messages Filtering Messages Important If you are using Eudora in Light mode you have access to fewer features when using Eudora s Filtering functionality Many of the email management functions in Eudora can be done automatically using filters For example you can automatically reply to a request for information transfer all the messages from your children into a personal mailbox and label all the messages from your customers as Hot A filter can be thought of as a personal valet or butler that takes your mail and does certain things to it that you specify One kind of valet might watch for particular mail from a mailing list and move it into a mailbox open the message and play a sound Another might look for other kinds of mail and give it a label color a high priority and a new subject line You can create as many of these valets or butlers as you like and you can give each of them from one to five instructions on what to do with your mail that fits a certain set of criteria based on information in the header of the message and the message body Quick and Simple Fitters with the Make Filter Command The simplest filters are those that transfer incoming messages to a particular mailbox based on the sender of the message or one or more of the recipients For example each t
216. ge into one of your existing mailboxes Select the mailbox from the button next to the field The default mailbox is the In box When you click the button a version of the Transfer menu appears letting you choose the mailbox from the Transfer menu Note Also you can create a new mailbox in the Filters window by choosing New from the drop down mailbox menu This is handy for creating a new mailbox within another folder Delete Message Transfer to Trash Select to delete the message that satisfies the filter match conditions transferring it to your Trash mailbox This feature is useful for deleting junk email or spam as it is called in the Internet world Test this filter to make sure messages you really want to keep don t go to the Trash mailbox Buttons m Create Filter When you have set up your match conditions and filter action click Create Filter to create the filter The filter is added to the bottom of your filters list in the Filters window discussed below The filter is available immediately and will act on messages that satisfy the conditions at the next mail check mail send or selection of the Filter Messages command as appropriate Filters are processed from top to bottom of the filters list m Add Details Alternately after setting up the filter information click Add Details to both create your filter and also open the Filters window You can add additional infor mation to your new filter and make it mo
217. ght the item 2 Click Delete You are prompted to confirm the delete Click Yes and the database is removed from the list Click No and the deletion is cancelled and the database remains You can delete multiple databases at once use the Shift key to select a range in the list or use the Ctrl key to select items non consecutively QUALCOMM Incorporated eC 183 Eudora User Manual Using Directory Service Databases QUALCOMM Incorporated 184 Using Menu Commands Intoduction This section describes Eudora s menu commands Each menu is illustrated and each command is described Additional commands are available by pressing the Shift key while choosing menu commands If there is a shortcut to the menu command it appears to the right of the command on each menu Just press Ctrl and the appropriate keyboard character to access that command File Menu This menu provides basic file and mail functions File Menu JES Edit Mailbox Message Trans New File Open File Ctri 0 Open Attachment Enter Close Ctra Save Ctrl S Save As Save As Stationery Send Queued Messages Ctl T Check Mail Ctrl M Print Ctrl P Print Preview Print Setup Import Exit Ctrl O New File Create a new text file Open File Open an existing text file Open Attachment Open the attachment on the cursor line Shortcut Enter Close Close the current window Shift Close Close all windows Save Sa
218. gister your copy of Eudora See Changing Eudora Modes on page 17 and Registering Eudora on page 18 for registration instructions Click the page number to display the topic Insert System Configuration Insert text containing detailed information about your system configuration into the message body of a new composition message Eudora related configuration files may also be attached to the composition message when you select this command Use this feature when reporting bugs or when corresponding with the Eudora Technical Support group About Eudora Display the About Eudora screen which contains information on this release a link to the Eudora web site and developer and support team credits 195 Setting Eudora Preferences Intoduction To display category windows where you can specify how you want to use Eudora select Options from the Tools menu By selecting or turning off criteria on these windows you customize Eudora to suit your needs The many Options categories are described in this section When you first install Eudora the Options windows contain preset settings After you totally finished changing the settings in all categories click OK Your settings will be changed Note For your convenience some options appear in more than one category For example your return address appears in both the Getting Started options window and the Sending Mail options window Changing an option in one category changes th
219. gnatures See Using a Signature on page 67 Click the page number to display the topic Personalities Sponsored and Paid modes only Display the Personalities window which lets you create modify manage and apply your personalities See Using Multiple Personalities on page 75 Click the page number to display the topic Task Status Display the Task Status window which lets you see Eudora checking mail for and sending mail from each of your personalities simultaneously Task Error Display the Task Error window which lets you see a detail summary of any error that may occur while in Eudora Address Book Display the Address Book window which lets you create manage and apply entries that contain nicknames shorthand names for groups of email addresses and associated information In the Address Book window you can also create multiple Address Book files for storing nickname entries Nicknames provide a quick and conve nient way to address e mail especially to multiple recipients and to people you corre spond with frequently See Using the Address Book on page 157 Click the page number to display the topic Directory Services Display the Directory Services window which lets you look up people on the Internet on your local network e g within your organization or in your Eudora Address Book s The Directory Services window is similar to an Internet White Pages See Using Directory Services on
220. gs This is a sample Mappings section It is not a default for Eudora if you have a missing or empty Mappings section The Mappings section contains information for mapping between computer file extensions Macintosh creator and type and MIME type and subtype for attachment files in that order Entries marked in work on only incoming messages and entries marked out work on only outgoing messages Entries marked both work on both incoming and outgoing messages For a more detailed explanation see MIME and Mapping on page 253 Click the page number to display the topic out txt ttxt TEXT text plain both doc MSWD application msword in xls XCEL out xls XCEL XLS4 both xlc XCEL XLC3 both xlm XCEL XLM3 QUALCOMM Incorporated Window Position Eudora User Manual both ppt PPT3 SLD3 both wp WPC2 WP5 application wordperfect5 1 both zip application zip both rtf application rtf both ps application postcript in eps EPSF out eps dPro EPSF application postscript both mpg video mpeg both jpg image jpeg both gif image gif both tif image tiff both pct PICT both mac MPNT PNTG Window Position The Window Position section saves the positions of the standard windows not your mailbox windows and message windows Entry Default Value CheckSpellingWindowPosition 0 0 0 0 FindWindowPosition 60 345 580 480 MainWindowPosition 0 0 640 480 ProgressWindowPosition 0 0 0 0 SignatureWin
221. guration Account Settings for Business 24 x Generic Properties Incoming Mail Server Jpop business com Configuration C pop j IMAP Mailbox Location Prefix ee For new mail download Minimal headers only C Full message except attachments over f0 K When delete a message Mark it as deleted C Move itto TER Authentication style Passwords Kerberos Cram MD5 Cancel Help Following are option descriptions for the Incoming Mail dialog box IMAP configuration IMAP Mailbox Location Prefix This specifies the mailbox location prefix that IMAP will use when locating your mailboxes on the incoming mail server An example prefix is usr mail Ask your email administrator what to enter here if you are not sure For new mail download These two settings let you control the way incoming mail is downloaded from the IMAP server One setting will always be marked QUALCOMM Incorporated E 87 Eudora User Manual Modifying a Personality Minimal Headers Only lf selected only a limited set of message headers is down loaded for each incoming message The message s status From field date time server status and subject are initially retrieved Typically you will see an open diamond for the server status which indicates a partial retrieval Opening or previewing the message retrieves the message body If you have a non text attach ment then opening it will retrieve the attachments Full
222. hat allow it The preferred SMTP authentica tion method is CRAM MD5 If CRAM MD5 is not available LOGIN or PLAIN will automati cally be used Immediate send lf this is selected the rightmost button in the toolbar of the message composition window is labeled Send Clicking this button immediately sends the message to the SMTP server If this option is turned off the button is labeled Queue and clicking on it places the message in the Out mailbox marked ready for delivery Q Send on check If this is selected any messages from your primary account that are queued in the Out mailbox are sent when mail is checked for this account whether the mail check is automatic or manual Select a default Stationery for new messages Sponsored and Paid modes only This is the default stationery to be used in all outgoing messages from your dominant account Select a stationery file from the drop down list or select lt No Default gt for no default stationery If a stationery file is selected that file is used when you open new messages from this account except with the Redirect or Send Again commands The message toolbar in the composition window is set according to how the stationery message was saved regardless of how the options below are set But you can always change them after you open the message See Creating New Stationery on page 71 Click the page number to display the topic Select defaults when not using Stationery Sponsored
223. he Internet is active Click a URL to opena World Wide Web location transfer a file do a gopher search use the finger tool etc URLs are highlighted and underlined to show that they are active To set up Eudora to automatically open a new message when you use a mailto link within a Netscape Web browser turn on Intercept Netscape mailto URLs in the Miscella neous options window See Miscellaneous on page 231 Click the page number to display the topic Managing Your Mail on the POP Server During a mail check your incoming messages are normally transferred from your account on the POP server to your computer and then deleted from the POP server But this can be awkward if you want to read mail from two or more computers and keep your mail orga nized at the same time There are several options you can use to control your mail transfers and the storage on the server Some of these options are available in the Incoming Mail options for your dominant account only and the Account Settings dialog box for any of your personalities Some of the options are available in the Mail Transfer options For more information see Checking for Mail with Special Server Instructions on page 57 and Account Settings dialog box on page 83 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated E 55 Eudora User Manual Managing Your Mail on the POP Server 56 Leaving Mail on the Server If you use the POP prot
224. he custom colors palette 220 QUALCOMM Incorporated Getting Attention Eudora User Manual Custom colors palette Color O a colors PT mT mir Er EEE Ep Eee ee ta Enun EE Eee eee EE EES oT Custom colors Hue eo Red 2 Sat 240 Green 128 Define Gaston ealas gt gt ll Lum 1 fizo Blue fo OK Cancel Add to Custom Colors To define a custom color do the following 1 Select one of the 16 custom color boxes 2 Using the mouse pointer click anywhere on the color palette to select the color Hue and Saturation Use the color control bar to the right of the color palette to adjust the color 3 When you are satisfied with the color click Add to Custom Colors 4 Once you have completed creating the custom colors select the desired label color and click OK Getting Attention The Getting Attention options determine what Eudora does when it is running in the back ground and wants your attention or when new mail arrives To display the Getting Attention options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Getting Attention icon The Getting Attention options window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated a 221 Eudora User Manual Background Tasks 222 Getting Attention options window Options RES Category a MV Use an alert dialog box M Open mailbox I Play a sound PO I Generate filter report Getting Attention Background Tasks
225. he final decision about what signature to send with a new message by choosing it from the Signature drop down on the message toolbar For more information on stationery see the next section Using Stationery Using Stationery Sponsored and Paid modes only Stationery files are templates for outgoing messages If you find yourself repeatedly sending the same message save the message as a Stationery file and send it whenever you need to with the New Message With or Reply With commands This way you don t have to copy and paste text into a message you can just open a pre written message and edit it as necessary Stationery Window Stationery files are created and managed from the Stationery window You can also open a new stationery message from the Stationery window To open the Stationery window do the following m From the Tools menu choose Stationery Or if the Stationery window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab SE QUALCOMM Incorporated 70 Creating New Stationery Eudora User Manual Sample Stationery window Stationery a l m on vacation f Order form f Thank you Welcome f We re sorry The Stationery window displays a single column list of your stationery files Note You can select only one item at a time in the list you cannot select multiple items If you right click a stationery item in the list a drop down context menu appears with the following commands
226. he following m From the File menu select Send Queued Messages If you have the Task Status window displayed you can see the progress of the transmission See Task Status Window on page 151 Click the page number to display the topic If you have the Immediate send option turned on but want to send a message immedi ately hold down the Shift key and click the Queue button The Change Queueing dialog box appears and you can select Send Message Right Now However if you select this option all messages that are queued in the Out box will be sent Queueing a Message to Send ata Certain Time You can specify that a message be sent at a certain time in the future To do this for the current outgoing message do the following 1 From the Message menu choose Change 2 From the Change submenu choose Queueing The Change Queueing dialog box appears Change Queueing dialog box Change Queueing 21x C w time queued messages are sent C Onor after Time Joz 28 PM Date 11 15 37 C Don t send o 3 If you choose Right now the message is sent immediately when you click OK If you choose Next time queued messages are sent the message is sent the next time queued messages are sent E QUALCOMM Incorporated 44 Sending or Queueing a Message Eudora User Manual If you choose On or after you can use the Time and Date fields to fill in the time and date at which the message should be sent The message is sav
227. he messages to whom you want to send your auto reply lt lt Any Recipient gt gt is the most common for an auto reply Important If you choose lt lt Any Recipient gt gt all recipients including mailing list you subscribe to will receive your auto reply For example to set an auto reply only to messages sent to your user name just select lt lt Any Recipient gt gt then choose contains In the text box enter your user name You can match others as well but it may cause a large number of emails to be auto replied 4 Inthe Action section choose Reply with in the first drop down list 5 In the text box to the right of the first drop down list enter the name of the stationery 6 Click OK The stationery message you created will be sent to the people you indicated in this filter Important Remember to delete this filter when you want your auto reply message to stop Sorting Messages Within Mailboxes When you check your mail and new messages come into your In box or are filtered into other mailboxes the new messages are placed in their mailboxes in the order in which they arrive By default these new messages appear at the bottom of the message summary list in the mailbox window Note that this is not necessarily a strict date order since occasionally messages may arrive out of date order The date indicates when the message was sent not when you receive them QUALCOMM Incorporated er 117 Eudora User Manual Sorti
228. he one for Microsoft Word but the outgoing map explicitly defines the Macintosh type The last map shows that you can have both Macintosh creator type and MIME type subtype in one entry This map says that if an incoming message has an attachment that is encoded in MIME and has the application postscript type subtype or has a BinHex attachment with the Macintosh type of EPSF then the resulting file will have an eps extension Similarly if an outgoing message has an attachment with the extension eps and if the MIME encoding is being used for the message then the attachment will get the application postscript MIME type subtype If the message was using the BinHex encoding then the attachment would get the Macintosh type of EPSF But what happens if an attachment matches more than one map Eudora will try and find the best match For example if you had the following Mappings section Mappings in xls XCEL in xlc XCEL XLC3 and you received a message with an attachment that had a Macintosh creator of XCEL and a Macintosh type of XLC3 a Microsoft Excel Chart then the file would get an extension of xlc since the first map only matched the Macintosh creator but the second map matched both the Macintosh creator and type Eudora can receive attachments that have both a MIME type subtype and a Macintosh creator type Eudora understands attachments with the MIME type subtype app
229. he option mentioned above then each time a filter operation is performed Eudora adds the entry or entries to the Filter Report window and activates the window The Filter Report window displays three columns of data m Mailbox Lists the names of the mailboxes into which messages have been filtered during the current Eudora session Each listing represents one filter operation for that mailbox m Messages Lists the number of messages filtered into each mailbox in the Mailbox column during the filter operation m Time Lists the time that the messages were filtered into each mailbox in the Mailbox column during the filter operation By default the entries in the window are sorted by time However you can click the column headings and sort the display by mailbox names Mailbox or by the number of messages filtered Messages Note Whenever new entries are added to the list Eudora always appends them to the bottom of the list in order of arrival ignoring the current sort order Simply click a column heading to re sort Select one or more entries in the list and double click the selection or press Enter and Eudora opens the mailbox windows associated with those selections The Filter Report listing is a cumulative log of the filter actions for the current Eudora session Eudora automatically clears the log when you quit the program Closing the Filter Report window does not erase the contents of the filter report Only quit t
230. her changes Note If you forward an outgoing message a message you sent the attachments are not automatically included Messages that have been forwarded are identified with a right arrow in the Status column of their message summary Other ways to forward a message m With the desired message open or selected in a mailbox window open the Personalities window right click on a personality and choose Forward As from the Message submenu of the drop down list m Setup a filter that uses the Forward To filter action For more information see Filtering Messages on page 108 and Filter Actions on page 115 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated 64 Redirecting a Message Eudora User Manual Redirecting a Message Incoming messages can be sent to a new recipient by way of you maintaining the orig inal sender s address in the From field You should redirect a message that should have gone to someone else To redirect the current message do the following P amp m From the Message menu choose Redirect or click A new message window appears with the original sender s address in the From field with the statement by way of followed by your real name and or return address the original sender s text in the message body and the original attachments in the Attached field Make any changes you want and enter the recipient s address in the To field The me
231. hift key to select a consecutive range of items and hold down the Ctrl key to make non consecutive selections m Check Mail Check mail now for all selected personalities m Send Queued Messages Send messages queued by all selected personalities now m Message This submenu lets you perform message creation functions using only one selected personality The submenu is unavailable if multiple personalities are selected in the Persona column New Message As Create a new message as the selected personality As a shortcut for this command double click a personality in the Persona column or select the personality and press Enter Reply As Reply as the selected personality to the sender s of the one or more received messages that are currently selected Reply to All As Reply as the selected personality to the sender s and all recipi ents of the one or more received messages that are currently selected Forward As Forward as the selected personality the one or more received messages that are currently selected Redirect As Redirect as the selected personality the one or more received messages that are currently selected Send Again As Resend as the selected personality the one or more received or composition messages that are currently selected m New Create a new personality See Adding a New Personality on page 77 for more information Click the page number to display the topic When you s
232. hird computer Each computer has no idea what has been done to the mailbox from the other computer until you resynchronize the mailbox which updates all operations performed on the mailbox from all computers that have access to the mailbox In some situations others may have access to these same mailboxes To resynchronize an IMAP mailbox or folder do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Mailboxes or click the Mailboxes window s tab if it is the inactive window in a tabbed group The Mailboxes window appears 2 Right click on the mailbox or folder to display the drop down list 3 From the drop down list choose Resynchronize Mailbox The content of the mailbox or folder is completely updated according to all operations that have been performed on the mailbox from all computers that have access to it Note Every time you open an IMAP mailbox you cause it to resynchronize automatically General mailbox and folder management for POP and IMAP servers is performed from the Mailboxes window For more information see Using the Mailboxes Window on page 101 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated a 61 Eudora User Manual Managing Your Mail on the IMAP Server Refreshing Your List of IMAP Mailboxes and Folders If you have shared folders set up you and other users can access and change messages stored in mailboxes and folders you keep stored remotely on an IMAP server However users may access
233. his is selected you are warned if you try to launch a program from a message For security reasons you should never launch a program sent to you from an unknown source or if you re not expecting a program without performing a virus check on the file Do not launch any program if you don t know the sender MAPI The MAPI options control the Eudora MAPI Server Eudora s MAPI support allows you to quickly attach documents to email messages directly from the application that created the document Without MAPI you must first save the document remember what folder the document is in switch to Eudora and then remember to manually attach the document to the outgoing message MAPI streamlines this process dramatically To email the current open document from your word processor select the Send command from your word processor s File menu This automatically activates Eudora and attaches a snapshot of the open document to a new composition message The MAPI system stan dardizes how messages are handled by client applications so that each client application does not need to have a custom code for each target messaging application MAPI accomplishes this by providing a standard application program interface used by all MAPI enabled client applications An additional MAPI feature supported by Microsoft Office applications is the ability to add a routing slip to a Word Excel or PowerPoint document This routing slip contains a list of email
234. his toolbar lets you easily format text styles in new messages When sending mail with styled text HTML This specifies what to do with HTML text styles when you send mail The styles are delivered to your recipients using the Hyper Text Markup Language HTML format However the styles your recipient sees depends on how well their email software supports this standard HTML is the text formatting stan dard used in the World Wide Web by Web browsers and newer email applications HTML allows you to use enriched text which includes different fonts color sizes bold etc Also HTML lets you imbed pictures and create bullet lists in the emails you send Send plain and styled version in message Send styled text only Send plain text only These options only apply to messages that have some styled content Plain text messages are always sent as just plain text If a message does have styled text then these options control which versions of the message are sent an HTML version a plain text version or both an HTML and a plain text version in the same message If you send plain and styled text your recipient will be able to view your message even though their email program does not support HTML they view the message in plain text only Ask me each time lf this is selected you are warned when you try to send or queue a message with text styles And you are given the option to send just a plain text version just an HTML version or both in a
235. honebook entry QUALCOMM Incorporated Configuring Eudora to Auto Dial the Phonebook Entry Eudora User Manual To test the auto dial capability make sure your modem is not already connected then select the Check Mail command from the File menu in Eudora Eudora will automatically dial your Internet Service Provider log in establish a TCP IP connection transfer any new mail and automatically hang up when the mail transfer is complete QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 265 Eudora User Manual Configuring Eudora to Auto Dial the Phonebook Entry a QUALCOMM Incorporated 266 Eudora ini File EUDORA INI Settings File The EUDORA INI file is where Eudora keeps most of the settings It is a standard Windows INI file and may be edited with any text editor Note Since Windows caches information from INI files in memory while the program is running you should never change the EUDORA INI file while Eudora is in use If you need to make a change first quit Eudora then edit the file and then restart Eudora The EUDORA INI file is divided into a number of sections the following of which appears by default m Settings m Mappings m Window Position m Tool Bar m DirectoryServices m Debug Optional Sections The following sections will appear in the INI file only when the appropriate conditions are met or the appropriate items created m Personalities This section appears only when you have created alternate email accou
236. hould checking sending be performed option 58 HTML 29 288 HTML formatting viewing source 239 HTML message viewing in your Web browser 239 HTTP definition 289 Hyperlinking text and graphics 30 Hypertext Markup Language definition 288 HyperText Markup Language HTML 29 Hypertext Transfer Protocol definition 289 Icons filters 112 IETF definition 289 ignore option 114 Ignoring previously read messages 56 IMAP 62 97 Deleting a message from the server 60 Imap directory 240 IMAP Mailbox Location Prefix how to enter in Options IMAP 202 IMAP Mailbox Location Prefix option 87 IMAP option 86 IMAP server 245 Full message except attachments over K 60 how to obtain 257 Macintosh 257 managing mail 59 UNIX 257 VAX VMS 257 Windows NT 257 IMAP version 4 245 IMAP attachment directory 60 Immediate send how to enter in Options 204 Immediate send option 43 44 Import address book from Netscape Messenger 82 Import Mail command 186 Import settings from other e mail programs 80 In command 188 190 In mailbox 51 in mbx file 241 in toc file 241 QUALCOMM Incorporated Include Headers option 127 Include outdated Return Receipt To how to enter in Options 233 Include signature on reply how to enter in Options 206 Include yourself option 63 Incoming Mail Options 55 Delete from server when emptied from Trash option 58 Skip messages over K in size option 57 Incoming Mail options 200 Full message except attachments over K 60
237. hq nasa gov In Folder Eudora C Transfer to Existing Mailbox In C Delete Message Transfer to Trash a Add Details Cancel Match Conditions The Match Conditions area of the dialog box helps you set up the criteria that will deter mine whether a particular message will be acted on by this filter You can specify that the type of messages you are interested in should be Incoming and or Outgoing You can also specify that this should be a Manual filter described below You can check and uncheck any combination of the three boxes Incoming Outgoing and Manual Note If the messages you selected when you chose Make Filter were in any mailbox other than your Out mailbox the Incoming and Manual check boxes are checked automat ically If the messages you selected were in your Out mailbox the Outgoing and Manual check boxes are checked automatically m Incoming f this box is selected then any incoming message that satisfies the content match condition you specify will be acted on according to the action you ve specified in this filter m Outgoing lf this box is selected then any outgoing message that satisfies the content match condition you specify will be acted on according to the action you ve specified in this filter The matching and action occurs after the message has been sent m Manual lf this box is selected then when you select one or more message summa ries in a mailbox window and choos
238. ialog box appears 4 Make your changes in the Account Settings dialog box See Account Settings Dialog on page 83 Click the page number to display the topic All options other than those specified in the New Account Wizard or the Account Settings dialog box cannot be changed for alternate personalities they are effective for all If you want to change other options for a personality or use a separate set of mailboxes for an account see the section Putting Multiple Users on One Computer on page 243 Click the page number to display the topic Deleting a Personality You may delete any account except your dominant personality To delete a personality do the following SS QUALCOMM Incorporated 88 Linking a Signature and Stationery to a Personality Eudora User Manual 1 From the Tools menu choose Personalities or if the Personalities window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab 2 Open the Personalities window and select the personality you want to delete 3 Press the Delete key A warning appears asking you if you re sure you want to delete this personality Click OK The selected personality is deleted Linking a Signature and Stationery to a Personality In Eudora you can link a signature and a stationery to an existing personality via the Account Settings dialog box For example if you have a Business personality you can link your Business signature and Business stationery to this pers
239. icate the same message for multiple users Only IMAP clients such as Eudora can access shared folders QUALCOMM Incorporated Glossary Signature A signature is a few lines of text automatically added to the end of an outgoing message when it is sent A signature can be whatever you want but it is mostly used to give contact information telephone address etc You only use one signature at a time in a message Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP SMTP is a protocol widely implemented on the Internet for exchanging email messages SMTP is also called an Outgoing server Stationery Stationery files are templates you create for outgoing messages for example a generic response when you are on vacation Table of Contents TOC The TOC in Eudora is the list of messages and their data displayed in each mailbox or folder Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP TCP IP is a set of protocols for computer network communication The protocols provide conventions for connecting networks and routing traffic between them It supports local area networks as well as inter connections between local area networks TCP IP protocols are described in IETF RFCs and in numerous reference works Universal Resource Locator URL URLs are Internet addresses and links to pages and sites that reside on the World Wide Web For example to display the Eudora Web page on the Internet you need the Eudora URL which is www eudora com UNIX
240. ifying 72 Stationery command 193 Stationery directory 240 Stationery files storage 240 Stationery messages changing 72 creating 72 creating a default 73 deleting 72 opening 72 opening with a filter 73 116 Stationery Window 70 Status never sent 95 read or unsendable 95 e sendable or unread 41 45 51 95 sent 47 95 clock icon timed 45 95 diagonal arrow redirected 65 95 left arrow replied 63 95 Q queued 43 45 95 right arrow forwarded 64 95 Status Bar command 239 Status column 95 305 Index Status field of Directory Services 169 Stop button 168 styled and plain text 29 Styled Text options 29 213 Subject column 97 Subject field changing in message summaries 55 in a forwarded message 64 in Filters 113 in incoming mail 53 in outgoing mail 25 Switch views for Find how to enter in Options 226 System requirements 15 T Tab key switching fields with 25 Tab Location submenu 137 138 Tabbed windows 129 134 and taskbar 145 closing 138 creating 137 default 135 opening and activating 136 reorganizing 136 tab display 137 Table of Contents 291 Tabs and the Save As command 127 Switching fields with 22 Tabs in Body button 22 Tabs in body of message how to enter in Options 205 Tabs windows contents 137 location 137 showing and hiding 137 Task Error 222 Task Error command 193 Task Error window 152 Task Status 222 Task Status command 193 Task Status window 150 Taskbar buttons 144
241. ilbox window See Viewing Mail on page 210 Click the page number to display the topic The message preview pane shows the key headers and the message body of the currently selected message in the message summary list If the full message body is not visible in the preview pane scroll bars are displayed allowing you to view the rest of the message Only one message in a mailbox can be previewed at a time To move the keyboard focus from the message summary list to the message preview pane and back again press Tab or F6 Or simply click in the preview pane to put the focus there When keyboard focus is in the preview pane you can do any of the following as you can in an open incoming message window m Press the spacebar to page down through the message m Use the arrow keys as set in the Miscellaneous options window unmodified or with Ctrl or Alt to switch to the next or previous message in the mailbox See Miscella neous on page 231 Click the page number to display the topic m Use standard keyboard shortcuts such as Ctrl R for Reply Ctrl D for Delete etc See Eudora Shortcuts on page 236 Click the page number to display the topic m Right click anywhere in the preview pane to display a drop down list with commands appropriate for the previewed message m Click an attachment icon or name to open the attachment m Click a URL hot link to launch the application for that URL If the Show message preview
242. ilbox Columns These options determine which columns appear in mailbox windows Select an option to display that column in all mailbox windows The options are Status Priority Attachment Label Sender Date Size Server status and Subject Show mailbox lines lIf this option is selected lines appear in the message summaries portion of mailbox windows horizontal lines to separate message summaries and vertical lines to separate columns Close messages with mailbox lf this is selected all opened messages in a mailbox will close automatically when you close the mailbox Select newly inserted messages FUMLUB Tf this is selected the first message of the most current block of unread messages is highlighted in the Table of Contents window when new messages are added to a mailbox for example when receiving new messages as a result of a mail check FUMLUB means First Unread Message of the Last Unread Block For example you may have a series of unread messages in a mailbox scattered throughout your Table of Contents The first message of the last block of unread messages listed in your Table of Contents is selected When dragging in a mailbox Allow drag and drop transfers lf this is selected you can transfer a message to another mailbox using drag and drop select one or more messages in a mailbox drag them to another mailbox and drop them in the target mailbox Also you can drag and drop messages to a mailbox displayed in the Ma
243. ilbox is created and added to the Mailbox and Transfer menus and to the Mailboxes window To create a mail folder type the name of the new mail folder and select the Make it a folder option Click OK to create the folder The New Mailbox dialog box appears again Type the name of a mailbox to create within the new folder then click OK The new folder and its mailbox are displayed in the Mailbox and Transfer menus and in the Mail boxes window QUALCOMM Incorporated Using the Mailboxes Window Eudora User Manual Using the Mailboxes Window The Mailboxes window lets you create new mailboxes and folders remove and rename them and move mailboxes among folders Mailboxes or folders that are bolded have unread messages By default the Mailboxes window is provided as the first window in a five window tool group docked vertically to the left side of the main Eudora window To manage mailboxes and folders from the Mailboxes window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Mailboxes or click the Mailboxes window s tab if it is part of a visible tabbed window group For more information on how to manipulate the Mailboxes window alone and as part of a tabbed window group see Managing Windows in Eudora on page 129 Click the page number to display the topic Mailboxes window a Eudora In Out Trash Personal amp Family Friends a amp East Coast amp Mid states amp Souther s
244. ilboxes window Allow drag select of messages lf this is selected you can click and drag on adja cent messages to select them as a group in the Table of Contents window This allows you to transfer a group of messages to a mailbox or to delete them if the Allow drag and drop transfers is selected The drag select works only if the drag starts on an unselected not highlighted message Styled Text The Styled Text options determine when to use style information in outgoing and incoming messages To display the Styled Text options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Styled Text icon The Styled Text options window appears 213 Eudora User Manual Styled Text 214 Styled Text options window Options 24 xi Category MV Show formatting toolbar Mailb peat When sending mail with styled text HTML Send both plain and styled Send styled text only C Send plain text only z V Ask me each time Spell Checking When the body of a message has no styles but g the signature does have styles a Auto completion I Send the signature with styles Fe Date Display a xl Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Show formatting toolbar lf this is selected the formatting toolbar appears by default in new message windows If this is turned off the formatting toolbar is hidden by default in new message windows T
245. ime you check your mail you may want to have Eudora take all of the incoming messages it receives from your friend Joe and automatically transfer them into a mailbox you ve called Mail from Joe To get Eudora to do this you set up a simple filter For new users the Make Filter dialog box provides an easy way to learn how to use filters Once you are comfortable with the simple filters created this way you can go on to make more complex powerful filters using the Filters window Experienced users will find that the Make Filter dialog box provides a rapid convenient method for making a simple transfer filter To open and use the Make Filter dialog box do the following 1 Open an incoming or outgoing message containing the information you want in your filter or select one or more message summaries in a mailbox 2 From the Special menu choose Make Filter Or right click in the body of the open message or in the selection of message summaries or in the preview pane for a single selected message and choose Make Filter from the drop down menu The Make Filter dialog box appears E QUALCOMM Incorporated 108 Filtering Messages Eudora User Manual Make Filter dialog box with sample filter m Match Conditions M Incoming I Outgoing I Manual contains From JNASANews hgnasagov 00O C Any Recipient bete o C Subject Hubble Sees a Neutron Star Alone in Space m Action Transfer to New Mailbox NASAN ews
246. in a mailbox must be before the mailbox automatically gets compacted when closed 269 Eudora User Manual 270 Entry CompactOutgoingPlugins CompSummaryltalic DesDIIName EditAllHeaders EnrichedSoftLine EudoraPassPort ExcerptBars ExtraHeaders ExtraNicknameDirs FilterFromFolder FilterRecipFolder FilterSubjectFolder FindMatchCase FindSummariesOnly FirstUnreadNormal FirstUnreadStatus FixCurlyQuotes Default Value 0 des32 dll 72 106 Settings Description Controls whether the outgoing EMSAPI plug ins on the composition message window toolbar should be separate buttons or contained within one button that pops up a list of all outgoing plug ins By default all outgoing plug ins get their own toolbar button In mailboxes other than the Out mailbox display the summaries of outgoing messages in italics The name of the DLL implementing the DES encryption routines for use with Kerberos version 4 e g des32 dll Controls whether or not the by default non editable From and Attached headers in the composition message window Number of characters sent on a line before adding a soft newline when sending styled text Default port number for the Eudora password changing service epass HTML style sheet parameter for excerpt bars Can use this to change the width color and style of excerpt bars Only works when using the Microsoft viewer Extra headers that are sent wi
247. in the order they are received with the most recent message listed last Unread messages are designated by a bullet in the Status column of the message summary Double click anywhere on a message summary to open the message You can also view messages using the message preview pane at the bottom of the mailbox window while the message summary is highlighted Incoming messages are saved indefinitely in the In mailbox or the mailbox into which they are filtered until they are deleted or transferred to another mailbox Incoming Message Window To open an incoming message double click on its message summary in a mailbox window or if the message summary is current highlighted press the spacebar or the Enter key Incoming message window Tracy Cavender 03 02 PM 2 10 2000 0800 House for Rent Tierrasanta Iof x a PP fi Subject House for Rent Tierrasanta X Sender cavender apprentice X Mailer QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Date Thu 10 Feb 2000 15 02 54 0800 To classifieds From Tracy Subject House for Rent Tierrasanta Cc cavender House for rent Tierrasanta 3 bedrooms 2 bath Carport w 3 parking spots 1250 mo 1000 deposit Please respond back to me via email during the day After 5pm please call x Note You can also view the message in the message preview pane See Working with Mailboxes on page 93 for more details Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorpora
248. in this dialog box works the same as the Add button in the Check Spelling dialog box To remove a word from the user dictionary first type it in the Word field or locate it in the Dictionary field and single click it to display it in the Word field Then click the Delete button To delete the entire user dictionary click Clear You will then be prompted to confirm the deletions If you click Yes all of the words will be deleted from the user dictionary Spelling Options dialog box Spelling Options x Reese Ignore words with all capitals IV Ignore words with numbers T Ignore words with mixed case V Report doubled words IV Suggest words I Phonetic words I Split words V Typographic words Cancel The Spelling Options dialog box lists the spell checking options A check mark in the box next to the option name indicates that the option is selected Note The spelling options can also be modified in Options under the Tools menu For details see Spell Checking on page 215 The options are as follows Ignore capitalized words The spelling checker ignores words that start with a capital letter such as proper nouns Ignore words with all capitals The spelling checker ignores words that contain all capital letters such as acronyms Ignore words with numbers The spelling checker ignores words that contain numbers Ignore words with mixed case The spelling checker ignores words that contain a m
249. increase or decrease is based on the next or previous standard point size Remember that you are viewing the text based on your default settings in the Fonts Options but your recipient s settings and fonts will be different For example if your recip ient s default font size is larger than yours and you send a message with text set to Humongous your recipient will see text even more humongous than yours Left Right Center Align the selected or current paragraph to the left the right or the center of the current indent Margins Indent In Indent Out Indent the selected or current paragraph s left margin in one level or outdent the left margin remove one level of indent You must have text highlighted to activate this option Bulleted List Convert the selected text to a bulleted list or begin a bulleted list at the insertion point Make Hyperlink Convert the selected piece of text or the selected graphic to a click able underlined hyperlink to a URL you specify when your recipient clicks the hyperlink he or she is immediately taken to the URL You must select text or a graphic to activate this option Clear Formatting Clear all formatting and go back to the default settings This option is not active if you have no formatting in your message Insert Object lInsert objects in the body of a composition message Includes the commands Picture insert an embedded graphic file and Horizontal L
250. ine insert a hori zontal rule as a separator QUALCOMM Incorporated a 30 Inserting Objects in Message Text Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Other Formatting Options If you select the Word Wrap button in the message toolbar a carriage return is automati cally inserted at the end of each line of text with roughly 76 characters per line when the message is sent This makes the message legible on your recipients computer It is a good idea nofto include your own carriage returns within paragraphs if you have the Word Wrap option selected Use carriage returns only to create new paragraphs in the message To manually wrap text do the following 1 Select and highlight the text you want to wrap 2 From the Edit menu choose Wrap Selection To unwrap text select the text you want then hold down the Shift key and from the Edit menu choose Wrap Selection To copy wrapped text without taking the carriage returns that is to copy and unwrap hold down the Shift key and choose Copy from the Edit menu Inserting Objects in Message Text Sponsored and Paid modes only To insert pictures and horizontal lines into the body of a message use the Insert submenu under the Edit menu or use the Insert Object button on the message toolbar See Text Toolbar on page 21 You can insert an object in the middle of a line of text or between lines of text in the message body To insert a picture in message text do the
251. ing turning on 139 doesn t appear option 114 doesn t contain option 114 Domain 288 Domain to add to unqualified addresses how to enter in Options 203 Dominant personality 84 Don t check when using battery how to enter in Options 200 Don t send option 45 Don t transfer just create mailbox option 107 Download Options 87 Drag and drop transfers how to enter in Options 213 296 E Edit incoming mail 55 outgoing mail 29 Edit menu Insert Picture command 240 EIMS 257 E mail server Internet how to obtain 257 Embedded directory 240 Empty the Trash mailbox how to enter in Options 226 Empty Trash command 105 191 Empty Trash when exiting option 105 EMSAPI 242 EMSAPI plug ins 240 Encoding method how to enter in Options 207 Encoding methods BinHex 32 MIME 32 Uuencode 33 ends with option 114 Enter key 51 ERR Maildrop lock busy 284 Error getting a network socket 284 Esoteric Settings plug in 197 Eudora starting and quitting 19 Eudora Address Book protocol 167 Eudora directory contents 239 Eudora Email Introduction 13 Eudora Email What s new 13 Eudora established the connection how to enter in Options 205 Eudora information 257 Eudora Internet Mail Server EIMS 257 Eudora modes 16 Eudora Modifiers 235 Eudora Nicknames file 240 Eudora E mail vs Postal Mail 13 Eudora Quick Start Guide 15 Eudora Readme file 242 Eudora Shortcuts 236 Eudora taskbar 144 Eudora WorldMail Server 257 Eudora latest versio
252. ing Eudora erases this information 147 Eudora User Manual File Browser Window File Browser Window Use this window to browse the Windows desktop For example you can use this window to find files to attach to new outgoing messages To open the File Browser window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose File Browser Or if the File Browser window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab Sample File Browser window x Aldus apps Code Color S Autoexec bat a autoexec vxt 5 boot ini a dup tst ay Eudoracr gif hold ini manager log INTScan304 exe 4 7 The File Browser window performs some but not all of the functions of the standard Windows 95 98 and Windows NT 4 0 Explorer programs Note The File Browser window is not an exact replica of Windows Explorer The File Browser window contains three controls m Drive Selector top box A drop down list in this field contains a fixed set of high level folders on your system just like the corresponding control in Windows Explorer The Drive Selector field determines what appears in the Folder Browser middle section When you first launch Eudora the Drive Selector automatically sets itself to the drive containing your Windows folder Note that the first entry in the drop down list is a shortcut called My Attachments that points to your Eudora attach ments folder
253. ing Eudora in Light mode you have access to fewer features when using Eudora s Search functionality You can perform complex searches through messages in all or a selected number of mail boxes or folders Once your search is complete you can sort delete and view the resulting messages You can search for a specific piece of information in all your mail or just search for a particular item that matches the criteria you set Set up the criteria for your search by selecting options from the drop down lists and by entering text To set up criteria for a message search do the following 1 From the Edit menu choose Find or press Ctrl F The Find submenu appears 2 From the Find submenu choose Find Messages The Find Messages dialog box appears QUALCOMM Incorporated Find Messages Eudora User Manual Find Messages dialog box iS Find Messages BEE Headers 7 contains z f More Fewer Ech A E Match Any Results Mailbores Z QUALCOMM ve In Out Trash amp Archive Asc amp Business 1 amp Classifieds amp Discussions amp EMS amp Fun Stuff amp Marketing amp Miscellaneous amp Need to Reply amp Peanut Og Publications In the Find Messages dialog box your mailboxes appear along with check boxes If the boxes are checked Eudora will perform a search in these mailboxes according to the criteria you are about to set up To omit a mailbox from the search just deselect the box If you right click in the Find
254. ing Mail Check for mail every fo minute s I Don t check without a network connection Incoming Mail a gt Don t check when using batter FP i k MV Send on check Sending Mail Internet Dialup A zi Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below I Save password Mail Server This is the name of your incoming mail server as entered in the Mail Server Incoming field of the Getting Started options See Getting Started on page 197 for more details Click the page number to display the topic Login Name This is the login name you entered in the Login Name field of the Getting Started options See Getting Started on page 197 for more details Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated 199 Eudora User Manual Incoming Mail Check for mail every _ minute s If you enter a number greater than zero in this field then at regular intervals Eudora automatically checks your incoming mail server for new mail and transfers to your PC any mail addressed to your primary account The number you enter here specifies the number of minutes between automatic mail checks It s a good idea to set this at no less than 15 minutes Checking mail more frequently may over work your incoming mail server This option only works when Eudora is running Entering 0 in this field turns off automatic mail checking Don t check without a network connection lf this i
255. ing Queued Messages When Checking Mail If the Send on check option in the Sending Mail options window is on then every time Eudora checks for mail automatically or manually all queued messages are automati cally sent See Sending Mail on page 203 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated EE 45 Eudora User Manual Sending Messages with Special Server Instructions Sending Messages with Special Server Instructions To send your queued messages with special instructions for the incoming server do the following 1 Hold down the Shift key and from the File menu choose Send Queued Messages The Mail Transfer options dialog box appears Mail Transfer Options dialog box Mail Transfer Options 2 xi Mail checking amp sending options How should checking sending be performed on the selected personalities below M Retrieve new mail M Send queued messages T Delete messages marked for deletion Normally I Retrieve messages marked for retrieval Steve Janoff Mac IV Delete all messages that have been retrieved I Delete all messages on server Tl Fetch all message headers to In mailbox Cancel 2 Set the options you want and click OK All the actions you have requested are completed Using SMTP Authentic ation SMTP authentication operates automatically in Eudora Eudora can log in to an SMTP server when sending mail just like it does for receiving mail Not all SMT
256. ing processed for sending You can change the status of one or more selected messages or an open message from Read blank to Unread or from Unread to Read by pressing Shift Space all mail boxes except Out QUALCOMM Incorporated 95 Eudora User Manual Understanding the Components of a Mailbox 96 Priority Column This column displays the message priority You can use the drop down list to set a partic ular priority A Highest priority A High priority lt blank gt Normal priority w Low priority Lowest priority For more information on message priorities see Setting the Message Priority on page 27 Click the page number to display the topic Attachments Column If a message has attached documents this column displays the attachment icon a paper clip holding a sheet of paper ly Label Column This column displays the message label You can assign labels to messages either manu ally or automatically using filters See the section Filtering Messages on page 108 Click the page number to display the topic When a message summary is assigned a label the entire summary changes color to match the label color To assign a label to an existing message do the following 1 Select the message in the TOC you want to label 2 Right click to display the drop down list 3 From the drop down list choose Change Label Or from the Message menu choose Change then Label The Label submenu appears 4 Choos
257. inimized is represented by a button on the taskbar This includes composition messages received messages mailbox windows and any tool windows or tabbed windows that are in the normal state Any open tool or tabbed windows that are in the docked or floating state are not represented as buttons on the taskbar If a tabbed window is represented by a button on the taskbar the button shows the name and icon associated with the active tool window in that tabbed window Click a taskbar button to make that normal window active The window comes to the front of the stack of all normal Eudora windows If you right click a taskbar button the standard Windows context menu displays letting you Restore Minimize Maximize or Close that normal window If you right click an exposed area of the taskbar not on a button the standard Eudora drop down context menu displays If you drag an object over a taskbar button and pause for several seconds Eudora acti vates the normal window associated with that button For a tabbed window Eudora acti vates the tabbed window with the indicated window active You can then complete the drag and drop operation into the normal window For a tabbed window you can further pause the pointer over one of the inactive window tabs and that window becomes active and you can complete the drop Each taskbar button displays both the window icon and the window title of the normal window If there is not enough room to displa
258. ions Special menu Eag Tools Window Help Filter Messages Ctrl J Make Filter Make Address Book Entry Ctrl K Add as Recipient Remove Recipient gt Empty Trash Compact Mailboxes Forget Password s Change Password Message Plug ins Settings Filter Messages Filter the open message or the selected message s against all the manual filters in your Filters list Useful for filtering messages after you have received them especially after creating new filters Make Filter Open the Make Filter dialog box to create a simple transfer filter based on information in the open message or the selected message s Make Address Book Eniry Create an Address Book entry from the current message the Address Book or the Directory Services window Add as Recipient Add the selected text usually a full email address to your Quick Recipient List Remove Recipient Select a recipient from this submenu to remove the recipient from your Quick Recipient List Empty Trash Delete all messages from the Trash mailbox As a result of this action these messages are completely removed from your computer 191 Eudora User Manual Tools Menu 192 Compact Mailboxes Reclaim unused space in all mailboxes Forget Password s Make Eudora forget your passwords so that next time mail is checked for one of your password controlled mail accounts the password must be entered first Useful if you step away fr
259. is occurrence and all subsequent occurrences of the unknown word Change This button substitutes the contents of the Change To field for the unknown word Change all This button substitutes the contents of the Change To field for this occur rence and all subsequent occurrences of the unknown word Suggest This button causes the Suggestions field to display a list of Eudora s sugges tions for the correct spelling of the unknown word If Eudora doesn t have suggestions in its dictionary then it doesn t list any suggestions Add This button adds the unknown word to your custom user dictionary Edit Dictionary This button displays the Edit User Dictionary dialog box Edit User Dictionary Edit User Dictionary Word Jworldmail Dictionary Delete Clear dil The Edit User Dictionary dialog box lists all of the words in your user dictionary in the Dictionary field It also allows you to add words to or delete words from your personal user dictionary or even to clear the entire dictionary Note Words in the user dictionary are saved in all lower case To add a word to the dictionary using this dialog box type the correct spelling of the word in the Word field and click the Add button The word is then added to the dictionary and displayed in the Dictionary field QUALCOMM Incorporated E 39 Checking Your Spelling Manually Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Note The Add button
260. isplays the Create New Signature dialog box asking you for a name In the dialog box enter a signature name and click OK A signature window appears Enter your signature text in the signature window You can format the text with styles see Formatting Text on page 29 and Text Toolbar on page 21 Click the page number to display the topic Entering a new signature Standard BEE Joe Camp San Diego CA 92104 To save the signature from the File menu choose Save QUALCOMM Incorporated Modifying a Signature Eudora User Manual 7 Close the Signature window Modifying a Signature To change a signature do the following 1 Right click the signature in the Signature window to display the drop down context menu 2 From the context menu choose Edit The signature window appears for that signature 3 Make the changes 4 To save the signature from the File menu choose Save 5 Close the Signature window Deleting a Signature To delete a signature do the following 1 Select the desired item in the Signature window and press the Delete key Or right click the signature item and from the drop down context menu choose Delete 2 When you are prompted to confirm the deletion click Yes to delete it Using a Signature in a Message To include a particular signature in an outgoing message select the signature you want from the Signature drop down on the message toolbar Selecting a signature for a me
261. ixture of uppercase and lowercase characters Report doubled words tThe spelling checker reports words that appear twice in sequence in text and identifies them as Doubled words Suggest Words The spelling checker displays Eudora s suggestions for the correct spelling of an unknown word You can select any combination of the suggestion options Phonetic words Split words Typographic words Note If Eudora doesn t have suggestions in its dictionary then it doesn t list any sugges tions QUALCOMM Incorporated 40 Saving a Message for Later Changes Eudora User Manual Saving a Message for Later Changes Sometimes it is convenient to save an outgoing message either as a safeguard when typing long messages or so you can return to it later to make changes To save the current message do the following 1 QUALCOMM Incorporated From the File menu choose Save Saved messages are put in the Out mailbox and if at least one recipient is entered in either the To or the Bcc field the saved message is shown with a bullet in the Status column If both the To and Bec fields are empty the Status column is blank The bullet indicates that the message not only has been saved but is also ready to be sent or queued Saved and sendable message in the Out mailbox Out fof a alge on EE sujet jkasten enduse 02 23 PM 11 15 1 How to save messages E You can continue making changes to the message or close it
262. l folders stored on an IMAP server can contain not only mailboxes but also messages Mail folders stored on a POP server can contain only mailboxes not messages You create an IMAP server account using the New Account Setup wizard for your domi nant personality or using the Account Settings dialog box accessed from the Personalities window See Getting Started on page 197 and Using Multiple Personalities on page 75 Click the page number to display the topic The Mailboxes window is the main tool for managing your IMAP mailboxes and mail folders In the Mailboxes window right click one of the folders or mailboxes in an IMAP hierarchy and select an item from the drop down list See Using the Mailboxes Window on page 101 for more information Click the page number to display the topic Note The additional commands for IMAP are Refresh Mailbox List and Resynchronize Mailbox Some mailboxes stored on your IMAP server may have been created by others and made accessible to you For some of these mailboxes you may have both read and write permission that is you can read the messages stored in them can change or delete the messages Other mailboxes may give you only read permission you can only read the messages not change or delete them If you have multiple personalities email accounts and the incoming mail servers for all of them use POP then you will have only one top level mail folder named
263. lect defaults when not using Stationery se ws Default Signature lt No Default gt 7 A MV Word wrap IV May use quoted printable Internet Dialup M Keepcopies Tabs in body of message A cre Select the options you want to change Options are described below Return address This is your return email address if different from your incoming mail account See Getting Started on page 197 for more details Click the page number to display the topic Domain to add to unqualified addresses This is the domain name that Eudora auto matically adds to an unqualified address in messages sent from your primary account An unqualified address is an address that doesn t have the sign followed by a domain name This can be used to save time when addressing large numbers of messages to users in the same domain SMTP server This is the name of the outgoing mail server for your principal email account All outgoing messages sent from your primary account are routed through this server If the computer that your primary incoming mail account is on also runs an SMTP server you can leave this field blank SMTP stands for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol QUALCOMM Incorporated E 203 Eudora User Manual Sending Mail 204 Allow authentication Eudora can log in to an SMTP server when sending mail just like it does for receiving mail Not all SMTP servers require or allow such authentication Eudora will attempt authentication to servers t
264. lete it from the server click the Trash button in the incoming message window or select the Delete server status in the message summary then check mail again The message will be deleted from the server without ever being retrieved Checking for Mail with Special Server Instructions To check your mail and give special transfer and storage instructions to the POP server do the following 1 Hold down the Shift key and from the File menu choose Check Mail The Mail Transfer Options dialog box appears Mail Transfer Options dialog box Mail Transfer Options 21x Mail checking amp sending options How should checking sending be performed on the selected personalities below M Retrieve new mail o tt M Send queued messages l I Delete messages marked for deletion C Normally I Retrieve messages marked for retrieval Steve Janoff Mac IV Delete all messages that have been retrieved I Delete all messages on server Tl Fetch all message headers to In mailbox Cancel QUALCOMM Incorporated E 57 Eudora User Manual Managing Your Mail on the POP Server 58 Note If you only have one personality dominant only the left side of this dialog box appears 2 Set the options you want and click OK to continue checking for mail The Mail Transfer Options fields are described below Retrieve new mail Transfer your new mail from the POP server to your computer Send queued messages Send all the qu
265. lets you select the encoding format for attachments For details see Attaching a File to a Message on page 32 Quoted Printable Encoding If this button is on quoted printable encoding is used when sending messages that contain special characters or long lines of text It is used for all plain text attachments We recommend that you always keep this feature selected Text As Attachment If this button is on plain text files are attached to messages not incorpo rated into the message as part of the message body Word Wrap If this button is on a carriage return is not required at the end of each line When the message is sent the text is automatically wrapped meaning that carriage returns are inserted at the end of each line of text with roughly 76 characters per line Tabs in Body If this button is on pressing the Tab key within the message body inserts a tab If this button is off pressing the Tab key within the message body returns the cursor to the To field of the message header Keep Copy If this button is on a copy of each sent message is kept in the Out mailbox Messages are saved there until they are deleted or transferred 22 Using the Composition Window amp Send E3 Queue Eudora User Manual Return Receipt Sponsored and Paid modes only If this button is on the message to your recipients includes a Notify Sender button that when clicked creates a message notifying you that the origin
266. lica tion applefile which has Macintosh creator type information embedded in it With this type of attachment Eudora will consider a match with the Macintosh creator type as a better match than a match with the MIME type subtype Finally if an incoming attachment matches two different maps to the same degree e g both maps have the same MIME type subtype with different file extensions then Eudora will use the file extension in the first matching map SS QUALCOMM Incorporated 256 Sources Anonymous FIP ftp eudora com QUALCOMM s Eudora Division has an anonymous FTP server ftp eudora com that has information and software related to Eudora These are located within the eudora directory Included are POPS Ph and password changing servers the srialpop program current product information dialup files and more Also look under the directory eudora eudorapro windows extras Eudora Information The information in this manual was correct at the time of printing However things happen very quickly in the electronic world meaning that some of this information may already be out of date For the very latest information about Eudora send email to eudora info eudora com Obtaining an Intemet Email Server Post Office Protocol POP and Internet Message Access Protocol IMAP Servers are available for a variety of platforms If you would like to run a POP or an IMAP server on your own system we suggest the following serve
267. llowing 1 Right click on a message to display the drop down list 2 From the drop down list choose Redownload 3 Either choose Include Attachments or Use Defaults If you want to delete the local copy of a message right click on the message to display the drop down list From the drop down list choose Remove Cached Contents The message still exists on the server if you want to re retrieve it If the Full message except attachments over _K option is turned off only the attachment headers are transferred to your computer Important In IMAP your attachments download to the Attach folder which is in the IMAP folder However if you have previously set up a directory in the Attachments options window to where you want your attachments to go all attachments POP and IMAP go to that directory See Attachments on page 207 Click the page number to display the topic Deleting a Message from the Server If you have the When I delete a message move it to Trash option turned off in the Incoming Mail options window see Incoming Mail on page 200 Click the page number to display the topic all new messages are delivered to your IMAP server and are kept there until you actively delete them Also whenever you retrieve a message either in part or in full from the IMAP server to your computer a copy of the message is kept on the IMAP server until you actively delete it Therefore to delete an IMAP message you must delete it
268. lter Report Mailboxes File Browser Stationery Signatures Personalities Task Status Task Errors Address Book Ctrl L Directory Services Ctrl Y Link History Options Filters Display the Filters window which lets you create modify and remove message filters Filter Report Display the Filter Report window which provides a report of all filter opera tions transfers to mailboxes since the last time Eudora was opened Note For these filter reports to be generated you must turn on the Generate filter report option in the Getting Attention options See Getting Attention on page 221 Click the page number to display the topic This option is turned off by default QUALCOMM Incorporated Tools Menu QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Mailboxes Display the Mailboxes window which lets you manage your mailboxes and mail folders File Browser Display the File Browser window which lets you browse through your desktop and drag attachments to new messages and otherwise partially manage your files and folders The File Browser window is nota full replica of MS Windows Explorer Stationery Sponsored and Paid modes only Display the Stationery window which lets you create manage and apply your stationery files See Using Stationery on page 70 Click the page number to display the topic Signatures Display the Signature window which lets you create manage and apply your si
269. ltiple personalities in sequence or the Ctrl key to select them out of sequence Note Another way to check mail for multiple personalities regardless of your settings elsewhere is to open the Personalities window select your desired personalities right click on the selection and select Check Mail from the drop down list See Using Alternate Email Accounts on page 75 Click the page number to display the topic Managing Your Mail on the IMAP Server If your incoming mail server uses the Internet Message Access Protocol IMAP you manage your mail mailboxes and folders on the server not on your computer When you create mailboxes and folders you create them on the server However you can see them in the Mailboxes window in Eudora When you launch Eudora you retrieve your mailboxes and folders from the server When you check mail the mail you retrieve is filtered on the server although your filters are created in Eudora This is beneficial if you have to retrieve mail from different computers Your mail remains on the server for you to retrieve at anytime on any computer During mail checks partial messages or full messages are transferred to your computer with or without attachments depending on the options you specify in the Incoming Mail options window for your main account see Incoming Mail on page 200 This is benefi cial if you use a computer with limited disk space or a slow network connection To specify options f
270. m Folder Browser middle section This is a tree control that displays the folder hier archy whose root is the selection entered in the Drive Selector field For example if in the Drive Selector box you choose the C drive then the Folder Browser displays the folder tree hierarchy branching down from the C drive folder Right click a folder item in the Folder Browser to display the standard Windows context menu for that folder m File List bottom section This is a list control that displays the files contained in the folder selected in the Folder Browser You can select one or more file items in the list then right click the selection to display the standard Windows context menu for those e QUALCOMM Incorporated 148 File Browser Window Eudora User Manual files Eudora does not fill in the Send To submenu on the context menu When selecting multiple items use the Shift key to select a range of items and use the Ctrl key for disjoint selections The File List control shows these four columns m Name Displays the name of the file and the icon associated with the file Type Based on the file name extension displays the file type as set in the Options dialog box of Windows Explorer m Size Displays the size of the file in kilobytes K where 1K 1 024 bytes Modified Displays the date and time that the file was last modified As in Windows Explorer you can click any of the four column headings to sort the lis
271. m your PC do the following m From the Special menu choose Empty Trash Or if the Mailboxes window is open on your desktop right click on the Trash mailbox in the window and choose Empty Trash from the drop down menu You can set up Eudora to warn you if you try to delete unread queued or unsent messages To do this use the Extra Warnings options windows to select those options See Extra Warnings on page 225 Click the page number to display the topic Quitting Eudora empties the contents of the Trash mailbox when the Empty Trash when exiting option in the Miscellaneous options is selected See Miscellaneous on page 231 Click the page number to display the topic Finally if you want to delete just a few messages from the Trash mailbox open the Trash mailbox and do the following 1 Click to select the desired messages 2 From the Message menu choose Delete or press the Delete key Deleting a message from the Trash removes it completely IMAP Procedure If you have the When I delete a message move it to Trash option turned off in the Incoming Mail options window see Incoming Mail on page 200 click the page number to display the topic all new messages are delivered to your IMAP server and are kept there until you actively delete them QUALCOMM Incorporated a 105 Eudora User Manual Transferring Messages 106 You must perform two steps to remove a message from your computer first mark it fo
272. mail Where xxx yyy are timezone abbreviations like PST PDT CDT and nnn is the offset in hours WEST of GMT those that are east of GMT shoud enter a negative number here xxx is the timezone during Standard Time and yyy is the timezone during Daylight Savings Time If you do not change your clocks during Daylight Savings Time leave yyy blank Here are some samples TimeZone PST8PDT TimeZone MET 1 If you don t specify a TimeZone entry then a Date header will not be put in outgoing messages which is fine for most because their mail server will insert the correct Date header If you don t get messages bounced because of a missing Date header then leave the TimeZone entry alone Number of seconds that the date on a mailbox TOC file can be behind the MBxX file that Eudora will not flag as being out of date Helpful for network file systems especially Windows NT Server which seems to have problems correctly time date stamping files Fixes toobar icon corruption The number of days after which a message is no longer used to determine if a mailbox has unread messages in it The full path of the application used to launch URLs Display URLs in blue underline style 277 Eudora User Manual Mappings 278 Entry Default Value Description UsePOPSend 0 If UsePOPSend is on Eudora will send mail using the POP3 extended command XTND XMIT Since this is an optional command for POP3 many POPS servers do not support this c
273. mailbox do the following 1 Click to select the message summary or summaries 2 Drag the summary into any open or minimized mailbox window or any mailbox in the Mailboxes window When you release the mouse button the message is transferred To drag an open message to another mailbox hold down the mouse over the Tow Truck icon and drag the message into any open mailbox or any mailbox in the Mailboxes window When you release the mouse button the message is transferred When dragging to the Mailboxes window pause over a closed folder The folder tempo rarily opens making its mailboxes visible so that you can complete the drop operation The folder closes again when you complete or cancel the drop Note You can only drag messages around if the Allow drag and drop transfers option is selected in the Mailboxes options window See Mailboxes on page 212 Click the page number to display the topic Creating a Mailbox or Folder During Transfer To create a mailbox and transfer the current message into it at the same time do the following m From the Transfer menu choose New instead of the name of a mailbox The New Mailbox dialog box appears You can create a new mailbox or mail folder For details see Creating Mailboxes and Folders on page 100 Click the page number to display the topic When you are done the current message is transferred into the new mailbox To create the new mailbox without transferring the messa
274. main window and as wide as the Message window width setting Composition windows zoom to the height specified by the Message window height setting Allow executables in HTML content TIf this is selected you are able to run programs such as Java Applets JavaScript VB Script and ActiveX Controls that are embedded in an HTML message For security reasons you may want to leave this option turned off Mailboxes The Mailboxes options determine how Eudora displays various objects in mailbox window columns It also allows you to configure Eudora to select and drag message s for mailbox transfers To display the Mailboxes options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Mailboxes icon The Mailboxes options window appears Mailboxes options window Options x Category Show Mailbox Columns IV Status V Date IV Priority V Size A IV Attachment IV Server status b M Label MV Subject Styled Text ad th oo LS 4 T Show mailbox lines pell Checking I Close messages with mailbox MV Select newly inserted messages FUMLUB etion When dragging in a mailbox 1 Auto comp IV Allow drag and drop transfers ol T Allow drag select of messages xl Cancel Date Display amp Select the options you want to change Options are described below A QUALCOMM Incorporated 212 Styled Text QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Show Ma
275. mal m Docked m Floating You can use these different window states to set up Eudora the way you want to see it on your screen These states are described below and in the following sections A tabbed window is a collection of windows combined into a single window in which each window has its own tab for activating and dragging A tabbed window can exist in any of the above three window states normal docked or floating Tabbed windows are discussed separately below Note Only tool windows those windows accessible from the Tools menu except the Options dialog box can exist as docked windows floating windows and tabbed windows All other windows in Eudora particularly the mailbox TOC windows and message windows exist only in the normal state and cannot be combined into tabbed windows The tool windows that can be docked floating or tabbed are as follows in their order down the Tools menu a Filters m Filter Report m Mailboxes m File Browser m Stationery m Signatures m Personalities m Task Status m Task Errors m Address Book m Directory Services m Link History Note If you minimize and then restore the main Eudora window then all normal docked and floating Eudora windows including tabbed windows are also minimized and restored with it QUALCOMM Incorporated a 129 Eudora User Manual Normal Windows 130 Closing a tool window does not erase its contents unless the contents are saveable and you choose to
276. marked for deletion 58 Fetch all message headers to In mailbox 58 How should checking sending be performed 58 Retrieve messages marked for retrieval option 58 Retrieve new mail 58 Send queued messages 58 Mailbox mbx files 241 Mailbox toc files 241 Mailboxes 289 compacting all 98 compacting one 98 creating during transfer 107 creating in the Mailboxes window 102 creating using Mailbox menu 100 displaying columns 98 Make it a folder option 100 management on POP vs IMAP server 103 message summaries 93 moving in the Mailboxes window 102 New command 100 102 number of messages 98 opening 93 removing in the Mailboxes window 102 renaming in the Mailboxes window 102 resizing columns 98 size display 98 sorting messages in 117 space messages require 98 space wasted 98 transferring messages among 106 Mailboxes command 101 102 143 193 Mailboxes options 212 Mailboxes window 101 143 Mailing List definition 289 Mailing lists 300 creating a nickname 158 hiding the recipient list 159 Main Toolbar 140 Make Address Book Entry command 162 163 170 191 from Directory Services 163 170 from open message window 163 from the Address Book 162 Make Filter command 108 191 Make Filter dialog 108 Make Hyperlink button 24 Make Hyperlink command 30 35 187 Make it a folder option 100 102 Make it an Address Book option 158 159 Make Label action 115 Make Personality action 115 Make Priority action 115 Make Status action 115 Make Subject
277. mation Obtaining an Internet Email Server Ph Server Source Code Password Change Server Windows Sockets Products QUALCOMM Incorporated 222 224 225 227 228 230 231 231 235 235 236 239 239 239 242 243 243 245 245 245 246 246 247 247 247 248 249 249 250 250 253 253 253 254 254 255 255 257 257 257 257 258 258 258 Contents Contents 12 Kerberos Spelling Dictionaries Developer Information Dialup Eudora Introduction General Steps Configuring Dialup Networking under Windows 95 98 Configuring Dialup Networking using Windows NT 4 x Defining a Login Script Creating a Desktop Phonebook Shortcut Configuring Eudora to Auto Dial the Phonebook Entry Eudora ini File EUDORA INI Settings File Optional Sections Name and Location of the INI File Default INI file Settings Mappings Window Position Tool Bar Debug Troubleshooting What to Do First Errors Formatting and Printing Miscellaneous Glossary Index 258 258 258 259 259 259 260 261 262 264 264 267 267 267 268 268 269 278 279 279 282 283 283 283 284 285 287 293 QUALCOMM Incorporated Introducing Eudora Email Welcome to Eudora Email 4 3 Eudora Email hereafter referred to as Eudora is a comprehensive electronic mail email software program that accesses your Internet Service Provider ISP or network to receive and send your email messages In Eudora you can write me
278. message except attachments over _ K If this setting is selected and a number is entered in the edit box any attachments larger than the specified size will not be downloaded with the message If the setting is zero default all attachments are downloaded regardless of size When I delete a message These options you must choose one let you control the way you want your deleted messages handled Mark it as deleted Select this option to mark your messages on the IMAP for dele tion These messages are not removed from the server until you choose to remove them See Deleting a Message from the Server on page 57 Click the page number to display the topic Move it to mailbox Select this option to move your deleted messages to a specific mailbox The default is your Trash mailbox Authentication style This specifies which IMAP account authentication technology to use for this personality Passwords Kerberos or CRAM MD5 Ask your email adminis trator which one to use The default is CRAM MD5 If CRAM MD5 is not being used then it will use passwords Modifying a Personality To modify an existing personality do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Personalities or if the Personalities window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab 2 Open the Personalities window and right click the desired personality to display the drop down context menu 3 From the context menu choose Properties The Account Settings d
279. message is to be sent These recipients are displayed in the message header for all recipients to see Multiple addresses must be separated by commas This field can be left blank Cc means carbon copy To select a name from a list see Using Automatic Name Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only on page 26 Bcc The email addresses or nicknames of people to whom a blind copy of the message is to be sent These recipients are not displayed in the message header and the recipients in the To and Cc fields will not know that a copy went to these addresses Use Bcc to send a copy of a message to someone without showing the other recipients Multiple addresses must be separated by commas This field can be left blank Bcc means blind carbon copy To select a name from a list see Using Automatic Name Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only on page 26 Sponsored and Paid modes only The Bcc field can also be used to put a copy of the message in one or more of your mailboxes To do this right click in the body of the message to display the drop down list From the drop down list choose your mailbox from the Fcc menu equivalent to the Transfer menu The name of the mailbox is inserted into the Bcc field preceded by the expression f Repeat the procedure to Fcc to multiple mailboxes Eudora automatically separates the entries with commas When the message is sent a copy is placed in each specified mailbox Fcc mean
280. mmand 137 138 Show status bar how to enter in Options 210 Show status bar option 142 Show toolbar how to enter in Options 210 Show toolbar option 141 Show toolbar tips how to enter in Options 210 Show toolbar tips option 142 Sidebars in quoted text with styles 63 Signature definition 291 deleting 69 Signature popup 22 Signature window 67 Signatures and redirect 66 and stationery 70 changing 69 creating 68 storage 240 Signatures command 67 70 193 Sigs directory 240 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 245 291 Size button 23 Size column 97 Size submenu 30 Skip Attachments over K option 59 88 QUALCOMM Incorporated Index Skip messages over K in size how to enter in Options POP server 201 Skip messages over K in size option 57 87 Skip Rest action 117 SMTP 245 246 253 291 SMTP Authentication 46 SMTP authentication for personalities 85 SMTP server how to enter in Options 203 SMTP server outgoing how to mention in Options 199 SMTP Server option 85 SMTP server option 283 Sort submenu 187 Sort group by subject 118 Sorting 117 Sorting in ascending order 117 Sorting in descending order 117 Spacebar 51 Speak action in Filters 115 Spell check as you type 35 Spell check manually 37 Spell Checking options 215 Sponsored mode 16 Start button 168 Start Eudora and it s not the default mailer how to enter in Options 226 Starting Eudora 19 starts with option 114 Stationery definition 291 deleting 72 mod
281. modes only Eudora User Manual Change Date Display displays a submenu allowing you to set reminders when to see the link bookmark the link or sort the link items by date Change Date Display submenu Remind Me Sorts Highest Bookmark Sorts Higher Just Date Sorts Normal Note The items in this window expire and do not appear after 30 days QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 155 Eudora User Manual Link History Sponsored and Paid modes only E QUALCOMM Incorporated 156 Using the Address Book The Address Book is where you keep information about individuals or groups with whom you correspond Each entry in the Address Book includes a nickname for a person or group the full email address a real name any contact information and any notes You can also use the Address Book to put nicknames on the Quick Recipient List and to address a new message To open your Address Book do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Address Book or press Ctrl L Or if the Address Book is an inactive window in an open tabbed window group click its tab See Managing Your Windows in Eudora on page 129 for more details on tabbed windows Click the page number to display the topic Address Book with sample entries Address Book Iof x View By Nickname 7 Address es Notes Info Eudora Nicknames Dad amp iriley Morn The Gang Sis Business Nai Family a Dad amp Mom amp Sis Friends Expand Nickname
282. mputer especially the year Be sure Eudora can find your winsock d11 If Eudora cannot find it be sure the Path line in your AUTOEXEC BAT file includes the directory that contains the winsock d1l Or if you do not want to edit your AUTOEXEC BAT file try copying your winsock d11 into your Eudora directory Run ScanDisk to check for problems on the hard drive If you re having trouble with your mailboxes especially with repeated requests to rebuild a mailbox s table of contents quit Eudora and find the mailbox s toc file in the Eudora directory Change the toc extension to 000 then open Eudora and see if the problem persists On Windows 95 98 If you re having other problems especially crashes remove all of the items in your Startup directory C Windows Start Menu Programs StartUp then restart Windows while holding down the F8 key In the Startup menu select Safe Mode Then open Eudora and see if the problem persists Enors The following are possible errors and alerts you could receive from Eudora and sugges tions for fixing them QUALCOMM Incorporated 283 Eudora User Manual Formatting and Printing ERR Maildrop lock busy This usually happens after your PC has hung during a mail check and you are now attempting to re connect to the mail server The best thing to do is to contact your e mail administrator and report that you have a POP server process that needs to be disconnected 503 N
283. must be between 0 and 1000000 one million no commas This size includes messages and attachments Quit with messages queued to be sent If this is selected you are warned if you try to quit Eudora while there are still queued messages in your Out mailbox Empty the Trash mailbox lf this is selected you are warned if you try to empty the Trash mailbox one way is using the Special menu Empty Trash command Once messages are deleted from the Trash they are completely gone from your system Start Eudora and it s not the default mailer lf this is selected you are warned if you try to start Eudora when it s not the default mailer When Eudora is the default mailer lt mailto gt commands open a Eudora message regardless of what application the command is in Switch views for Find lf this is selected you are warned if you try to perform a Find operation using the Edit menu Find submenu while viewing an incoming message using the Microsoft Internet Explorer version 4 0 viewer The warning indicates that Eudora will switch to a different viewer to complete the Find operation Eudora uses Internet Explorer QUALCOMM Incorporated MAPI Eudora User Manual IE 4 0 as the default viewer if IE 4 0 is installed on your system and the Use Microsoft s viewer option is selected in the Viewing Mail options See Viewing Mail on page 210 Click the page number to display the topic Launch a program from a message If t
284. n 18 Eudora cnt file 240 Eudora exe file 240 Eudora hlp file 240 Eudora ini file 241 Debug 282 defaults 268 Mappings 278 Settings 269 Tool bar 279 Window position 279 eudora log file 241 QUALCOMM Incorporated eudorlog old file 241 Excerpt bars in quoted text with styles 63 Exit command 186 Expand Nickname option 161 Extended Messaging Services 242 Extended Messaging Services Application Programming Interface 242 Extra Warnings Options 43 Try to delete unread queued or unsent mail 105 Extra Warnings options 225 F Fax field 160 Fcc definition 288 Fcc menu 25 47 Fetch all message headers to In mailbox option 58 Fetch button 52 57 Fetch server status 57 97 116 Fetch then Delete server status 57 97 File Browser command 148 193 File Browser window 148 File Transfer Protocol definition 288 Filter definition 288 Filter icons 112 Filter Messages command 109 112 191 Filter Report command 146 192 Filter Report window 116 146 Filtering messages 108 Filters 108 and option 114 appears option 114 automatically named 112 Conjunction popup 114 contains option 114 Copy To action 116 creating an auto reply 117 doesn t appear option 114 doesn t contain option 114 ends with option 114 Forward To action 116 ignore option 114 intersects nickname option 114 invoked from top to bottom 113 is not option 114 is option 114 Make Label action 115 Make Personality action 115 Make Priority action 115 Make Status ac
285. n button turned on Headers Choose this option to search only in the header fields of the message This includes headers that are normally exposed only with the Blah Blah Blah icon button turned on Body Choose this option to search only in the body of the message Attachment Name s Choose this option to search only attachment names in the message Summary Choose this option to search text entered in only the header From and Subject fields of the message Status Choose this option to search for messages by status A status drop down options list displays the default is Unread You can choose from Unread Read Replied Forwarded or Redirected The conjunction field defaults to is Priority Choose this option to search for messages by priority A priority drop down options list displays the default is Highest You can choose from Highest High Normal Low or Lowest The conjunction field defaults to is Attachment Count Choose this option to search the number of attachments joined to each message A counter appears for you to select the desired number or you can type the number in the text box The conjunction field defaults to is Label Choose this option to search for messages by label Choose Label and the labels drop down options list displays the default is None You can choose from the labels you previously set up The conjunction field defaults to is Date Choose this option to search for messages by
286. n divider moves to the new location and the mailbox is redrawn You can shrink a column only as far as its left divider If you do that a double divider line appears in place of the column and its contents are hidden To redisplay the column drag the right divider line to the right Using the Mailbox Size Display In the lower left corner of the message summary part of each mailbox window three numbers show the size information for that mailbox The first is the number of messages in the mailbox the second is the total amount of space those messages require the third is the amount of disk space that is wasted with the mailbox Mailbox size display 196 3 37E1 SE Wasted space is created when messages are deleted or transferred from a mailbox To manually clean up the wasted space in all mailboxes do the following 1 Click the mailbox size display for that mailbox only or from the Special menu choose Compact Mailboxes for all mailboxes Important Try not to keep too many messages in your In Out or Trash mailboxes because it slows down your system s performance If you wish to keep these messages it s better to transfer them to other mailboxes QUALCOMM Incorporated Understanding the Components of a Mailbox Eudora User Manual Message Preview Pane If the Show message preview pane option is selected in the Viewing Mail options window then the message preview pane appears in roughly the bottom half of the ma
287. n general a group of computers and other devices under the management of a single administrator or administrative entity In Windows NT a domain is a group of servers that share common security policy and user account databases In the Internet a domain identifies a range of IP addresses and mail forwarding information See DNS Domain Name System DNS The naming service used by Internet Mail to support message routing It maps domain addresses to IP addresses so Internet messages can be delivered to a particular server Envelope The part of an email message that contains the information needed to forward a message to the recipients The envelope is important to messaging servers and is not usually seen by users File Transfer Protocol FTP Using this protocol you can transfer files over the Internet Filters A filter in Eudora sorts your mail as it is being delivered You set up filter parame ters for your specific needs for example all messages from your father can be filtered to your mailbox named DAD Finger This is a directory services protocol The Finger protocol is a server that allows you to search for a person s information such as email address phone number etc Folder This is a file you create in Eudora where you can add mailboxes You can name folders for example FAMILY and your mailboxes can be named DAD MOM SIS etc Folder Carbon Copy Fcc You use Fcc to place a copy of your message in a mailbox or fold
288. n the queue hold down the Shift key and click the Send button The Change Queueing dialog box appears and you can set detailed instructions For more details see Queueing a Message to Send at a Certain Time on page 44 Click the page number to display the topic Queueing a Message to Send Later If you want to put your messages in a queue in the Out mailbox to send all together at a later time be sure the Immediate send option is off in the Sending Mail options For infor mation on the Sending Mail options window see Sending Mail on page 203 Click the page number to display the topic You can set up Eudora to warn you if you try to delete a queued message or try to quit Eudora with queued messages To do this turn on those options in the Extra Warnings options window See Extra Warning on page 225 Click the page number to display the topic To put the current message in the queue do the following m From the Message menu choose Queue For Delivery or click E3 Queue The message window is closed the message is saved in the Out mailbox marked Q meaning it s ready to be sent and the date and time are placed in the Date column QUALCOMM Incorporated E 43 Eudora User Manual Sending or Queueing a Message Queued messages in the Out mailbox Out ee 1 Ba eee Se Bob Clark your 05 20 PM 2 10 2 1 meeting tomorrow Don Morga 5 26 PM 2 10 21 meeting To send all of your queued messages do t
289. nary then no suggestions are listed Check spelling Automatically as you type lIf this option is selected misspelled words will automati cally be double underlined and highlighted once you press the Spacebar after typing a word Only when requested If this option is selected you can invoke the spell checker if you wish after you type your message Outgoing messages Ignore original text The spelling checker ignores any text that is preceded by a quote mark which is an excerpt bar Eudora assumes that this text was originally from another message and therefore does not need to be spell checked Warn me when sending queueing message with misspellings lf this option is selected Eudora displays a warning if you attempt to queue or send a message in which it has detected spelling errors Auto Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only The Auto completion options determine how you will use the name auto completion feature to complete names and email addresses in the To Cc and Bcc fields on the message headers of your outgoing messages Eudora completes the names by looking for the names in either your history file or address book To display the Auto completion options window do the following From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Auto completion icon The Auto completion options window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated Auto Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manu
290. ndow and press the Delete key or right click the stationery item and from the drop down context menu choose Delete 2 When you are prompted to confirm the deletion click Yes Using Stationery in a Message To send a stationery message do the following 1 From the Message menu choose New Message With or Reply With 2 From either the New Message With or Reply With submenus select a stationery file QUALCOMM Incorporated 72 Replying with Stationery Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual A composition window appears containing the header and body from the stationery file If you are replying to a message the stationery information is added to the reply You can edit and send this new message just as you would any other message You can also send a new stationery message by double clicking on a stationery item in the Stationery window or by selecting the stationery item and pressing Enter In either case a new composition window opens containing the selected stationery To use a particular stationery file for all of your outgoing messages select a stationery from the Stationery drop down in the Sending Mail options for your dominant account only or in the Account Settings dialog box for any of your personalities Most new messages use this file unless you create the message using the Redirect Send Again New Message With or Reply With command For more information see Sending Mail on p
291. ndow is maximized its title bar partially blends with the main window title bar Normal windows can overlap other normal windows and are obscured by both docked and floating windows The title bar of a normal window contains the window menu icon far left and three stan dard window buttons far right minimize restore maximize restore and close QUALCOMM Incorporated Docked Windows Eudora User Manual A tool window in the normal state whether alone or in a tabbed group can be dragged out of the confines of the main Eudora window but it must first be converted to a dockable or floating window To perform this conversion do the following 1 To display the drop down context menu right click the window s border or tab 2 To turn the command off from the context menu choose Float In Main Window The checkmark disappears 3 To turn the command on from the context menu choose Allow Docking A check mark appears A non tool window in the normal state such as a mailbox window or a message window can never be dragged out of the confines of the main Eudora window To convert a docked or floating window to a normal window right click the docked or floating window s border or tab and choose Float In Main Window from the drop down context menu Docked Windows A window is dockable if it is capable of being attached to one of the four edges of the main Eudora window A window is said to be in the docked state if it is cu
292. ne let you control the way you want your deleted messages handled Mark it as deleted Select this option to mark your messages on the IMAP for dele tion These messages are not removed from the server until you choose to remove them See Deleting a Message from the Server on page 57 Click the page number to display the topic Move it to mailbox Select this option to move your deleted messages to a specific mailbox The default is your Trash mailbox QUALCOMM Incorporated 202 Sending Mail Eudora User Manual Authentication style This specifies which IMAP account authentication technology to use for this account Passwords Kerberos or CRAM MD5 Ask your email administrator which one to use if you are not sure CRAM MD5 is the default If CRAM MD5 is not detected Eudora will use Passwords Sending Mail The Sending Mail options determine how Eudora sends your outgoing messages from your primary email account dominant personality To display the Sending Mail options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Click the Sending Mail icon The Sending Mail options window appears Sending Mail options window Options x Category Return address Jicamp myfirm com Getting Started Domain to add to unqualified addresses 7 l SMTP server Checking Mail smtp myfirm com IV Allow authentication cian I Immediate send MV Send on check Sey Default Stationery lt No Default gt x Sending Mail Se
293. next mail check you may get some mail that you have already received but that should only happen once This recipient is not acceptable to your SMTP server or Relay Denied This error messages displays if you have multiple personalities and have any relay restrictions to stop soam messages turned on Turn the relay restriction function off Formatting and Printing The following are possible formatting and printing problems and suggestions for fixing them 284 You received a message containing columns and the columns are not lining up correctly Your message font is probably a proportional font Change your display font in the Fonts Options Tools gt Options gt Fonts set the Fixed width option to a non propor tional font such as Courier New or Courier and uncheck the Use proportional font by default option You have a message that is printing with strange line breaks When most e mail programs send out messages they insert hard returns at around 75 to 80 characters If they didn t some e mail applications would be able to display only the first 80 characters or so of a very long line of text What s happening with your message is that the width of the line that fits on the printed page is shorter than 75 to 80 characters so the hard returns end up in the wrong place QUALCOMM Incorporated Miscellaneous Eudora User Manual The solution is to make the print font smaller or choose a print fo
294. ng Messages Within Mailboxes 118 Similarly when you transfer messages to another mailbox those messages appear at the bottom of the message summary list in that mailbox You can sort messages in a mailbox by status priority attachment label sender date size server status subject and group by subject You can sort these messages in either ascending or descending order one column at a time or by combining several columns in the sort Simple Sorting You can access Eudora s sort feature to perform a simple sort in three ways m By clicking the column header you want to sort For example if you click the Who column senders of your messages are sorted in alphabetically order m By right clicking anywhere on the column headings The context menu appears for you to choose a sort criteria for that column For example if you choose the item to sort in descending order the mailbox sorts from top to bottom m By choosing the Sort from the Edit menu The Sort submenu appears for you to choose a column heading to sort Note The normal sort order is ascending for example with the most current dates at the bottom of the list If you hold down the Shift key and click the column header the sorting becomes descending You can mix ascending and descending sorts when sorting more than one column at a time Following is the context menu that appears when you right click the Who column heading Mailbox sorting context menu So
295. nickname from your query results in the Directory Services window and at the same time add the entry to your Address Book To make a nickname from your query results do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Directory Services or if the Directory Services window is an inactive window in a visible tabbed window group click its tab The Directory Services window appears 2 Perform the query 3 Click to select one or more summaries in the results list 4 From the Special menu choose Make Address Book Entry The Make Address Book Entry window appears so that you can name the nickname The real name and email address for each selected query result is included in the new entry Note The use of this command from this window is subject to the restrictions in Consid ering the State of the Window on page 171 QUALCOMM Incorporated Printing Your Query Results Eudora User Manual Printing Your Query Results You can print and print preview the results of your query as shown in the details pane First perform your query then select one or more summaries in the results list The details pane lists the details of each selected item with each item s details separated by a divider line To preview your query details for printing do the following m From the File menu choose Print Preview The Print Preview window appears showing how the query details will look when printed To print your query details do the following m
296. nread messages that are less than five days old Also any mailboxes or folders in the Mailboxes window that contain unread messages are displayed as bold Understanding the Components of a Mailbox Mailbox windows contain all of your incoming and outgoing message summaries If the Show message preview pane option is selected in the Viewing Mail options window mailbox windows also show the message preview pane the bottom half of the window in the figure below See Viewing Mail on page 210 Click the page number to display the topic To open a mailbox do the following m From the Mailbox menu choose the mailbox you want to open or double click its icon or name in the Mailboxes window Mailbox window elefg oualo w fue 2 elem oH Mail Deliver 10 43 AM 10 5 95 3 Returned mail Service unavailable Joe Prizio 01 00 PM 10 5 19 5 Re Where s Ralph BruceSJ lt 01 23 PM 10 6198 2 Re Greetings i Jim Riley 09 59 AM 10 7195 1 What you sent me 4 Billyboys 01 55 PM 10 9 19 2 Holloween Picture i Linda Miles 06 28 PM 10 12 15 1 here is schedule Carlos Figu 11 44 AM 10 13 15 1 little something to make you chuckle Alanche M 1103 AM INANE 7 muake site addresses l Transcript of session follows While talking to mail hotmail com gt gt gt DATA lt lt lt 552 Requested mail action aborted exceeded storage allocation Message Summaries Each line in the list portion of a mailbox window
297. nswap procedures The Eudora swap and unswap procedures can only run successfully if the MAPI DLL and MAPI32 DLL are not currently in use by one or more MAPI client applications When a MAPI client application loads a MAPI or MAPI32 DLL file Windows locks the DLL file while the library is loaded into memory to show that the file is in use Eudora can normally detect that the MAPI DLL and or MAPI32 DLL files are in use If Eudora detects that a MAPI or MAPI32 DLL is locked it displays an error message and skips the swap or unswap procedure When Eudora is forced to skip the swap or unswap procedure this means that the MAPI DLLs are in the wrong state with respect to Eudora that is 1 the Microsoft MAPI DLLs could be installed even after Eudora starts or 2 the Eudora MAPI DLLs could be installed even after Eudora shuts down To prevent this from happening use the following procedure when using Eudora MAPI 1 Start Windows 2 Start Eudora 3 Start any MAPI client applications 4 Send attachments to Eudora via the installed Eudora MAPI interface 5 Shutdown all MAPI client applications 6 Shutdown Eudora QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora DLL Swapping Restrictions Eudora User Manual 7 Exit Windows Once Eudora s MAPI DLLs get into the wrong state with respect to Eudora you cannot correct the state mismatch until all MAPI client applications unload the MAPI DLLs and Windows is able to unlock th
298. nt in which the letters are printed closer together like Helvetica instead of Courier New for example To do this change the Font and Size options in the Printer section of the Fonts options Tools gt Options gt Fonts See Fonts on page 208 Click page number to display topic Misc ellaneous Password check for sending mail not just for checking mail SMTP servers which are used to send mail for most e mail accounts do not require a password for access the way a POP server does However if the POP daemon your server is using is descended from the UC Berkeley POPper you can use the POPSend protocol which routes SMTP calls through the POP server so that the POP server will require the password If you turn this feature on in your POP server add this line to the Settings section of the Eudora ini file UsePOPSend 1 This means you will have to enter your password to send as well as check mail However this is not terribly secure because users who know what they are doing can simply remove that ini file line or uncheck the Use XTND XMIT option and disable the feature It protects you against inexperienced but unscrupulous users QUALCOMM Incorporated eC 285 Glossary Address Book The Address Book is where you keep information about individuals or groups that you correspond with Alias Another name for an existing user s address In Eudora an alias is also called a nickname Application Configurati
299. nt s computer It is a good idea not to include your own carriage returns within paragraphs if you have this option on Use carriage returns only to create new paragraphs We strongly recommend that you leave this option selected The default stationery overrides this option see above Keep copies lIf this is selected a copy of each message you send is kept in the Out mailbox If this option is turned off outgoing messages are put in the Trash mailbox after they are sent Default stationery overrides this option See above QUALCOMM Incorporated Internet Dialup Eudora User Manual May use quoted printable lf this is selected Eudora uses quoted printable encoding when necessary such as when sending messages that contain special characters or long lines of text If this option is turned off quoted printable encoding is never used We recommend that you leave this option selected Default stationery overrides this option Tabs in body of message If this is selected pressing the Tab key within the message body inserts a tab If it is turned off pressing the Tab key within the message body moves the cursor to the To field Default stationery overrides this option see above Inte met Dialup The Internet Dialup options determine how Eudora manages your Internet telephone connection To display the Internet Dialup options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Click the Internet Dialup icon The Internet Dialup
300. nt to know about or use the Tab and arrow keys to move keyboard focus to that item Then press F1 Keyboard focus is indicated by a dashed highlight box a highlighted entry or item or a flashing insertion cursor If the item is in a tabbed window move the mouse arrow to a field and press F1 The entire procedure for the window appears Help Topics For instructions on how to do certain tasks choose Topics from the Help menu The Help Contents are displayed and you may either browse the contents or use the Find and Index options For more information see Help Menu on page 194 Click the page number to display the topic Tip of the Day After you set up Eudora the Eudora Tip of the Day dialog box appears each time you open Eudora showing you the Tip of the Day You can display the following and previous tips by clicking the Next Tip and Previous Tip buttons To prevent the Tip of the Day dialog box from being displayed on startup uncheck the Show Tips at Startup check box You can always display the Tip of the Day from the Help menu To close the Tip of the Day dialog box click the Close button About Eudora About Eudora displays the software version registration information and the credits for those who worked on or contributed to this version of Eudora Operating Eudora in One of Three Modes You can choose one of three operating modes on how you wish to use Eudora They are as follows m Paid mode This mo
301. ntly and generically access a MAPI service provider A MAPI service provider is the application that handles the receipt transmission and storage of messages Examples of MAPI client applications front ends include Microsoft Word and Microsoft Excel Exam ples of MAPI service providers back ends include Microsoft Exchange and Microsoft Fax All 16 bit client applications use the 16 bit MAPI DLL and all 32 bit client applications use the 32 bit MAPI32 DLL The MAPI and MAPI32 DLLs are twins which contain the same list of MAPI functions they are parallel implementations of the 16 bit and 32 bit MAPI functions These DLLs are provided by Microsoft as standard components of Windows 95 98 and Windows NT The MAPI DLLs are normally installed in the Windows 95 98 SYSTEM directory SYSTEM32 for Windows NT When a MAPI client application wishes to send a document it simply loads the appro priate MAPI library DLL and calls the defined MAPI functions The MAPI DLL takes care of routing the messaging and authentication requests to the appropriate MAPI service provider application displaying the address book user interface and returning address book and messaging data to the MAPI client application The MAPI DLL also provides an optional user interface for user authentication For example the user may need to supply QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora Implementation of MAPI Eudora User Manual a user name and password to the mail sys
302. nts Fonts fc z OK Cancel Note If at any time Eudora cannot find your selected directory Eudora will use the Attach Directory in the Eudora Directory for attachments until you designate a new directory 54 QUALCOMM Incorporated Editing Incoming Messages Eudora User Manual Editing Incoming Messages You can edit the message body in an incoming message if you select the Pencil button in the toolbar You can also edit the Subject in the Toolbar this is the subject shown in the message summary and you do not need to select the Pencil button to do this To edit an incoming message click on the Pencil button to turn it on then edit the message body When you are done save your changes and close the message See Formatting Text on page 29 for details on how you can edit the message text Click the page number to display the topic To edit the subject of an incoming message open it and edit the subject in the toolbar not in the message body When you are done click elsewhere in the message or close it The new subject appears in the message summary The contents of the Subject field of the message header remain unchanged Note If you reply to the message the original subject is used for the reply not your changed subject Using Active URLs Sponsored and Paid modes only Any string of text that Eudora recognizes as a hot link or URL Uniform Resource Locator http ftp mailto gopher ph finger etc to t
303. nts personalities m Stationery This section appears only when you have created stationery files m Open Windows This section appears only when there are windows currently open in Eudora m WazooBars This section appears only when normal Eudora windows are currently open or minimized on the desktop and thus buttons appear on the Eudora taskbar which is what this section controls m Recent File List This section appears only when files have been opened since the most recent Eudora startup Note We strongly urge that you do not change the values in these optional sections of the INI file and rather make any changes from the interface For example personalities can be created and edited from the Personalities window and stationery can be created and edited from the Stationery window Both windows are available from the Tools menu The values of the settings in each of these optional sections reflect the current values of the objects or conditions there are no default values per se QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 267 Eudora User Manual Default INI file 268 Name and Location of the INI File The default name is EUDORA INI and the default location is in the mail directory But the name and location can be changed To specify a different INI file from the EUDORA INI that is not in the mail directory add a second parameter to the command line in the Program Item for Eudora for example Command Line c apps eudora exe
304. o a pager might look like this C apps pager exe c 4 Forward To Forwards messages to the email address given Forwarded messages are placed in the queue in the Out mailbox and sent the next time you send queued messages Redirect To Redirects messages to the email address given Redirected messages are placed in the queue in the Out mailbox and sent the next time you send queued messages Reply with Replies to messages with the selected stationery message Replies are placed in the queue in the Out mailbox and sent the next time you send queued messages One typical use of this action is to reply to specific senders with stationery telling them that you re on vacation I m out till the 10th FII reply to your message when get back For more details see Using Stationery on page 70 Click the page number to display the topic Note For filter actions Forward to Redirect to and Reply with the resulting new message will always be queued regardless of your sending mail settings If you want the message sent automatically you need to have the Checking Mail settings set to Automatically check mail every _ minutes and Send on check enabled See Checking Mail on page 199 Click the page number to display the topic Server Options Sets the message s server status to Fetch and or Delete Use this only if POP is your incoming server type Copy To Copies messages to the selected mailbox Transfe
305. o all how to enter in Options 207 When sending mail with styled text HTML how to enter in Options 214 Where do find information 14 Who column 96 Window context menu 138 Window states 129 Window tabs contents 137 location 137 showing and hiding 137 Windows docked 131 floating 133 normal 130 tabbed 129 134 Windows NT server POP or IMAP how to obtain 257 Windows Sockets 258 Winsock definition 291 winsock dll 283 Word wrap how to enter in Options 204 Word Wrap button 22 31 World Wide Web 291 WorldMail Server 257 Wrap Selection command 31 187 Wrapped text 22 31 Z Zoom button in a docked window 132 Zoom windows when opening how to enter in Options 212 307
306. o show or hide the main toolbar select or deselect the Show toolbar option in the Display options window See Display on page 209 Click the page number to display the topic If the Show cool bars option is selected in the Display options window the toolbar buttons have a flat look and a button appears raised only when you position the mouse pointer over it If this option is deselected in the Display options the toolbar buttons always appear raised QUALCOMM Incorporated 141 Eudora User Manual Eudora Toolbar 142 To see a description of each toolbar button position the mouse pointer over the button a description appears in the status bar at the lower left of the main Eudora window if the Show status bar option selected in the Display options windows If the Show toolbar tips option is selected in the Display options a toolbar tip appears when you pause the mouse pointer over a toolbar button Adding Moving and Removing Toolbar Buttons Sponsored and Paid modes only Adding Toolbar Buttons To add buttons to the main toolbar do the following 1 Right click anywhere on the toolbar even on a button to display the drop down list 2 From the drop down list choose Customize The Customize toolbar window appears Customize toolbar window General Maiboxes Plugins Recipients Stationery Personalities Haase amp PIPS Sm El Select a category then click a button
307. o the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Task Errors Or if the Task Error window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab The Task Error window appears Task Error window displaying an error D personal Closing the connection 04 06 29 PM i gt Error reading from network Cause socket was shut down 10058 D lt Dominant gt 1 messages left to send 11 53 07 AM Can t send to expensereport mail The server gives this reason 550 lt expensereport mail gt User unknown lt Dominant gt 1 messages left to send 10 50 40 4M Can t send to expensereport mail The server gives this reason 550 lt expensereport mail gt Notice the task error icon on the Eudora tool status bar at the lower right of the main Eudora window Click this icon to display the Task Error message as shown below E QUALCOMM Incorporated 152 Background Tasks multi threading Eudora User Manual Task Error message Task Error a Click Details to expand the message as follows Task Error details Task Error Following are field descriptions for the Task Error details window Persona The personality name associated with this error appears Title The name of the Eudora function when this error occurred Status The name of the system function when this error occurred Info More information on this error appears if any Time The time and day of this error appears QU
308. ock it from the main window if it is docked or do the following 1 To display the drop down context menu right click the window s border or tab 2 To turn off the command from the context menu choose Float In Main Window The checkmark disappears 3 Then choose Allow Docking to turn off the command The checkmark disappears For a docked window you can also temporarily override the Allow Docking command and suspend docking by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging the window The window drags as a floating window Tabbed Windows A tabbed window is a collection of tool windows combined into one window Each tool window in the tabbed window has its own window tab Sample tabbed windows of ooo Status Getting Data Email Phone Database New Database p Databases Configured Servers Qualcomm Finger Server Finger C p Idap bigfoot com LDAP Cp idap switchboard com LDAP 1 bE Idap whowhere com LDAP O b8 Idap infospace com LDAP l pE Idapbiz infospace com LDAP CO p Idap fourl1 com LDAP O Unnamed M GS QUALCOMM INTERNAL Fh O E BigFoot CE Qualcomm Ph ie ie Bee I Keep On Top D Address Book VP directory Services A Fiter Report Link History Filters amp Directory Services QUALCOMW A window tab has two purposes m It lets you bring the window to the front of the group to display it by clicking on the tab QUALCOMM Incorporated Tabb
309. ocol for your incoming server to retrieve mail your mail is normally deleted from the server once it is delivered to Eudora However most POP incoming servers allow you to indicate that you wish to keep your mail on the server so you can retrieve it from several different computers at various times Facts you should know if you decide to leave your mail on the server m Some mail servers won t allow you to keep mail on them m Your system administrator may not allow you to keep mail on the server even though you have the option turned on Usually administrators do not like to keep too much mail on the server because of space concerns m Keeping a lot of mail on the server may slow down the mail checking process m f you check mail from several computers at different times you can end up reading your messages two or more times However if you delete mail from your Trash folder the message is deleted on the server Eudora has an option that allows you to leave your email messages on the server for a specified number of days To transfer all of your new messages from the incoming server to Eudora and also leave copies of those messages on the server do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll through the categories and select Incoming Mail 3 Inthe Incoming Mail options window turn on the Leave mail on server option This option is available only if you are using POP 4 Select the Delete from server after _ d
310. odes only If you register your copy of Eudora in Sponsored or Paid mode you are entitled to 90 days of free technical support from the date of the first call Be sure to register as soon as possible to avoid any delays in receiving technical support Many common issues can be solved by visiting the Eudora technical support web site at lt http www eudora com techsupport Win gt The technical support web site provides online answers to your technical questions about QUALCOMM s Eudora soft ware products Go to the Technical Support web site to get valuable how to information and step by step interactive tutorials Also you will be able to retrieve most current Eudora products and documentation Light mode users may use the Eudora web site technical support and tutorials If you are unable to find your answer using the technical support web site Eudora tech support reps are available Monday Friday from 8 a m to 5 p m Pacific Time using the following phone number and email address Phone 858 658 1292 Email eudora support eudora com QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Starting and Quitting Eudora 19 Starting and Quitting Eudora To start Eudora do the following 1 From the Start menu under Programs choose Eudora 2 Choose Eudora again Eudora launches To quit Eudora do the following 1 From the File menu choose Exit or press Ctrl Q Eudora closes If you have queued messages or timed messages due
311. of the table HTML markup for the beginning of the table that s used to display the headers in a preview pane When on 1 printed messages get headers and footers Number of seconds a foreground tasks continues before the Progress window is shown This prevents a distracting flash of the Progress window for a task that may take a long time but in this instance only takes a short time The string that gets inserted after the original text of a forwarded message A newline is added before the string 273 Eudora User Manual 274 Entry QuotePrefix QuoteStart Default Value gt RasUseExisting Connection 1 ReadMessageStyleSheet ReadRecieptAsk ReadRecieptNo ReadRecieptYes ReplyAllAttribution ReplyAttribution ReplyEnd ReplyPrefix ReplyStart lt STYLE TYPE text css gt r n font family Ss WANTT font family S r nBLOCK QUOTE CITE border left solid nBLOCKQU OTE CITE padding left 0 5em r nBLOCK QUOTE CITE m argin left O r nBLOCKQUO TE CITE margin top 0 5em r n 1 0 0 At 1 2 you wrote At 1 you wrote Settings Description The string that precedes all lines of the original message in a forwarded message The string that gets inserted before the original text of a forwarded message A newline is added after the string When switching from a task from one personality to a task of another personality and the two personalities
312. og box appears Attach File dialog box Attach File Looki ew HT z al c E L Inset 3 Pkware 3 Snagit32 E Installs E Program Files E Stuffit E Maker E Psfonts E Temp E ms E Pub E user E My Documents EI Public E users Z pilot bas E util 4 gt Fiename Files of type fal Files x Cancel 2 Locate the file you want select it and click Open to attach the document to the current message or to open a new message with the file attached You can add as many attachments as you want to a message You can also drag one or more files from either the desktop or the File Browser window onto the message window to attach them See File Browser Window on page 148 To detach an attached document before the message is sent select the document name in the Attached field then press either the backspace key or the Delete key When the message is sent if the chosen document is not a plain text ASCII file it is encoded in the selected attachment type This allows you to send any kind of document through the mail even applications If the document is an ASCII file you can put it in the body of the message by turning off the Text as Attachment button in the message toolbar or by turning on the Put text attachments in body of message option in the Attachments options See Attachments on page 207 The toolbar button applies to the current outgoing message the Attach ments option applies to all outgoing m
313. ol and drag them to a message composition window to attach those files to that outgoing message This is especially handy if you keep the File Browser window docked and open For multiple file selections use the Shift key to select a range and use the Cirl key to make disjoint selections You can also select one or more items in the File List control and drag them to another application that can receive such files In general the File Browser window lets you drag items out of the window copying them rather than moving them but the window is not a proper drop target you cannot drop items into the window that you ve dragged from elsewhere on your desktop In particular you cannot move files by dragging them to a target folder in the Folder Browser control You also cannot drag and drop items within the File Browser window from one control to another for example You can however manage the files and folders in the window using QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 149 Eudora User Manual Background Tasks multi threading 150 the commands on the window s context menu such as Cut Copy Paste and Delete To display the drop down context menu to use these commands you must first select the file you want then right click Background Tasks multi threading In Eudora you can retrieve send and compose mail at the same time While sending and retrieving mail you can compose a message access Directory Services to look up addresses edit
314. om your desk in a non secure area Change Password Change the account password for one of your pass word controlled incoming mail accounts POP or IMAP server It is good security practice to change your password s periodically Message Plug ins Settings Open the Installed Message Plug ins dialog box which lets you set the options for those installed message plug ins that have settable options In the open Installed Message Plug ins dialog box click the desired plug in scroll through the list if necessary and then click the Settings button which will only be available if the plug in has settings In the displayed Plug in Settings dialog box set the options you want and click OK to save your changes and close the dialog box When you are finished setting your plug in options from the Installed Message Plug ins dialog box click the Close button to close the dialog box Example QUALCOMM s PureVoice voice messaging plug in gives you the option to begin recording automatically as soon as you launch the plug in See Plug ins Extended Messaging Services on page 242 for more information Click the page number to display the topic Tools Menu All of Eudora s tool windows and the options dialog boxes can be opened from this menu as well as the Options dialog box Select a tool window name to open that window or select Options to open the Options window and set your options Tools menu Tools Window Help Filters Fi
315. ommand Berkeley s popper however does There are pros and cons to using POP3 to send your mail It provides a level of security since it requires a username password pair to send mail messages unlike SMTP It is faster than SMTP especially when checking for new mail at the same time It doesn t check for valid recipients until the entire message is sent and some implementations Berkeley s popper for example won t tell you which recipients are invalid and will send the message to the valid recipients anyway UserChangeLex uchange tlx Filename of user defined list of words to change when spell checking UserlgnoreLex uignore tlx Filename of user defined list of words to ignore when spell checking UserSuggestLex usuggest tlx Filename of user defined list of words to suggest when spell checking WebLinkReminderLaterNum 360 When you get a link reminder if you select Remind Me Minutes Later the minimum wait until the next reminder WordWrapColumn 76 When the Word wrap switch is on this is the column in which lines in outgoing messages are wrapped WordWrapMax 80 When the Word wrap switch is on this is the length at which a line in an outgoing message is considered too long and must be wrapped WordWrapOnScreen 0 If this is on set to non zero then the composition window will automatically wrap text on the screen at the number of characters specified in WordWrapColumn regardless of the width of the window Mappin
316. on Access Protocol ACAP ACAP is a protocol which allows applications to store and retrieve arbitrary configuration data from a central server Attachments Any file can be attached to and sent with a Eudora message Most of the time an attached document functions like a rider to the email message and does not appear within the message text Instead the name of the document is displayed automat ically in the Attached field in the message header Authenticated Post Office Protocol APOP APOP is an MD5 based login command that does not send passwords in clear text over the network Automation You can control and exchange information with Eudora from other programs that support the Windows Automation Interface such as Microsoft Visual Basic These options give you external access to Eudora mail folders mailboxes and messages and to the Eudora application itself BinHex This is an attachment decoding method best used for recipients on a Macintosh with an email reader that is not MIME compliant Blind Carbon Copy Bcc In this header field you enter email addresses or nicknames of people to whom a blind copy of the message is to be sent These recipients are not displayed in the message header and the recipients in the To or Cc fields will not know that a copy went to these addresses Body The part of an email message that contains the main text of the message The body can contain text graphics sound and video clips Br
317. onality For creating signatures and stationery refer to Adding a New Signature on page 68 and Creating New Stationery on page 71 Important Before you can link a signature and stationery to a personality you need to create them first To link a signature and stationery to a personality do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Personalities or if the Personalities window is ina visible tabbed window click its tab 2 Select the personality and right click to display the drop down context menu 3 From the context menu choose Properties The Accounts Settings Generic Proper ties panel for this selected personality appears Account Settings Generic Properties panel Create New Account 24x Generic Properties Incoming Mail Personality Name Business Real Name oe Camp Retum Address Jicamp business com Login Name Jicamp SMTP Server smtp business com MV Authentication allowed Default Domain I Default Stationery Thank you 7 Default Signature Standard X IV Check Mail Cancel Help 4 Inthe Default Stationery drop down list select the stationery for this personality QUALCOMM Incorporated 89 Eudora User Manual Selecting a Personality in a Message Header 90 5 Inthe Default Signature drop down list select the signature for this personality Note that if the stationery you just selected has a signature linked to it this signature over rides any signature you sele
318. onds to a message it assigns the same personality under which it received the message For example if you receive a message sent to your Home account your replies to that message are sent from your Home account There are two ways to change the personality of a response The first is to initiate the response and then change the personality using the drop down context menu s Change Personality submenu The second way is to change the personality associated with the original message to which you are responding Open that message and change its personality using the Change Personality submenu From then on all of your replies to that message will be sent from the newly assigned personality The message does not have to be open Just right click on a message or set of messages in a mailbox s TOC Select Change Person ality and select the desired personality Note You can also set up a filter to automatically assign a desired personality to incoming or outgoing messages that satisfy the filter criteria See the Make Personality action under Filter Actions on page 115 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated E 91 Eudora User Manual 92 QUALCOMM Incorporated Working with Mailboxes Opening a Mailbox To open a mailbox select it from the Mailbox menu or double click it in the Mailboxes window Note The unread message icon appears in the Mailbox menu whenever a mailbox or folder contains u
319. onnection This setting is different from the setting for the timeout after the connection has been made The latter timeout is set via the Network timeout after _ seconds option below Network timeout after _ seconds default 300 This option lets you set the number of seconds before an established network connection will time out See the discussion above for the Network open timeout _ seconds option Network buffer size of _ bytes default 4096 This option lets you set the size in bytes of the buffer that Eudora uses to transfer information to and from the server Note If you are having trouble transferring large messages the size of this buffer may be decreased Cache network info This option causes Eudora to remember the results of previous database functions when using the Winsock connection method This speeds up database functions within a single Eudora session Unload Winsock DLL after closing socket If you are using Winsock dialer select this option if you like to have your computer dial and hang up between functions for example sending and receiving mail QUALCOMM Incorporated E 229 Eudora User Manual 230 Auto Configure Auto Configure Eudora needs basic information from you to send and receive mail Normally you enter this information in the first few windows of the Options windows but if you like you can use the Auto Configure options to retrieve these basic settings from an ACAP server
320. ontact information telephone address etc You use only one signature at a time in a message but you can create as many different signatures as you want Note Your signature is not displayed in the Eudora message window but is added to the end of the message when it is sent Important If you are using Eudora in Light mode you are allowed only one signature Signatures are created and managed from the Signature window Signature Window Use this window to manage and apply signatures To open the Signature window do the following m From the Tools menu choose Signatures Or if the Signature window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab Sample Signature window Signatures Business Family Friends Fun Office Personal School Standard Gas fae The Signature window displays a single column list of your signature files Note You can select only one item at a time in the list you cannot select multiple items If you right click a signature in the list a drop down context menu appears with the following commands the standard Eudora window management commands appear at the bottom m New Create a new signature Eudora prompts you for the name of the new signature then opens an editing window for you to type the signature text Save the text with the File menu Save command or close without saving to discard it QUALCOMM Incorporated es 67 Eudora User Manual 68 Adding a New Signature Edit
321. ook Entries lt Back Next gt Cancel Help 4 From Outlook To import your email messages select Import Mail To import your address book entries select Import Address Book Entries Go to step 8 Note If an Import button does not display in the Import Settings dialog box Eudora cannot detect a program to import from 5 If you want to import your Netscape Messenger address book select Netscape Navi gator and the account you want to migrate The following window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 81 Eudora User Manual Adding a New Personality 82 New Account Wizard Import Settings window importing Netscape New Account Wizard Eudora Import Settings 7 Select which account you would like to import Email Account M Netscape Navigator Setup default default qualcomm com You may also import mail and LDIF entries from Netscape Navigator see manual LDIF help IV Import Mail IV Import Address Book from LDIF file Cancel Help 6 From Netscape To import your email messages select Import Mail To import your address book entries select Import Address Book from LDIF file LDIF means LDAP Data Interchange Format Before you import your Netscape Address Book you must first save it in LDIF format To save your address book in LDIF format do the following a Launch Netscape Communicator b From the Communicator menu choose Address Book c From the File menu in Netscape Communica
322. ooo Presented s OK Cancel Apply In the Attribute Name text box enter the name for the attribute you wish to adda mapping for for example cn for common name You must know the raw field names for the particular LDAP server you are adding Listed are the most common raw LDAP field name attributes m c Country expressed in a two letter country code for example US United States CA Canada UK United Kingdom FR France etc st State or province expressed in a two letter state code for example California CA Massachusetts MA Ontario ON etc Also if a country is considered a state for example France then this field can show a city name such as Paris Location that is a city county etc for example San Diego Montreal London Paris etc mail Person s email address More than one email address may be listed and more than one search listing may be returned for an individual with multiple email addresses gn Also Givenname The person s first name and or middle initial or any part of the person s name before the last name for example John W A Raymond etc Titles are sometimes given such as Dr Ms etc sn Person s surname or last name Suffixes are sometimes given such as Jr Ill M D Esq etc cn Person s common name This includes the given name first middle initial prefix and the person s last name including suffixes o O
323. or your personalities access the Account Settings dialog box from the Personali ties window see Account Settings Dialog on page 83 Click the page number to display the topic When a message is transferred either in part or in full from the IMAP server to your computer during a mail check a copy of the message remains on the server until you actively delete it Downloading Minimal Headers vs the Full Message By default the Minimal Headers Only option is selected in the Incoming Mail options for an IMAP account As a result when you check mail for an IMAP account and the incoming mail is delivered to Eudora only a minimal amount of information about each message is transferred to your computer This consists of the information you would see in the message summary of a mailbox window the sender the date and time of the message the subject etc When you open or preview the message the full set of message headers and the entire message body is transferred to your computer Whether or not any attach ments to the message are also transferred depends on your setting for the Full message except attachments over _ K option If you always want the full message to be transferred to your computer during mail checks with or without attachments as specified separately rather than just the minimal headers then turn off the Minimal Headers Only option See Incoming Mail on page 200 with IMAP selected Click the page
324. ora is running it remembers all of your passwords If you don t want it to remember for example if you are away from your PC choose Forget Password s from the Special menu The next time you check mail for any account Eudora prompts you for your password again Note If you have more than one personality a window appears listing the names of your personalities You can select the personalities whose passwords you want Eudora to forget All the personalities are selected by default Deselect the personalities you don t want Eudora to forget QUALCOMM Incorporated as 49 Eudora User Manual Using Your Password 50 Forget Passwords window multiple personalities only Forget passwords for the selected personalities lt Dorminant gt Home Account You can also make Eudora remember all of your passwords from one session to the next which means you never have to enter passwords again even if you quit and restart Eudora You want to do this only if your PC is in a secure location where there is no possible chance of someone else having access to it To use this option turn on Save password in the Checking Mail options See Checking Mail on page 199 Click the page number to display the topic Changing Your Password To change the password for one of your personalities do the following 1 From the Special menu choose Change Password 2 Select the personality whose password you want to change 3 At the prompt enter
325. ords Check spelling Automatically as you type C Only when requested Styled Text Auto completion Outgoing messages Fo IV Ignore original text Warn me when sending queuing message Date Display with misspellings A zl Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Ignore capitalized words The spelling checker ignores words that begin with a capital letter such as proper nouns Ignore words with all capitals The spelling checker ignores words that contain all capital letters such as acronyms Ignore words with numbers The spelling checker ignores words that contain numbers Ignore words with mixed case The spelling checker ignores words that contain a mixture of uppercase and lowercase characters Report doubled words tThe spelling checker reports words that appear twice in sequence in text and identifies them as Doubled words Suggest words If this is selected then when the spelling checker encounters an unknown word it displays Eudora s suggestions for the correct spelling of the word in the Suggestions field of the Check Spelling dialog box You can also select any combination of the suggestion options Phonetic words off by default Split words on by default Typo graphic words on by default QUALCOMM Incorporated 215 Eudora User Manual 216 Auto Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only Note If Eudora has no suggestions for the word in its dictio
326. ory Services window but you can view the path where the file is stored Nickname files must be modi fied from the Address Book See Using the Address Book on page 157 for more details Click the page number to display the topic 182 QUALCOMM Incorporated Using Directory Service Databases Eudora User Manual To modify an existing database do the following Important You can only modify one database at a time Multiple selections disable the modify feature 1 Click the database name or icon in the Databases list to select it 2 Click Modify Or just double click the database in the list The Modify Database window appears with its text boxes pre filled with information from the selected data base 3 In the Modify Database window make your changes 4 To save the changes and close the window click OK or click Apply save the changes and leave the window open You can then make additional changes and save or discard them The Modify Database window will differ depending on the protocol you ve selected For details on the fields of the different dialogs see Adding a New Database on page 173 Click the page number to display the topic Note If you attempt to modify a Eudora Address Book database the Modify Database window merely displays the path where the address book file is stored Deleting a Database To delete a database do the following 1 Click the database name or icon in the Databases list to highli
327. ou can hide or show the tab by doing the following 1 To display the context menu right click the tab or the window border 2 From the Tab Location submenu choose Show Single Tab Note You cannot hide the tabs in a tabbed window with two or more tabs Tab Contents Location Auto Activation m Tab Contents A window tab contains both the icon and the text label associated with that window If there is room enough in the tabbed window both the icon and the label appear on each tab If there is not enough room only the icon appears for each tab If only the icon is visible pause the mouse pointer over the tab icon and Eudora will display the tab text in a Tooltip m Tab Location By default Eudora arranges window tabs along the bottom edge of a tabbed window Sometimes however it is more convenient to have the tabs appear along a different edge For example in a short and wide tabbed window one that is docked horizontally you can improve the visibility of the window s contents by moving the tabs to the left edge To change the location of the tabs in a tabbed window right click one of the tabs or on the window border and choose a new location from the Tab Location submenu of the context menu m Tab Auto Activation During a drag and drop operation if you pause the mouse pointer over the tab of an inactive window in a tabbed window that window becomes active is brought to the front and you can complete the drop For example
328. ou want to transfer then choose a mailbox from the Transfer menu m Click to select the message s you want to transfer then right click on the selection and choose a mailbox from the Transfer drop down menu m Drag a message summary to an open mailbox window or to a mailbox icon in the Mail boxes window To put a copy of a message in another mailbox instead of transferring the message hold down the Shift key and use one of the transfer options above This is useful if you want to file a message in more than one mailbox If you try to transfer a message to the Out mailbox an alert appears informing you that some header information may be removed from the message during transfer Click Yes to transfer the message Important Don t forget to clean out your Out mailbox once in awhile to increase your system performance QUALCOMM Incorporated Transferring Messages Eudora User Manual Note You can undo mailbox transfers using the Undo command from the Edit menu Using the Tansfer Menu The Transfer menu is one way to transfer messages among your mailboxes With a current message open or message summaries selected choose a mailbox from the Transfer menu The messages are transferred from their previous mailbox to the mailbox you selected Dragging Messages You can drag messages from one mailbox to another using the message summaries or the Tow Truck icon in an open message window To drag a message summary to another
329. ource code 258 Ph Database 173 Ph protocol 167 ph ini file 241 Phone field 160 Picture command 30 187 240 Pictures inserting in outgoing message text 31 Plain command 30 Play a sound how to enter in Options 222 Play a sound option 51 Play Sound action 115 Plug ins 242 Plugins directory 240 242 POP option 86 POP server 55 245 how to obtain 257 Macintosh 257 UNIX 257 VAX VMS 257 Windows NT 257 POP version 3 245 POP vs IMAP 103 QUALCOMM Incorporated POP3 290 Post Office Protocol 245 Post Office Protocol 3 POP3 290 Postal Address field 160 Postmaster user 290 Preview Pane 211 Preview pane 51 99 Print action 116 Print command 53 186 from Directory Services window 171 Print Preview command 186 from Directory Services window 171 Print Setup command 186 Printer fonts how to enter in Options 209 printing with strange line breaks 284 Priority column 96 Priority Popup in incoming mail 53 in outgoing mail 22 Priority popup default for replies 28 in composition window 27 levels 27 Proportional fonts how to enter in Options 209 Protocols list 167 172 PureVoice attaching an audio file to a message 33 Purge Messages command 190 Put text attachments in body of message how to enter in Options 207 Q Q in the Status column 43 45 95 QPopper 257 Query field 168 Query results Directory Services 169 Queue a message bigger than K how to enter in Options 226 Queue a message with no subject how to enter
330. owser A World Wide Web client that is able to send and receive messages using HTTP and read and format HTML documents Challenge Response Authentication Mechanism Message Digest 5 CRAM MD5 The CRAM MD5 algorithm is an encryption strategy for exchanging passwords between the Internet mail server and a client Using CRAM MD5 passwords are not sent in clear text Client A computer or software program that accesses resources over the Internet It is also an application that requests a server to perform a function In the Internet mail envi ronment the term client indicates a mail user agent for example Eudora Pro Daemon Daemons are generally server programs They run continuously and are avail able when clients wish to initiate a session However an SMTP daemon periodically acts as a client when it needs to forward messages that are not to be delivered locally QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 287 Glossary 288 Dialup Networking This is a specified dialup connection referred to in Windows NT 4 0 as a phonebook entry used when Eudora does any network operation This option is available only if you have installed the dial up networking services with Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 Distribution list A group of recipients to whom users can refer by a common name for example a distribution list called Marketing When users address a message to a distri bution list all members of the distribution list receive the message Domain I
331. ox you can specify a part of the LDAP server to limit your search See your LDAP administrator to specify the value in this field However the default is usually sufficient 1 N In the Worldwise Search Filter you enter a type of search filter to form word queries cn 0 is the default The 0 is substituted for each word to form a set of word queries The purpose of this filter is to form a term for a word and then AND the terms together Examples appear below Query John Smith Configuration default cn 0 Filter amp cn John cn Smith Records in which cn attributes contain john and smith are returned Using the wild card asterisks before and after john and smith would return matches such as Johnathon Smithson If you wish to search whole words remove the wildcard aster isks The above example would also return records such as John Dean Smith and Smithers Johnson Query John Smith Configuration cn 0 sn 0 gn 0 givenname 0 Filter amp givenname John cn John sn John gn John givenname Smith cn Smith sn Smith gn Smith The default search filter in this example would possibly return more records than the default because it searches more fields for a substring match of the word QUALCOMM Incorporated E 181 Eudora User Manual Using Directory Service Databases 13 In the Whole query Sear
332. ox is open and has a letter in it and the flag on the side of the mailbox is in the up position indicating Eudora that new mail has been delivered and outgoing messages are queued for delivery pi New Mail Queued Messages A New Mail notification icon in the Windows 95 98 NT 4 0 System Tray clock area also tells you when new mail has arrived If you hold the mouse over the icon a tooltip tells you how many messages you have If you double click the icon Eudora is brought to the fore ground The icon goes away when you click the mouse button or press a key inside the Eudora window New Mail notification icon M 10254M Filter Report Window Eudora generates a filter report if the Generate Filter Report option is selected in the Getting Attention options window This report can be viewed in the Filter Report window See Getting Attention on page 221 Click the page number to display the topic To open the Filter Report window do the following m From the Tools menu choose Filter Report Or if the Filter Report window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab Sample Filter Report window se Filter Report OY X 2 01 57 PM 2 11 2000 1 01 57 PM 2 11 2000 1 01 57 PM 2 11 2000 D Address Book E amp P Directory Services E Fites Fitter Report QUALCOMM Incorporated Main Window Icon QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual If the generation of a filter report is enabled via t
333. page 167 Click the page number to display the topic Link History Soonsored and Paid modes only Display the Link History window which displays active links you have received in Eudora including ads if you are using Eudora in the Sponsored mode You can activate the link and view its information in this window See Link History Sponsored and Paid modes only on page 154 Click the page number to display the topic Options Display the Options windows which lets you set preferences for a variety of categories in Eudora In the open Options window click a category in the category list then set the options for that category Click OK to save your changes and close the window You can make changes in multiple categories before clicking OK See Setting Eudora Preferences on page 197 for descriptions of all the options in all categories Click the page number to display the topic 193 Eudora User Manual Window Menu Window Menu All of Microsoft Windows standard Window menu options are listed in this menu including the names of all normal Eudora windows that you currently have open tabbed window groups are listed by the currently active window in the tabbed group Note that this menu does not apply to docked or floating Eudora windows See Managing Windows in Eudora on page 129 for more information on normal docked floating and tabbed windows Click the page number to display the topic Window menu age
334. pane option is selected in the Viewing Mail options window you can press F7 to show and hide the preview pane within the current mailbox only However this does not control the visibility of the preview pane in other mailboxes Also you can do this by clicking on the separator bar between the message list and the preview pane You can change the height of the preview pane relative to the message summary list Just position the mouse pointer over the separator bar between the list and the preview pane and drag the bar up or down If the Show message preview pane option is turned off in the Viewing Mail options window only the message summaries are shown in any mailbox window If the preview pane option is selected and the Mark previewed messages as read after _ second s option is selected in the Viewing Mail options window the current message is marked as read blank in the Status column after the specified number of seconds You can always change the message s status back to Unread by pressing Shift Space while the message is selected or open press again to change back to Read If the Mark previewed option is turned off previewed messages are never automatically marked as read For more information see Viewing Mail on page 210 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated a 99 Eudora User Manual 100 Creating Mailboxes and Folders Note Eudora performs the auto marking b
335. pics Context Sensitive Help Technical Support Report Bug Tip of the Day Payment amp Registration Inset Spsten lsontguraton About Eudora Topics Display the online Help contents Context Sensitive Help Display context sensitive Help Selecting this command attaches a question mark icon to the mouse pointer You then click any screen object in Eudora icon menu command text field etc and a Help window appears containing help for that object Technical Support Display a Eudora Help window containing information on getting more help and optionally contact information for the Eudora Technical Support group See Technical Support Sponsored and Paid modes only on page 18 for more informa tion on how to obtain technical support directly from the Eudora Technical Support group if you are eligible to receive it Click the page number to display the topic If you are eligible for this support and you complete the registration process contact information for the Eudora Technical Support group will be displayed in this help window Report A Bug Displays a new composition window addressed to Windows Eudora Bugs at Qualcomm If you are having technical problems with Eudora just answer the questions in the email message Tip of the Day Display the Tip of the Day window Payment amp Registration Display the Payment and Registration dialog box which lets you change operating mode and re
336. ple with tabs along the bottom the end is the far right Note that the relocated window takes on the window state normal docked or floating of the destination tabbed window To reorganize the left to right or top to bottom order of tabs within a tabbed window just drag the tabs left and right or top and bottom The drop scheme is the same as that described above QUALCOMM Incorporated Tabbed Windows QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Creating a New Tabbed Window To create a new tabbed window drag one of the tabs from an existing tabbed window and drop it onto an exposed portion of the window work area If the window work area is completely obscured a normal window is maximized for example then drop the tab onto the status bar The dropped window converts into a normal tabbed window with a single tab To convert the window to docked or floating do the following 1 To display the drop down context menu right click the tab or the window border 2 To turn off the command from the context menu choose Float In Main Window The check mark disappears 3 to turn on the command choose Allow Docking The check mark appears 4 While dragging the floating or docked window you can hold down the Ctrl key to temporarily suspend docking behavior When you release the key docking behavior resumes Tab Display in Single Tabbed Windows If a tool window is in a tabbed window by itself with one tab y
337. ppear in alphabetical order Select to display names in the drop down list in alphabetical order Turn off to display names based on usage Add the from lines of replied to messages Select to add the name appearing in the From field from a received message that you replied to This name and email address goes into your history file Time to wait before popping up Auto completion box in milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds you want to wait before the auto completion drop down list appears for you to choose a name The larger the number the longer the wait Zero indi cates that the name list will appear immediately Maximum number of entries to keep in history Enter the number of names you want to keep in your history file at any given time As you add names the old entries are removed leaving the amount of names equal to the number you entered in this field QUALCOMM Incorporated E 217 Eudora User Manual Date Display Date Display The Date Display options determine how Eudora displays message dates in the Date column of mailbox window message summaries To display the Date Display options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Date Display icon The Date Display options window appears Date Display options window Options 5 Lx Category Display dates using Sender s timezone Local timezone Mailboxes A Date formats b Fixed 1 X2 4 Styled T
338. processor select the Send command from your word processor s File menu This automatically activates Eudora and attaches a snapshot of the open document to a new composition message The MAPI system standardizes how messages are handled by client applications so that each client application does not have to have custom code for each target messaging application MAPI accomplishes this by providing a standard application program interface used by all MAPI enabled client applications An additional MAPI feature supported by Microsoft Office applications is the ability to add a routing slip to a Word Excel or PowerPoint document This routing slip contains a list of email recipients obtained from the MAPI subsystem Once a document has an embedded routing slip then it can be semi automatically routed as an attachment via email to all recipients listed in the routing slip Once the routing is complete the annotated document is returned back to the original sender QUALCOMM Incorporated ET 247 Eudora User Manual MAPI Overview 248 MAPI Overview Let s start with a picture 16 bit MAPI client application 32 bit MAPI client application MAPI DLL MAPI32 DLL A MAPI client application is any 16 bit or 32 bit Windows application that knows how to access the standard MAPI messaging functions in a library known as a DLL Dynamic Link Library The functions in the MAPI DLL allow a MAPI client application to transpar e
339. ptions are provided by your email adminis trator Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP LDAP is a protocol that provides an online fully indexed fast access white pages directory service developed and freely distributed by the Regents of the University of Michigan LDAP is included in Eudora s Directory Services List Management Agent An agent that manages distribution lists on behalf of users Mailbox A location that stores messages for a single user Mailing List This is usually a special interest group you can join on the Internet to receive and send information Once you belong to a mailing list you can receive messages anyone sends to this list If you send email to the mailing list every member of the list receives your message Message Application Program Interface MAPI Eudora s MAPI support allows you to quickly attach documents to email messages directly from the application where you created the document Without MAPI you would have to save the document remember what folder the document is in switch to Eudora and then remember to manually attach the document to the outgoing message Message store A collection of mailboxes QUALCOMM Incorporated a 289 Glossary 290 Multi Purpose Internet Mail Extensions MIME The is an attachment decoding method best used for recipients with MIME compliant email readers regardless of what operating system they are using MIME is a set of extensions to the Internet
340. queued mail how to enter in Options 226 Delete server status 57 97 116 Delete unread mail how to enter in Options 226 Delete unsent mail how to enter in Options 226 Deleting 183 Deleting a personality 88 Deleting a signature 69 Deleting mail from the IMAP server 60 Deleting stationery 72 descmap pce file 240 Detaching attachment 32 Diagonal arrow in the Status column 65 95 Dialup Networking definition 288 Dictionary files 242 295 Index Directory Services addressing a message from 170 auto name completion 168 Bec button 170 Cc button 170 creating a new database 173 Databases list 167 168 172 default databases 172 Keep On Top option 168 looking someone up 168 making a nickname from 170 making a query 168 modifying an existing database 182 previewing query details for printing 171 printing query details 171 Protocols list 172 Query field 168 reading your query results 169 Registered Drivers column 172 Start button 168 Status field 169 Stop button 168 To button 170 window state considerations 171 Directory Services command 193 Directory Services window 167 Directory Services directory 239 Display dates using sender s timezone in Options 218 Display Options Show cool bars option 141 Show MDI task bar option 144 Show status bar option 142 Show toolbar option 141 Show toolbar tips option 142 Display options 209 DNS 288 Docked windows 131 close button 133 gripper bar 132 resize bar 133 zoom button 132 Dock
341. quire a user login For example in the incoming mail account rclark worldmail myfirm com the login name is rclark All accounts require a login name QUALCOMM Incorporated Checking Mail Eudora User Manual SMTP server outgoing This is the name of the outgoing mail server for your principal email account All outgoing messages sent from your primary account are routed through this server If the computer that your primary incoming mail account is selected also runs an SMTP server you can leave this field blank SMTP stands for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Allow Authentication Eudora can log in to an SMTP server when sending mail just like it does for receiving mail Not all SMTP servers require or allow such authentication Eudora will attempt authentication to servers that allow it The preferred SMTP authentica tion method is CRAM MD5 If CRAM MD5 is not available LOGIN or PLAIN will automati cally be used See Using SMTP Authentication on page 46 Checking Mail The Checking Mail options determine how Eudora checks for and receives incoming mail messages sent to your principal email account dominant personality To display the Checking Mail options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Click the Checking Mail icon The Checking Mail options window appears Checking Mail options window Options 21x Category gt Mail Server Getting Started i Login Name a Check
342. r deletion then remove marked messages To mark for deletion a message stored in an IMAP mailbox or folder do the following 1 Click to select the message 2 From the Message menu choose Delete Notice that the message has a red X in the server status column To unmark the message for deletion click to select it Then from the Message menu choose UnDelete To remove all messages marked for deletion in the current IMAP mailbox choose Remove Deleted Messages The messages are completely removed not only from your PC but also from the IMAP server Important Once you remove marked messages using the Remove Deleted Messages command these messages are gone and cannot be restored so use this command with caution Automatically Deleting Attachments When you delete messages you can have their attachments automatically deleted To do this select the Delete attachments when emptying Trash in the Attachments options windows To do this be sure the attachments are still in the Attach Directory or the direc tory you have specified for attachments If you have this option selected and want to delete a message but save its attachment move the attachment into another directory before deleting the message See Attachments on page 207 Click the page number to display the topic Tansferning Messages You can transfer messages to any of your mailboxes There are several ways to do this m Click to select the message s y
343. r To Transfers messages to the selected mailbox QUALCOMM Incorporated Creating an Auto Reply Message Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Skip Rest Stops filtering for the message The message is not matched to the rest of the filters in the filter list Creating an Auto Reply Message Sponsored and Paid modes only You can create an email message that can be sent to people automatically when you are on vacation or away from your computer This message is called an auto reply You create an auto reply by using Eudora s stationery and filter functions Before you create the auto reply make sure that the Check for mail every _ minutes the value you enter must be greater than 0 and Send on check options are turned on in the Checking Mail options window See Checking Mail on page 199 Click the page number to display the topic Also make sure you have entered your incoming mail server s password for your current session or have Eudora save your password To create an auto reply do the following 1 Write your auto reply message using Eudora s Stationery functions Once the auto reply message is written name and save it in stationery See Creating New Stationery on page 71 Click the page number to display the topic 2 From the Tools menu choose Filters The Filters window appears 3 Inthe Match section choose a header from the Header drop down list Select a header that matches the header in t
344. r linked to the Internet without having to open your Web browser See Viewing Mail on page 210 Click the page number to display the topic Printing an Incoming Message To print the current message do the following m From the File menu choose Print Eudora automatically prints headers and footers on each page giving the window title page number and your return address Receiving Attachments Unless you have specified a particular directory for your incoming attachments see Specifying an Attachment Directory on page 54 Click the page number to display the topic they are automatically decoded and saved in the Attach Directory in your Eudora Directory If you receive multiple attachments with the same name a number is added to the end of each duplicate name in the order they are received Attachment names appear at the bottom of incoming messages and the message preview pane To open an attachment from the open message window or the message preview pane click on the attachment name or its icon If you have the application that the attachment was Created in that application launches and the attachment opens QUALCOMM Incorporated 53 Eudora User Manual Receiving Attachments If you receive a large message consisting largely of indecipherable text it is probably an attachment that was not automatically decoded Usually this occurs because the attach ment headers are formatted incorrectly To decode an att
345. r more information click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 249 Eudora User Manual Eudora MAPI Shutdown Procedure 250 1 Check to see whether or not the Eudora MAPI DLLs are already installed in the Windows SYSTEM directory If so then you are finished 2 Check for existing Microsoft MAPI DLL and MAPI32 DLL files If found rename MAPI DLL to MAPI 000 and rename MAPI32 DLL to MAPI32 000 If a MAPI 000 file already exists then Eudora uses MAPI 001 MAPI 002 etc 3 Copy the EUMAPI DLL and EUMAPI32 DLL files from the Eudora program directory to the Windows SYSTEM directory as MAPI DLL and MAPI32 DLL respectively Eudora MAPI Shutdown Procedure When shutdown Eudora runs the following unswap procedure when the user selects either the When Eudora is running or Never MAPI Server option in Eudora see MAPI Technical Report on page 247 click the page number to display the topic 1 Check to see whether or not the Eudora MAPI DLLs are already installed in the Windows SYSTEM directory If not then you are finished 2 Delete the Eudora MAPI DLL and MAPI32 DLL files 3 Rename the MAPI 000 and MAPI32 000 files if any to MAPI DLL and MAPI32 DLL respectively If a MAPI 001 MAPI 002 etc file exists then Eudora renames the one with the highest number Eudora DLL Swapping Restrictions It is important to note that there are several restrictions with the above Eudora swap and u
346. ra User Manual Note If you do enter an address in this field first test the address to be sure that mail sent to it is indeed delivered to you If you use an invalid return address no one will be able to reply to mail sent from this personality Login Name Enter the name you use to login to this email account For example in the incoming mail account jcamp pop myfirm com the login name is jcamp The part after the at sign is the name of the incoming mail server See Incoming Mail on page 200 Click the page number to display the topic SMTP Server Enter the name of the outgoing mail server for this personality SMTP stands for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Outgoing messages you send are routed through this server If the computer selected by this personality s incoming mail account also runs on an SMTP server you can leave this field blank See Sending Mail on page 203 Click the page number to display the topic Allow Authentication Eudora can log in to an SMTP server when sending mail just like it does for receiving mail Not all SMTP servers require or allow such authentication Eudora will attempt authentication to servers that allow it The preferred SMTP authentica tion method is CRAM MD5 If CRAM MD5 is not available LOGIN or PLAIN will automati cally be used See Using SMTP Authentication on page 46 Default Domain Enter the domain name that Eudora automatically adds to an unquali fied name a
347. ra User Manual Select the options you want to change Options are described below Message These fields list the proportional and fixed width fonts to be used for displaying the text in your received and composition messages and in the message preview pane in mailbox windows Also included are the size of each font and the use of proportional or fixed width font by default Proportional Specify the proportional font to use in message windows and the preview pane Spacing is adjusted according to each character s width Fixed width Specify the fixed width font to use in message windows and the preview pane Every character requires the same amount of space Use proportional font by default lf this option is selected message windows and the preview pane use your specified proportional font by default If this option is turned off message windows and the preview pane use your specified fixed width font by default Size Specify the size of the font to be used for text in message windows and the preview pane Printer These fields list the font and size to be used when printing any text from Eudora using the Print command messages text files signature files etc Font Specify the font to use when printing text from Eudora Size Specify the font size to use when printing text from Eudora Screen These fields list the font and size to be used when displaying any Eudora screen text other than that displayed in receive
348. racters the quoted printable encoding will break your line in two and put an at the end of the first line to signal to the mail reader at the other end that the two lines are really supposed to be one Finally a few mail systems either add or remove spaces from the ends of lines So in quoted printable any space at the end of a line gets encoded as 20 to protect it from such mail systems Let s try an example Here s a passage of text that you might type on your computer Il est d montr disait il que les choses ne peuvent tre autrement car tout tant fait pour une fin tout est n cessairement pour la meilleure fin Without any encoding this might show up on your recipient s screen as Il est dimontri disait il que les choses ne peuvent btre autrement car tout itant fait pour une fin tout est nicessairement pour la meilleure fin QUALCOMM Incorporated E 253 Eudora User Manual MIME Labeling 254 This corruption happens because SMTP cannot handle the special characters However if you and your recipient both have MIME quoted printable encoding would be used and your text would show up properly Il est d montr disait il que les choses ne peuvent tre autrement car tout tant fait pour une fin tout est n cessairement pour la meilleure fin While your mail was actually in transit however it would have looked like ABI1 est d E9montr E9 disai
349. rching for text Regular Expression is a search string that uses special characters to match text charac ters For example if you are filtering messages sent to you by two people choose From in the first drop down options list then choose matches regexp Then type their usernames between parentheses separated by a vertical slash for example bobclark janedoe in the text box Eudora searches and displays all messages from these two people For more information on regular expressions refer to the readme txt file in your Eudora folder or click on the following Web site URL http sansecus usc es unixpages concepts_regexp html matches regexp lf the specific item matches the regular expressions characters filter those messages Enter text in the text field boxes to specify the text strings that the filter is searching for Important It is recommended that the contents of the text boxes be kept as specific and brief as possible The greater the complexity the less likelinood of a match Be sure not to enter a header label in the text box as part of the text string For example to filter all messages from Justine do not enter From Justine in the text box Rather select From in the Header field and enter simply Justine in the text box Use the conjunction drop down menu ignore is the default to link the two terms The conjunction options are as follows ignore lgnore the second term If the message mat
350. re powerful or just change it The filter is added to the bottom of your filters list and is immediately available in the form in which it was set up in the Make Filter dialog box Any changes you make in the Filters window must be saved before they become effective Following is more information on the Filters window m Cancel Click Cancel to cancel the filter if you change your mind The filter is cancelled and your changes are not saved Detailed Filters with the Filters Window The Make Filter dialog box discussed previously lets you create quick simple filters that perform one operation a mail transfer based on one match condition a piece of header information The Filters window lets you create more complex powerful filters that use multiple match conditions and perform multiple filter actions You can also use the Filters window to create simple filters such as those created by the Make Filter dialog box To open the Filters window to create or modify a filter do the following QUALCOMM Incorporated E 111 Eudora User Manual Filtering Messages From the Tools menu choose Filters or click on the Filters window s tab if it is part of a visible tabbed window group The Filters window appears and any filters you have created are listed on the left For more information on how to manipulate the Filters window alone and as part of a tabbed window see Managing Your Windows in Eudora on page 129 Click the page numb
351. reVoice player recorder to hear your audio attachment Click the following website http www qualcomm com eudora purevoice To attach a PureVoice file to your message do the following 1 Click the PureVoice icon on the toolbar or from the Message menu choose Attach then choose PureVoice The PureVoice player recorder appears in an opened message Pure Voice player recorder C QUALCOMM PureVoice L Ed File Control Options Help NEW OPEN INS NAME VOL TOP fi 9980810_174005 DOAK Ready Note QUALCOMM PureVoice software contains its own help program For detailed infor mation on PureVoice choose Topics from the PureVoice Help menu QUALCOMM Incorporated E 33 Including a URL in a Message Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual 2 To create an audio file click the New button or from the File menu choose New Recording If a current recording exists a dialog box appears asking if you want to discard or save the current recording 3 To record your voice click the red round button or from the Control menu choose Record 4 Speak clearly into the computer s microphone Observe the volume indicator in the digital display and if necessary adjust the microphone volume sensitivity control 5 When finished recording click the square button or from the Control menu choose Stop Note To discard this audio file and start over just repeat steps 2 through 5 6 To attach the audio file cli
352. reappears hidden tool or tabbed windows where appropriate Hoat in Main Window This command is always available on the drop down context menu Selecting this command indicated by a checkmark next to the command converts a docked or floating window to a normal window Deselecting this command converts a normal window to a docked or floating window Note that the availability of the Allow Docking command depends on the state of this command When Float In Main Window is selected checked Allow Docking is unavailable the window is normal When Float In Main Window is deselected Allow Docking is available QUALCOMM Incorporated a 139 Eudora User Manual 140 Eudora Toolbar Eudora Toolbar The main toolbar is a strip of buttons that gives you easy access to your frequently used Eudora commands Main Toolbar Weg The toolbar can be moved to wherever you want it on the screen Just hold down the left mouse button on the gripper bar which is the double line at one end and drag the toolbar around until you find a place you like You can dock it to any edge of the Eudora window left right top or bottom or you can dock it to another dockable window or you can put it anywhere on your desktop in the floating state The descriptions of the default icons are listed below ea E 1 NZ an J E B EP Trash Opens In box Opens Out box Checks for mail See
353. recipients obtained from the MAPI subsystem Once a document has an embedded routing slip then it can be semi automat ically routed as an attachment via email to all recipients listed in the routing slip Once the routing is complete the annotated document is returned back to the original sender Note Close all other MAPI applications before changing Eudora s status as a MAPI server To display the MAPI options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the MAPI icon The MAPI options window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 227 Eudora User Manual Advanced Network 228 MAPI options window Options x Category Use Eudora MAPI server amp Never Background Tasks When Eudora is running o C Always EO Automation Delete MAPI attachments Never After sending message Extra Warnings When message emptied from Trash Vv Send single MAFI file attachment as inline attachment TXT and HTML files only lV Wam on MAPI auto send of messages Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Use Eudora MAPI server lf Never is selected the Eudora MAPI server is turned off and is never automatically loaded If When Eudora is running is selected the Eudora MAPI server is selected when Eudora is running If Always is selected the Eudora MAPI server is selected and is always loaded on startup Del
354. ress Cirl L Or if the Address Book is an inactive window in an open tabbed window group click its tab 2 Click to select the desired entry in your Nickname list 3 Right click the selected item to display the drop down list 4 From the drop down list choose Add to Recipient List The entry s nickname is added to the Quick Recipient List and the entry is bolded in the Address Book list To add an email address to the Quick Recipient List do the following 1 Open the Address Book 2 Select the text that makes up the full address 3 From the Special menu choose Add as Recipient The recipient s email address is added to your Quick Recipient List To remove an entry from the list do the following 1 Open the Address Book 2 Click to select the desired entry in your Nickname list 3 Right click the item to display the drop down list 4 From the drop down list choose Remove From Recipient List The entry s nickname is removed from the Quick Recipient List and the entry is unbolded in the Address Book list Or select the item you wish to remove from the Remove Recipient submenu under the Special menu To open a new message addressed to someone on your Quick Recipient List do the following 1 From the Message menu choose New Message To Forward To or Redirect To 2 From the displayed list select the nickname A new message window appears addressed to the nickname you selected To insert a recipient into a message that
355. rganization which includes companies universities non profit organizations government agencies etc In the Presented As text box enter the text for the attribute you wish to see displayed on the query results list or click the down arrow to display some common attribute names 179 Eudora User Manual Using Directory Service Databases Note Three of the four columns in the query results list window can be assigned to any attribute you wish but you cannot change the name of the column heading To change the attribute that is assigned to each column enter an attribute in the Attribute Name field such as cn sn gn etc Then select either Name Email w or Phone w in the Present As list which corresponds to the Name Email and Phone columns in the Results List You cannot change what appears in the Database column It always contains the name of the server where the data was found For example if you want to display cn in the Name column TelephoneNumber in the Phone column and mail in the Email column you would set up the attributes like this Attribute Name Present As from drop down list cn Name TelephoneNumber Phone w mail Email w In the Details portion of the Results window you can assign more readable attribute names Attribute Name Present As from drop down list l Location st State If you were to assign the names above State Texas would display instead of St Texas
356. ring Messages on page 108 and Filter Actions on page 115 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated eC 73 Eudora User Manual 74 Replying with Stationery Sponsored and Paid modes QUALCOMM Incorporated Using Multiple Personalities Sponsored and Paid modes only Using Altemate Email Accounts You can set up alternate personalities in Eudora for each email account you have For example if you have work home and school email accounts you can set up Eudora to send and receive email from each of these accounts all without having to quit and restart Eudora That is you can check mail for all your accounts at once or for selected accounts at once and you can do the same for sending mail To set up a personality you use the Personalities window New Account Wizard and the Account Settings dialog box as described in this section Your dominant personality or principal email account is set up when you install Eudora and can also be modified via the Account Settings dialog box Personalities Window You use the Personalities window to manage access and apply your e mail accounts personalities when you use more than one account To open the Personalities window do the following m From the Tools menu choose Personalities Or if the Personalities window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab Sample Personalities window Personalities Persona Account
357. rking software includes support for the TCP IP protocol Consult your Microsoft documentation for details on installing your modem configuring the TCP IP protocol and installing the Dialup Networking tools After you install Dialup Networking follow these steps to define a new Phonebook entry 1 Double click on the My Computer icon to open an Explorer window Then double click on the Dialup Networking icon to open the Dialup Networking folder Double click on the Make New Connection button to display the Make New Connec tion Wizard Enter the name you want to associate with your Internet Service Provider Also select your modem in the drop down list Then click Next In the edit box enter the phone number for your Internet Service Provider Then click Next Click Finish on the last page of the New Connection Wizard to complete the creation of the Phonebook entry In the Dialup Networking folder right click on the icon for the Phonebook entry you have just created and select the Properties command While testing your new Phonebook entry configure Dialup Networking to display a terminal window after your modem has connected to the remote computer To do this click the Configure button to display the modem configuration properties Select the Options tab then check the Bring up terminal window after dialing option Click OK to accept the change Back in the Properties dialog for your Phonebook entry click the Server Type
358. rks but protocol translating gateways enable non TCP IP networks to connect to the Internet as well Internet directory A directory that runs over TCP IP and is widely implemented on the Internet A directory implementing Ph LDAP and Finger is an Internet directory Internet Engineering Task Force IETF IETF is the standards setting body of the Internet Internet Message Access Protocol IMAP IMAP allows Eudora to access and manipu late electronic mail messages on a server and it permits manipulation of remote mail boxes so they function like local mailboxes IMAP4 provides a richer and more complex set of functionality than the POP3 protocol IMAP is also called an Incoming server Internet Service Provider ISP An ISP is the organization or company that provides you with Internet access and email availability For example America Online AOL is an ISP IP address The address that serves as a unique identifier of computers on the Internet It is a sequence of four small integers each less than 256 When written the numbers are separated by periods for example 210 170 2 45 The DNS converts IP addresses to the more familiar domain names Java This is a programming language that allows software developers to write programs to run on any computer platform regardless of the operating system Kerberos This is one of many authentication systems Eudora uses If your network uses Kerberos for authentication the appropriate o
359. rocessed that is messages to be filtered and placed in mail boxes Technical Note In the background Eudora retrieves and sends mail in the foreground Eudora processes attachments and applies filters If you check your mail manually it is retrieved from the server immediately and delivered to Eudora without waiting for user inactivity However if you do a manual check and then perform a task in Eudora while Eudora is retrieving your mail Eudora will wait for user inactivity before processing your newly retrieved mail When this occurs the envelope displays on the status bar until the user inactivity time specified has been reached Important The envelope that displays on the status bar only indicates that mail is waiting to be processed It does not mean that you have new mail waiting on the server When your mail is processed user inactivity time is needed for your mail to be filtered and attachments decoded Your inactivity allows you to decide when you want your mail processed Envelope displayed on the status bar NUM If you click once on the envelope the mail is processed If you right click on the envelope a drop down list appears QUALCOMM Incorporated Background Tasks multi threading Eudora User Manual Envelope s drop down list Process All Waiting Tasks Show Task Status Choose Process All Waiting Tasks to send or retrieve your messages in the background Choose Show Task Status to display
360. rrently attached to one such edge Sample windows docked to the main Eudora window EER Transfer Special Tools Window Help amp Mid states Southem states x task Errors Task Status m Match M Incoming I Outgoing I Manual Header fan Headers contains z Manager and fa a gt Action S anster gt Work stuff fe Make Personality gt Business z ig Erme Quatcomm Note Some application programs identify the docking feature by using terms such as gravity snap glue 6 LEH sticky join and the like QUALCOMM Incorporated 131 Eudora User Manual Docked Windows 132 Only tool windows whether alone or tabbed are dockable All other windows in Eudora particularly message windows and mailbox windows are not dockable Note The main toolbar although not a window is also dockable to any edge of the main Eudora window or to another dockable window Dockable windows can be docked to any edge of the main Eudora window and to each other You can also dock multiple windows along a single edge of the main window When you dock a window to the main window the visible window work area is reduced Docked windows cannot be obscured by normal windows but they can be obscured by floating windows To make a window dockable do the following 1 To display the drop down context menu right click the window s border or tab 2 To turn
361. rs m Windows NT QUALCOMM s Eudora WorldMail Server WorldMail supports POP3 and IMAP4 as well as LDAP and Ph directory services Microsoft Windows NT 4 x Server or Workstation is required m Macintosh QUALCOMM s Eudora Internet Mail Server EIMS EIMS supports POPS as well as Ph directory services EIMS requires a Macintosh 68030 or higher Mac IIx Ilex SE 30 or better or a PowerPC m UNIX QUALCOMM s QPopper QPopper 2 4 is available via anonymous ftp from ftp eudora com QPopper versions are available for a number of UNIX systems m VAX VMS VAX VMS systems may try either the Multinet package from TGV or IUPOP3 available via anonymous FTP from ftp indiana edu For information on QUALCOMM s family of Internet Email Servers send e mail to lt eudora rep eudora com gt or visit the World Wide Web site lt http www eudora com gt QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 257 Eudora User Manual Ph Server Source Code Ph Server Source Code A server for the Ph protocol is available via anonymous FTP from ftp eudora com Password Change Server Three sample UNIX servers for Eudora s Change Password command on the Special menu are available via anonymous FTP from ftp eudora com Windows Soc kets Products Demos of Windows Sockets 1 1 compliant stacks and applications are available via anon ymous ftp from papa indstate edu in the directory winsock l For those with World Wide Web WWW browsers try the
362. rt by Sender None Sort by Sender Ascending Sort by Sender Descending Group by Subject In each column heading you can choose if that heading has no sort is sorted in ascending order or sorted in descending order Also you can group subjects together by choosing Group by Subject which keeps messages with the same subject together all the time Messages including replies with the same subject such as a work project are kept together in the mailbox regardless of whether you sort by Date Sender and so on A checkmark next to the Group by Subject option in the context menu indicates that the option is active New messages that come into a sorted mailbox will automatically be placed in the correct sorted order For example if you have a mailbox sorted by date and you want all of the messages to be grouped by subject any new messages will be grouped with other messages containing the same subject in a chronological Note You can also sort message in the Find Messages window when the Results panel is active QUALCOMM Incorporated Using the Find Command Eudora User Manual Complex sorting You can perform complex sorting by holding down the Ctrl key and click one column then another column and so on The columns are sorted in the order you clicked on them For example if you click the Subject column first and then the Date column the subjects in this mailbox sort alphabetically and then chronologically You will notice numb
363. ry command you can enter a unique portion of a nickname in the To Cc or Bcc fields of a message then from the Edit menu choose Finish Address Book Entry and the nickname will be completed for you You must enter the characters in the nickname that make it unique or Eudora will not know which nick name to use For example if you have two nicknames joan and john you would have to enter joa or joh for Eudora to complete them Also see Using Automatic Name Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only on page 26 Click the page number to display the topic To insert the real addresses for the entry instead of the nickname do the following m Hold down the Shift key and from the Edit menu choose Finish Address Book Entry To set this to happen all the time select the Automatically expand nicknames option in the Miscellaneous options window See Miscellaneous on page 231 Click the page number to display the topic Using Central Address Book Files on a Server You can set up central Address Book files on a server and configure Eudora clients so that they refer to the central files Important You should be an expert user or an administrator to perform this function First be sure the files are plain text have a txt extension and are formatted as follows one nickname on each line with the real addresses separated by commas and one line for notes and info with the Notes text following the Info data For
364. s folder carbon copy Attached A list of documents being attached to and sent along with the message See the section Attaching a File to a Message on page 32 for instructions on how to add attachments To delete an attachment from an outgoing message select it and press the backspace or delete key This field can be left blank QUALCOMM Incorporated a 25 Using Automatic Name Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Message Body After filling in the header fields move the insertion point to the space below the message header Type the body of the message here For information about formatting your message text see Formatting Text on page 29 Also see Text Toolbar on page 21 You can insert pictures and horizontal lines into message text For details see Inserting Objects in Message Text on page 31 Using Automatic Name Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only Similar to the Finish Address Book Entry command see Finish Address Book Entry Command on page 164 click the page number to display the topic Auto Completion allows you to enter a portion of a name in the To Cc or Bec field and Eudora automat ically completes the name for you Just start typing and Eudora will attempt to complete the name If multiple past recipients match the text you ve entered a list of names from your history file and address book appear in a drop down name list provided both the
365. s Check for mail every minutes option 85 Save password option 50 Checking spelling Check Spelling command 37 Check Spelling dialog 38 Add button 39 Change all button 39 Change button 39 Change To field 39 Edit Dictionary button 39 Ignore all button 39 Ignore button 39 Suggest button 39 Suggestions field 39 QUALCOMM Incorporated Unknown field 38 Edit User Dictionary dialog Add button 39 Clear button 40 Delete button 40 Spelling Options dialog Ignore capitalized words 40 Ignore words with all capitals 40 Ignore words with mixed case 40 Ignore words with numbers 40 Report doubled words 40 Suggest words 40 Choose a Nickname File dialog 160 Clear command 187 Clear Formatting button 24 Clear Formatting command 30 187 Client 287 Clock icon in the Status column 45 95 Close button in a docked window 133 Close command 185 Close messages with mailbox how to enter in Options 213 Color button 23 Color submenu 30 columns 284 command 32 190 Compact all mailboxes 98 one mailbox 98 Compact Mailboxes command 98 191 192 Composition window 21 Compound Sorting 119 Configuration option 86 Connect using Dial up networking how to enter in Options 205 contains option 114 Contents tab 241 Context menu for tool windows 138 Context Sensitive Help command 15 195 Copy amp Unwrap command Shift Copy 31 Copy blind with Name field in Address Book 159 Copy command 187 Copy original s priority to reply how to enter in Options 206
366. s If you are modi fying an existing personality the fields are filled in with the information associated with the personality you have selected After you make your changes in the dialog box click OK to save them Cancel to discard them or Help for more help Note Any changes you make to your dominant personality in this dialog box are also changed where they are mirrored in relevant options of the Options dialog box The same is true in reverse changes you make in the Options dialog box are carried over here when you next open this dialog box QUALCOMM Incorporated 83 Eudora User Manual Adding a Personality via the Account Settings Dialog 84 Generic Properties This dialog box window contains the general characteristics associated with this person ality Sample Account Settings Generic Properties panel Create New Account 24x Generic Properties Incoming Mail Personality Name Business Real Name oe Camp Return Address Jicamp business com Login Name Jicamp SMTP Server smtp business com IV Authentication allowed Default Domain i Default Stationery Thank you Default Signature Standard b IV Check Mail Cancel Help Following are option descriptions for the Generic Properties panel Personality Name Enter a descriptive name to describe the personality for example Business or My PC Account lt Dominant gt indicates your dominant personality Your dominant personalit
367. s at once and change only those you want to See Saving a Message for Later Changes on page 41 Also if text is selected Eudora checks the spelling only of the selected text Otherwise it starts the spelling check from the beginning of the message body or text file and checks the entire text If a misspelled unknown or repeated word is found the Check Spelling dialog box appears with the word listed in the Unknown field If you want to send or queue the message without correcting the misspelled word click Just send The following dialog box appears only if the Warn me when sending queueing message with misspellings option is turned on See Spell Checking Sponsored and Paid modes only on page 215 Check Spelling dialog box Check Spelling Fx Unknown seperate Change To SAHE Ignore all Suggestions separate Change Change all separated separates Just send serrate Suggest Add generate Options sewerage xi Edit Dictionary To correct the misspelled word take one of the following steps m Type the correct spelling of the word in the Change To field if it is not already there and click Change m Select the correct word from the Suggestions list and click Change m Double click the correct word in the Suggestions list The spelling checker then proceeds with the check Check Spelling Dialog Box The Check Spelling dialog box allows you to ignore an unknown word change
368. s determine the visibility and behavior of the message preview pane that appears at the bottom of mailbox windows Show message preview pane If this option is selected Eudora displays the message preview pane in mailbox windows The preview pane previews a single selected message A splitter between the preview pane and the message summary list lets you resize the preview pane relative to the list Mark previewed messages as read after _second s If this option is selected and the Show message preview pane option is turned on the message currently selected in the mailbox window and previewed in the preview pane is automatically marked as QUALCOMM Incorporated 211 Eudora User Manual Mailboxes read blank in the Status column after the specified number of seconds If this option is turned off a previewed message will not automatically be marked as read Note You can use the Shift Space shortcut to convert a message back and forth between the Unread and Read status Automatically open next message If this is selected deleting or transferring the current message opens the next message in the mailbox but only if that message is unread Zoom windows when opening lf this option is selected new message windows auto matically open to their zoomed size The zoomed size is computed on a window by window basis For message windows zoomed size is just long enough to display all of the message but no longer than the
369. s docked Now hold down the Alt key and drag that button toward the gripper bar The separator line is removed Alternately you can hold down the Alt key and drag the other button slightly in the direction away from the gripper bar and that will remove the separator line Again be careful not to drag either button too far or you will reposition it past the adjacent button on the toolbar Eudora Taskbar The Eudora taskbar appears along the bottom edge of the window work area in the main Eudora window and normally shows the QUALCOMM logo at the right Sample Eudora taskbar and status bar _ Address Book yin E ee meeting QUALCOMM OIRNN 4 The Eudora taskbar displays a button for each normal Eudora window that is open or mini mized The taskbar provides a convenient way to switch between normal windows by clicking buttons without having to display the different windows from the Window menu The Eudora taskbar is modeled after the Windows 95 98 and Windows NT 4 0 system taskbars which usually appear at the bottom of the screen but there are important differences as noted below To show or hide the Eudora taskbar do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll through the category list and select Display The Display options window appears 3 Select or deselect Show MDI task bar option QUALCOMM Incorporated Main Window Icon Eudora User Manual Any normal Eudora window that is open or m
370. s in the description of the New command above If you drag one or more received messages to a personality item in the Personalities window Eudora will Reply As that personality to the messages hold down the Shift key to Reply to All As Adding a New Personality Following are the basic procedures for setting up alternate accounts followed by addi tional information on using personalities to send and receive mail There are three types of new personalities you can add m Brand new personality see Creating a New Personality below m Personality migrated from Netscape Messenger Microsoft Outlook Express or Outlook 98 see Migrating to Create a New Alternate Account on page 80 Click the page number to display the topic Creating a New Personality To create a new personality alternate email account do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Personalities or click the Personalities window s tab if itis a deselected window in a tabbed group The Personalities window appears 2 Right click anywhere inside the Personalities window to display the drop down context menu 3 From the context menu choose New The first New Account Wizard window Account Settings appears New Account Wizard Account Settings window Eudora Account Settings EO EOE Would you like to Setup G ieaie s brand new emal account Import settings from an existing e mail account Skip directly to advanced account
371. s selected Eudora will not attempt to retrieve mail unless you are connected to a network Don t check when using battery If this is selected and your PC is running on battery power mail is not automatically checked even if automatic mail checking is selected that is the Check for mail every _ minute s field has a number greater than zero in it Send on check If this is selected any messages that are queued in the Out mailbox are sent when a mail check is performed whether the mail check is automatic or manual If this is turned off messages queued in the Out box are not sent during a mail check Save password lf this is selected your password is remembered even if you quit and restart Eudora so you ll never be prompted to enter it If this is turned off you must enter your password each time you quit and restart Eudora Select this option only if your PC is in a secure place Incoming Mail The Incoming Mail options determine how Eudora receives incoming messages addressed to your primary email account dominant personality The options configure the incoming mail server name that is entered in the Mail Server Incoming field in the Getting Started options window To display the Incoming Mail options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Click the Incoming Mail icon The Incoming Mail options window appears Listed below are field descriptions for Incoming Mail Server configuration
372. s to insert for a lt Tab gt in the body of a composition message 0 When set Eudora will not automatically remove errors from the task error list 3 Number of lines for each error in the Task Errors window QUALCOMM Incorporated Settings Entry Default Value TaskErrorRemoveFromList 1 TaskMgrWaitTime 20 TaskStatusGraphBorderCol 0 0 0 or TaskStatusGraphCompleted 18 106 254 Color TaskStatusGraphRemainCol 129 207 254 or TaskStatusRecvGraphComp 18 106 254 letedColor TaskStatusRecvGraphRema 129 207 254 inColor TimeZone TimeZone xxxnnn yyy TocDateLeeway 10 ToobarDisplay 1 UnreadExpires 5 URLHelper URLHighlight 1 QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Description Controls whether or not to remove errors from the Task Errors window after seeing the corresponding error dialog The number of seconds in which the user has to be idle in Eudora which is defined as pressing any key or mouse button before background tasks are processed see IgnoreldleOnManualCheck above for an exception case RGB color of the border of the progress bar in the Task Status window RGB color of the completed portion of the progress bar in the Task Status window RGB color of the remaining portion of the progress bar in the Task Status window RGB color of the completed portion of the progress bar in the Task Status window for receiving mail RGB color of the remaining portion of the progress bar in the Task Status window for receiving
373. sages on the POP server indefinitely as this will create mail storage problems on the server Delete from server when emptied from Trash lf this is selected any messages that are deleted from your Trash mailbox are also deleted from the POP server Skip messages over _ K in size lf this is selected messages over the specified size are downloaded only in part These messages include the first few lines and a statement that says the message is not complete This can be useful on slow connections Note If you want to retrieve the full message after it has been partially retrieved right click on the message and change the server status Offline lf this is selected Eudora won t attempt to make any connections This is a good option to have selected if you re using Eudora on a laptop computer that is not continu ously connected Authentication style This specifies which POP account authentication technology to use for this account Passwords Kerberos APOP or RPA Ask your email administrator which one to use if you are not sure Use RPA for CompuServe QUALCOMM Incorporated E 201 Eudora User Manual Incoming Mail Server configuration IMAP Incoming Mail options window IMAP Options x Category Server configuration Por i IMAP Mailbox Location Prefix Getting Started Jo For new mail download G Mini Checking Mad Minimal headers only Full message except attachments over fo K When delete a
374. server and transfer mail to your PC auto matically or manually These are described in the sections below You can also control how your mail is transferred from the server and what happens to it on the server For details see Managing Your Mail on the POP Server on page 55 and Managing Your Mail on the IMAP Server on page 59 Click the page number to display the topic Checking for Mail Automatically To set up Eudora to automatically check your incoming mail account and transfer new mail do the following QUALCOMM Incorporated 47 Eudora User Manual Checking for Incoming Mail 48 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll through the category list and choose Checking Mail The Checking Mail option window appears For more information see Checking Mail on page 199 Click the page number to display the topic 3 Inthe Check for mail every _ minutes field enter the number of minutes that you want between mail checks Note Fifteen minutes is a good minimum interval because checking mail more frequently puts an unnecessary load on your incoming mail server If the field is empty or is set to 0 mail is not automatically checked If automatic checking is set the Check Mail command under the File menu shows you the next scheduled time for an automatic check 4 From the Tools menu choose Personalities The Personalities window opens See Personalities Window on page 75 for more information Click
375. shared folders only your personal folders cannot be accessed The Mailboxes window does not reflect the real time status of the IMAP mailbox list So between mail checks a disparity can grow between what appears in the list and what is actually on the IMAP server as new mailboxes are added and existing ones are changed or removed To refresh your list of mailboxes and folders on the IMAP server as it appears in the Mail boxes window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Mailboxes or click the Mailboxes window s tab if it is the inactive window in a tabbed group The Mailboxes window appears 2 Right click on the top folder in the IMAP tree to display the drop down list 3 From the drop down list choose Refresh Mailbox List The mailbox list is updated according to what actually appears on the IMAP server at that time Also the Mailbox and Transfer menus are updated with the current IMAP mailbox configuration Using IMAP Tasks Offline If you use IMAP as your incoming server you can perform certain tasks offline Being offline is the preferred method when you are using a laptop away from home or office When you are offline you are disconnected from the server To go offline do the following 1 Move your mouse pointer to the taskbar and right click A context drop down list appears 2 From the context menu choose Offline You are now disconnected from your IMAP server When you are offline you can perform
376. show hide the message header in mailbox windows show hide the message preview pane if it is set to display Scroll to the beginning of the mailbox window or to the beginning of the line in a message Scroll to the end of the mailbox window or to the end of the line in a message Page Up Page Down Scroll up or down through the window 238 QUALCOMM Incorporated General Reference Right Mouse Button The commands that are available from the right mouse button are generally the same as those on the main menu and toolbar the right mouse button simply offers another access method To use the right mouse button commands position the mouse pointer over a Eudora window and click the right mouse button called a right click then select a command from the popup menu that appears The contents of the popup menu vary depending on which window you are in and what tasks you might need to perform while in that window Right click in an open incoming message and select View Source if available from the popup menu to view the formatting of the HTML text in a text file Right click in the message and select Send to Browser if available to view the HTML message in your Web browser If you want to turn the main toolbar or the status bar on or off in the main Eudora window right click on the gray area of the toolbar or status bar and select the item you want to show or hide Toolbar or Status Bar If you have Eudora minimized as a but
377. single message When the body of a message has no styles but the signature does has styles Send the signature with styles lf this is selected signature with styled text is sent with a message that has no styled text If this is turned off then the signature is sent but the text styles are removed Note If selected the signature becomes one with the message However if an attach ment is included with you message this option turns off QUALCOMM Incorporated Spell Checking Sponsored and Paid modes only Eudora User Manual Spell Checking Sponsored and Paid modes only The Spell Checking options control the behavior of Eudora s built in spelling checker when it performs a spelling check on the body of a message composition window a text file or a signature file You can also change these options from the Spelling Options dialog box accessed by clicking the Options button in the Check Spelling dialog box accessed via the Edit menu To display the Spell Checking options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Spell Checking icon The Spell Checking options window appears Spell Checking options window Options 24 xi Category Tl Ignore capitalized words T Ignore words with all capitals IV Ignore words with numbers T Ignore words with mixed case A IV Report doubled words Mailboxes IV Suggest words I Phonetic words M Split words V Typographic w
378. ssage Signatures Business Family Friends Fun Office Personal School Standard ga g Be QUALCOMM Incorporated 69 Eudora User Manual Using Stationery Sponsored and Paid modes only To include a particular signature in all of your outgoing messages unless you are using stationery select a signature from the Signature drop down list in the Sending Mail options window for your dominant account only or in the Account Settings dialog box for any of your personalities You can change this for a particular message by selecting a different signature or None from the Signature drop down list on the message toolbar For more information see Sending Mail on page 203 and Account Settings Dialog on page 83 Click the page number to display the topic You can indicate if a signature with styled text can be sent with a message that has no styled text If not the signature is included but the style is removed See Styled Text on page 213 Click the page number to display the topic Also you can include your default with all replies Go the Replying option to turn the option on See Replying on page 206 Click the page number to display the topic Note that if you open a new message with stationery or if you have default stationery set for all new messages then the signature stored with that stationery file is the one used with the new message overriding any default signature However you can always make t
379. ssage can then be sent or saved for further changes Note You may want to enclose any changes in brackets so that you don t confuse the recipient about who wrote what Redirected message a docs qualcomm com Additional Manuals of x lt none gt zeze ele ub g amp q amp queue arial Vale ru EE To docs qualcomm corm From Roger Montgomery lt rmontgomery gt by way of Steve Janoff lt clarkent qualcomm cam gt Subject Additional Manuals Ce Bee Attached Could you please send me ten additional manuals Roger Ron Please send Roger the manuals tomorrow if you can Thanks Steve Messages that have been redirected are identified with a diagonal arrow pointing up and right A in the Status column of their message summary Other ways to redirect a message m With the desired message open or selected in a mailbox window open the Personali ties window right click on a personality and choose Redirect As from the Message submenu of the drop down list Setup a filter that uses the Redirect To filter action For more information see Filtering Messages on page 108 and Filter Action on page 115 Click the page number to display the topic Turbo Redirecting You can redirect a message to someone on your recipient list queue the new message without displaying it and delete the original message all with one command To do this choose the Turbo redirect by
380. ssages Make text underlined Paste from clipboard QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora Shortcuts Ctrl W Ctrl X Ctrl Y Ctrl Z Ctrl tab Shift F4 Shift F5 Shift F10 Shift Space Alt A Alt B Alt C Alt D Alt Shift D AIt E Alt F AIt H AIt K Alt Shift K Alt L Alt Shift L AIt M Alt O AIt Shift O Alt R Alt S Alt T Alt U AIt V AIt Shift V QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Close window Cut to clipboard Directory Services Undo Switch between opened mailboxes and messages Tile windows horizontally Cascade Windows Open right click pop up menu for selected item Toggle current message status between Read and Unread Jump to Attached line in Composition window Sort by Attachments in Table of Contents Jump to Bcc line in Composition window Jump to Cc line in Composition window Sort by Date in table of contents window Sort by reverse Date in table of contents window Edit Menu File Menu Help Menu Sort by size in table of contents window Sort by size reversed in table of contents window Sort by Labels column in table of contents window Sort by Labels column reversed in table of contents window Message Menu Jump to To line in Composition window sort by Who column in table of contents window Sort by Who column reversed in table of contents window Transf
381. ssages and send them with custom stationery and signatures You can send files both text and graphic created in other programs and attach them to your email messages You can forward messages redirect them or reply to all recipients of a message You can set up mailboxes and folders for your mail and build filters to sort messages alert you and even send an automatic reply All your favorite addresses can be stored in your personal address book or you can let Eudora search for addresses for you And if you use more than one ISP Eudora allows you to build multiple personalities to send and receive mail to multiple accounts There are many more Eudora features and functions described later in this manual Whats New in Eudora Email 4 3 The following new features and functions have been added to Eudora in version 4 3 m Introducing Eudora in Three Modes You can now choose which mode of Eudora is best for you Sponsored Paid or Light m Importing from Outlook Express You may now import information and settings from Microsoft Outlook Express 5 0 m Super Sorting You can now sort your messages in a mailbox by more than one sort criteria or retain the sorted order for one column m Group by Subject You can now sort messages by grouping same subjects together m Link History Link history tracks and links Internet web site URLs attachments and ads that you have clicked in Eudora Eudora Email vs Postal Mail Belo
382. stationery and signatures read mail etc because retrieving and sending mail now occurs in the background The Task Status window is used to display sending and receiving activity as it happens For example when you check and send mail simultaneously the progress of these func tions are displayed in the Task Status window Also you can send messages from different personalities at the same time The Background Tasks options found in Options under the Tools menu allow you to set parameters that determine how background tasks behave and what kind of information you want to see in the Task Status window In other words you can configure the behavior of background tasks Also you can set the Task Status and or the Task Error windows to be brought to the front of other windows in Eudora when activity occurs In the Background Tasks options window you can indicate the number of seconds of user inactivity before your newly retrieved mail is actually processed by Eudora If you have automatic mail checking set up in the Checking Mail options Eudora will retrieve the mail in the background from the incoming server at those time intervals But Eudora will not process it until there is no user activity performed on your computer for the amount of seconds you indicate in the Background Tasks options window An envelope displayed on the status bar located at the lower right hand corner of the Eudora window indicates that there is retrieved mail to be p
383. subtype You can use map entries to move between computer file extensions and Macintosh creator and type as well The third map says that if an incoming message has an attach ment with the Macintosh creator MSWD which is the Macintosh creator for Microsoft Word then the file extension of the attachment when saved to disk should be doc the file extension that Word for Windows uses Since the map is marked as both it will also give attachments with the extension doc on outgoing messages the Macintosh creator of MSWD if the encoding method of the message is BinHex 255 Eudora User Manual Practical Issues Note that the Macintosh type from this map is empty This allows multiple types to be recognized with just one mapping This is nice for in maps because it allows you to cover a range of creator type pairs with one map You must be careful in using this type of map with an out or both mapping though because an outgoing attachment that matched this map would have a Macintosh creator but no Macintosh type Some Macintosh appli cations cannot open files with a missing type Microsoft Word for the Macintosh can open files without a type so this map is fine being marked both Microsoft Excel for the Macintosh is an example of a program that can t open a file with an empty type This is why there are two maps for Excel the fourth and fifth maps above The incoming map for Excel is like t
384. t click Specifies an RGB triple in hexadecimal for the color to use for the workspace area of the main Eudora window Can be used in conjunction with the Backgroundimage entry for choosing a color better suited for the image being displayed Examples white is FFFFFF black is 000000 and blue is OOOOFF This setting does not require QuickTime to be installed Specifies an image to be displayed in the workspace area of the main Eudora window called Application Background in the Appearance tab of the Control Panel gt Display options It needs to be specified as a full path name This setting requires QuickTime to be installed When the POP server returns an error on sending the PASS command the password will only be erased when the error response includes this text If on and displaying lines is mailboxes draw lines as black instead of gray When on 1 centers the bitmap in Mailbox menu items that indicate that the mailbox has unread messages If the display of this bitmap is not correct turn this switch off 0 How often in seconds Eudora should check the OWNER LOK file to see if another instance of Eudora has been started on the same set of mailboxes What the amount of wasted space taken up by deleted messages in a mailbox as a percentage of total free disk space must be before the mailbox automatically gets compacted when closed What the percentage of wasted space taken up by deleted messages
385. t an embedded graphic file and Horizontal Line insert a horizontal rule as a separator Select All Select the entire contents of a message or a mailbox Wrap Selection Insert carriage returns into the selection as appropriate Finish Address Book Entry Sponsored and Paid modes only Complete the partial text of a nickname Insert Recipient Insert the chosen recipient The submenu lists the recipients on your Quick Recipient List Find Search for the designated character string Sort Sort the message summaries in ascending order in a mailbox by the selected column Shift Sort Sort the message summaries in descending order by the selected column Check Spelling Sponsored and Paid modes only Perform a spelling check on the entire message or the selected text displays the Check Spelling dialog box Shift Check Spelling Perform an inline spelling check on the entire message or the selected text highlights misspelled words in red double underline right click a highlighted word to correct the spelling Message Plug ins Launch the installed message plug in as appropriate See Plug ins Extended Messaging Services on page 242 for more details Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated ET 187 Eudora User Manual Mailbox Menu 188 Mailbox Menu This menu lets you open a mailbox or bring an open mailbox to the front It also lets you create new mailboxes and mail folders M
386. t have been marked to be deleted by using the Message gt Remove Deleted Messages menu item Include Headers check box in the Save As dialog When doing a spell check controls whether you get prompted with a dialog for each misspelled word or each misspelled word gets marked with a double red underline which then you can right click on to get suggestions and other options for the misspelled word If you hold down the Shift key while doing a spell check the other method of spell checking will be performed Uses KClient SetUserName function to set user name in Kerberos system Turning this switch on may cause Kerberos tickets to be invalidated The name of the Kerberos version 4 DLL e g kerberos32 dll Last category that was displayed in the Options dialog Directory in which the dictionary files for spell checking reside Main dictionary files British dictionaries can be used by changing this to british tlx british clx 271 Eudora User Manual Entry Default Value MainWindowState 1 MaxConcurrentTasks 10 MDNSendAddress 0 NetscapeURLDDE 1 NetworkOpenTimeout 60 NewMailUpdateFrequency 25 NoAutoSendPrecedence list bulk NoSplashScreen 0 OfflineLinkAction 0 OwnerLok 1 272 Settings Description The state of the Main Window normal 1 minimized 2 or maximized 3 The state is set when Eudora closes and the Main Window is set to this state the next time Eudora starts up The maximum number o
387. t il que les choses n peuvent EAtre autrement car tout E9tant fait pour une fin tout est n E9cessairement pour la meilleure fin BB Base64 encoding is another way to protect binary data from the SMTP mail system However Base64 makes no attempt to be legible and is most appropriate for non text data MIME Labeling The other important part of MIME is that it lets mailers communicate what kind of data is in a message or part of a message The primary mechanism used for this is the Content Type header Content Type text plain charset iso 8859 1 A content type header is divided into three parts the content type the content subtype and the parameters In this case the content type is text meaning the message contains mostly legible text The content subtype is plain which means there aren t any formatting commands or anything like that embedded in the text Finally charset iso 8859 1 is a parameter in this case it identifies the character set the message uses The major content types are text legible text image pictures and graphics audiosound video moving pictures message messages or pieces of messages multipart several different kinds of data in a single message Practical Issues There are really only two things you sometimes need to do with Eudora and MIME One is that it may occasionally be necessary to turn off quoted printable encoding Another is that you may
388. t this file contains the nick names only while the files in the Nickname directory see above contain the full data for each Address Book entry which includes the nickname and more 241 Eudora User Manual Plug ins Extended Messaging Services Readme txt This file contains the Eudora Readme a text file that contains important release current information and instructions that might not be included in the Eudora User Manual the Eudora Reference Manual if not included the user manual the Eudora Quick Start Guide or the Eudora Online Help tlx clx Dictionary information is stored in the tlx and clx files Plug ins Extended Messaging Services Plug ins are special add ons that can be installed to add features to Eudora For example you could use a language conversion plug in to translate a message to another language a security plug in to automatically secure a message or a text manipulation plug in to change lowercase to uppercase Plug ins interface to Eudora using the Extended Messaging Services Application Programming Interface EMSAPI To make plug ins available to Eudora put them in the Plugins directory in your Eudora directory then restart Eudora Depending on the plug in type it will be available in Eudora in the following ways m The Message Plug ins submenu under the Edit menu typically includes plug ins that are used to modify the text of a message These are referred to as on request plug ins Som
389. t you have at most 2 500 entries per file If you have a large number of entries you may want to consider using a Ph server For information see Sources on page 257 Click the page number to display the topic 11 To save your changes to the Address Book from the File menu choose Save Changing Moving Copying and Deleting Entries To change the nickname for an entry see the next section Renaming a Nickname To make other changes to an entry that is to change any information in the Address es Notes or Info tabs select the entry from the list and edit the fields as appropriate To move or copy an entry to a file do the following 1 Right click the address book entry to display the drop down list 2 From the drop down list choose Move To to move an entry or Copy To to copy an entry The Choose a Nickname File dialog box appears so that you can select the file to which you want to move or copy the entry Choose a Nickname File dialog box Choose a Nickname File Ea Nickname File Cancel 3 You can move an entry or entries to a different file by dragging it or copy it by holding down the Shift or Ctrl key and then dragging it E QUALCOMM Incorporated 160 Renaming a Nickname Eudora User Manual You cannot move an entry into the file it is already in but you can copy an entry into its file A Copy of Entry is created To delete an entry or an address file select it from the list and click the
390. tates amp West Coast 2 To open a mailbox or folder within the window double click it or click it once and press Enter You can move among the folders and mailboxes using the up and down arrow keys or close or open folders using the left and right arrow keys 3 You may start typing the name of the mailbox or folder you want and it is highlighted when you have typed enough unique characters to identify it the item must be displayed so a mailbox that is in a closed folder cannot be selected 4 Right click any item in the Mailboxes window and a drop down list appears whose commands let you depending on the item create find messages remove and rename mailboxes and folders open existing mailboxes and folders and empty the trash from the Trash mailbox The folder trees displayed in the Mailboxes window and some of the operations available from the drop down list depend on what protocol your mail server uses POP or IMAP For more information on these differences see Mailbox and Folder Management POP vs IMAP Server on page 103 Click the page number to display the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated 101 Eudora User Manual Using the Mailboxes Window 102 Creating a New Mailbox or Folder To create a new mailbox or folder in the Mailboxes window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Mailboxes or click the Mailboxes window s tab if it is part of a visible tabbed window group 2 Right click a folder 3
391. tationery directory Stationery files are stored with the sta extension See the Eudora User Manual sections Using Stationery and Stationery Window for more details on how to create and use stationery files descmap pce Mappings between mailbox names and file names are stored in the descmap pce file Eudora cnt Eudora hlip The Eudora cnt and Eudora hip files contain respectively the table of contents informa tion and the help text for Eudora s online help topics accessed when you select Topics from the Help menu These two files must be kept in the same directory Eudora exe Eudora exe is the Eudora application executable file You may find it convenient to keep a shortcut of this file on your Windows desktop double click on the shortcut icon to open Eudora QUALCOMM Incorporated Mail Storage QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Eudora ini Your Options information is saved in the Eudora ini file along with other information This file contains notes that describe each entry For more information see the EUDORA INI Settings File topic in the Help Topics dialog of the online help Contents tab accessed by selecting Topics from the Help menu Also see Setting Eudora Preferences on page 197 Click page number to display options eudora log eudorlog old Eudora can keep records of all mail transfers These records are kept in the eudora log and eudorlog old files The eudorlog old file is ov
392. ted 51 Eudora User Manual Incoming Message Window The incoming message window consists of the title bar toolbar and message body Ttle Bar The title bar provides information about the message including the name of the sender the time and date the message was delivered and the message subject oolbar The toolbar consists of buttons and menus displayed just under the title bar oe Pk 52 Tow Truck This can be used to move any current message into a different mailbox In an opened message hold the mouse button down on the icon and drag it to an open mailbox or a mailbox in the Mailboxes window Fixed Width Click this button to convert the message text to the fixed width type writer style message font set in your Fonts options This lets you view aligned text such as columns and tables more easily BLAH BLAH BLAH If this is on all the message headers appear Pencil If this is on you can edit the message Delete From Server If this is on the message will be deleted from the server the next time mail is checked POP servers only This icon appears only if you have the Leave Mail on Server option selected in the Incoming Mail options window See Leaving Mail on the Server on page 56 Click the page number to display the topic Retrieve From Server Fetch If this is on the message is retrieved fetched from the server the next time mail is checked POP servers only This icon appears
393. tem in order to log on to the mail system The Eudora implementation of MAPI does not implement authentication since Eudora itself requires authentication to access the POP3 and IMAP4 servers Eudora Implementation of MAPI Eudora implements a subset of the full MAPI library by providing two replacement DLLs for the standard Microsoft MAPI DLLs The Eudora EUMAPI DLL is a replacement for the 16 bit Microsoft MAPI DLL and the Eudora EUMAPI32 DLL is a replacement for the 32 bit Microsoft MAPI32 DLL The Eudora MAPI DLLs must be located in the same directory as the Eudora program The Eudora MAPI DLLs implement the standard Simple MAPI functions detailed in the MAPI specification The MAPI specification also defines Extended MAPI functions however the Eudora MAPI DLLs implement only the Simple MAPI subset Note The Eudora MAPI implementation requires all MAPI client applications to use only the Simple MAPI functions supported by the Eudora MAPI DLLs MAPI client applications which use only the basic Simple MAPI calls will generally not be able to tell the difference between the Eudora MAPI DLL functions and the Microsoft MAPI DLL functions It is important to understand that MAPI client applications load the MAPI DLL libraries at runtime whenever they need to access the MAPI functions Each client application expects to find either the 16 bit MAPI DLL file or the 32 bit MAPI32 DLL file in a common application independent location
394. tes received Bit 8 128 Corrupt mailbox TOC file messages Bit 9 256 Basic EMSAPI translator messages Bit 10 512 Advanced EMSAPI translator messages QUALCOMM Incorporated Troubleshooting What to Do First Occasionally you may encounter a problem or bug when using Eudora This section includes information to help you solve those problems You can also check the Eudora Technical Support Web Pages click the following URL http eudora qualcomm com techsupport If you are having problems try the following Be sure that you have the current release of Eudora Be sure that your incoming mail account POP or IMAP is set correctly This mail account may be different from your e mail address so double check to see that you have entered the proper information in the Return address Mail Server Incoming and Login Name fields of the Getting Started options Tools gt Options gt Getting Started Incoming mail accounts are usually of the following format Login name mailservername Be sure your SMTP server is set correctly in the SMTP server field of the Sending Mail options Tools gt Options gt Sending Mail This server may or may not be the same computer as your POP server See Sending Mail on page 203 Click page number to display topic Be sure you are entering your password correctly paying attention to uppercase and lowercase letters make sure the Caps Lock key is off Be sure the date is correct on your co
395. th each outgoing message If multiple headers are to be sent separate each with nn For example ExtraHeaders X Header1 foo r nX Header2 bar List of directories to search for additional nickname files Multiple directories can be entered separated by semicolons When doing a Make Filter the name of the mailbox folder to place the default named mailbox that is created when filtering based on whom the message is from When doing a Make Filter the name of the mailbox folder to place the default named mailbox that is created when filtering based on whom the message is to When doing a Make Filter the name of the mailbox folder to place the default named mailbox that is created when filtering based on the subject of the message Match Case check box in the Find dialog Summaries Only check box in the Find dialog When checking mail on a POP server download any mail that hasn t been retrieved at this machine When checking mail on a POP server download only messages that haven t been read on any machine If on then if a message contains 7 bit characters except for directional quotes then those directional quotes are turned in to regular non directional quotes so that the message may be sent out as 7 bit no quoted printable encoding needed QUALCOMM Incorporated Settings Entry GssDIIName GuessParagraphs HTMLInPlainText IdleTime IgnoreldleOnManualCheck IMAPLeafMenu IMAPPreviewPane IMAP
396. the Edit Phonebook Entry dialog select the Script tab click the Run this script option and then enter the name of your saved login script QUALCOMM Incorporated eC 263 Eudora User Manual Creating a Desktop Phonebook Shortcut 264 This script is compatible with both Windows 95 98 and Windows NT 4 x Dialup Networking tools If the login sequence fails then the script will halt leaving you free to attempt a manual login via the popup Dialup Networking terminal window Creating a Desktop Phonebook Shortc ut You may find it convenient to create a desktop shortcut to your Phonebook entry some thing we recommend To create a Phonebook shortcut under Windows 95 98 1 Open the Dialup Networking folder then drag a Phonebook icon to your Windows desktop 2 To rename the shortcut label select the shortcut icon and press F2 or just click on the shortcut label twice slowly To create a Phonebook shortcut under Windows NT 4 x 1 Open the Dialup Networking tool click the More button and select the Create shortcut to entry item 2 Choose a name for the shortcut in the Save dialog then save the shortcut to your Desktop folder To test the Dialup Networking connection double click on the shortcut icon on your Desktop Once your Phonebook entry successfully and automatically creates a TCP IP connection to your Internet Service Provider you are ready to configure Eudora to auto matically dial the Phonebook entry Configuring
397. the Server Name for the ACAP server your User Name and your Password see above click this button to retrieve your Eudora settings from the ACAP server The retrieved settings replace your current Eudora settings QUALCOMM Incorporated Kerberos Eudora User Manual Kerberos These options control the Kerberos authentication system If your network uses Kerberos for authentication the appropriate options are provided by your email administrator To display the Kerberos options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Kerberos icon The Kerberos options window appears Kerberos options window Options 27 xi Category These settings are for the Kerberos security system Only fill them in if your network administrator tells you to do so Kerberos POP3 port Realm Service name ficmd Advanced Network Service format 1 40 3 For the service format insert Auto Configure 1 for the Service name above 2 for POP host full domain name 3 for Realm above Kerberos 4 for POP host name bA Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Kerberos POP3 port This is the port that the Kerberos POP server is listening on Realm This is the network realm that the Kerberos server resides in Service name default remd This is the type of service that you re requesting Service format default 1 4 3 This is the name
398. the Task Status showing background activity Task Status Window The Task Status window displays background activity retrieving mail from incoming servers and sending mail to outgoing servers Mail can be retrieved and sent from each of your personalities simultaneously Progress information is described in Background Tasks on page 222 To access and display the Task Status window do the following 1 QUALCOMM Incorporated From the Tools menu choose Task Status Or if the Task Status window is in a visible tabbed window click its tab The Task Status window appears Task Status window Task Status Task Status Progress amp Sending 1 messages left to send _ TO 22 Checking 8 message s left to download MEE Notice the progress indicators on the status bar located at the right hand bottom of the Eudora window A progress bar and spinning black and white ball indicate that back ground tasks are occurring Progress bar and task progress indicator E i On the progress bar or spinning indicator click to display the Task Status window Right click to display the indicator s drop down list Task indicator s context menu Stop All Tasks Go offline Show Task Status Choose Stop All Tasks to cancel the tasks currently occurring Choose Go offline to disconnect from the server An alert window appears letting you know that you are offline and cannot connect to the server This is useful i
399. the screen the up or left arrow key closes the current message and opens the previous message in the mailbox The down or right arrow key closes the current message and opens the next message in the mailbox If this option is turned off the arrow keys can be used to move the cursor insertion point within messages and in the preview pane Note The preview pane will get updated to correspond to the current message in focus This can be an easy way to read your mail To enable the preview pane see Viewing Mail on page 210 Click the page number to display the topic Even if this option is selected the arrow keys do not switch messages if there is an outgoing message topmost on the screen Ctrl arrow keys lf this is selected you can switch messages by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the arrow keys The switching behavior is described above under the Unmodified arrow keys option The Ctrl arrow keystrokes do not work when composition windows are open on the screen Alt arrow keys lf this is selected you can switch messages by holding down the Alt key and pressing the arrow keys The switching behavior is described above under the Unmodified arrow keys option The Alt arrow keystrokes do work when composition windows are open on the screen Empty Trash when exiting lf this is selected the Trash mailbox is emptied when you exit Eudora If this is turned off the Trash is only emptied when you select Empty Trash from th
400. the status bar e for tasks that are currently waiting units in milliseconds StationerySignatureRules StripDuplicateAddresses SwitchPreviewWithTab TabooHeaders TabSpaces TabStop TaskErrorKeepAll TaskErrorLinesPerRow between images 1 Signature precedence is as follows User s selection Stationery s signature Personality s signature Set this to 0 to put Personality s signature before Stationery s 1 When replying to a message controls whether or not duplicate copies of your email address will be removed from the To and Cc headers This helps to avoid buildup of your email address in email conversations 1 When on pressing the lt Tab gt key in a mailbox will switch focus between the message list and the previewed message X UID Received StA comma separated list of headers without colons that atus X UIDL should not be shown when the Show all headers switch Message n the Blah Blah Blah icon is off for a message The Reply X Priority Mi matching is done on a prefix basis so any header that me Version Conte begins with one of these values will not be shown nt X Persona Resent Message Referenes Return X 400 Mail System Errors To X List Delivery Disposition X Juno Precedence X Attachments X MSMail X MimeOLE 0 If on then when the Tab key is pressed while the cursor is in the body of the message spaces are inserted instead of a tab character 8 How many space
401. the topic QUALCOMM Incorporated 167 Eudora User Manual Keeping the Directory Services Window on Top 168 Keeping the Directory Services Window on Top To keep the Directory Services window on top so that you can easily continue using it select the Keep On Top option located at the bottom of the left pane Eudora remembers the state of this option when you quit and restart the program Note The behavior of this option is subject to the restrictions in the section Considering the State of the Window on page 171 Making a Query To look someone up on the Internet within your company or in your Eudora Address Book open the Directory Services window and do the following Important If you are using Eudora in Light mode you cannot make multiple or simulta neous queries 1 Inthe Databases list select the database s you want to search in your query To select a database click the checkbox to the left of the database until a checkmark appears in the box You can select multiple databases and you can use multiple proto cols You must select at least one database in the list for Eudora to perform the query Note Eudora remembers which databases you ve selected when you quit and restart the program 2 Inthe Query field type a text string you want to search against If one or more of your selected databases use a protocol other than Ph your entry in this field is always interpreted as a name If you have onl
402. the various types only requires editing the EUDORA INI file with a text editor like the one that comes with Eudora There is a section in the EUDORA INI file labeled Mappings followed by some entries one per line Each entry is called a map A map defines when the mapping should occur which can be in out or both followed by an equals sign and five parameters These five parameters are in order the computer file extension the Macintosh creator code the Macintosh type the MIME type and the MIME subtype Here are some sample entries Mappings both gif image gif both mpg video mpeg both doc MSWD in xls XCEL out xls XCEL XLS 4 both eps EPSF application postscript A map marked in only tries to match the map to messages that you receive A map marked out only tries to match the map to messages that you send A map marked both tries to match the map to both incoming and outgoing messages The first map above says that any incoming MIME message that has a part type of image and subtype of gif will get saved to a file with the extension gif It also specifies that outgoing messages that have an attachment with the file extension gif will get the MIME type of image and subtype of gif if the encoding method of the message is MIME The second map is similar to the first map in structure but uses a different file extension and MIME type and
403. this option is turned off the main window toolbar buttons always have a raised look Show status bar If this option is selected Eudora displays a status bar at the bottom of the main window The status bar provides a brief description of menu items and toolbar buttons Also information about background tasks if running appears Show category icons This option allows you to turn the Category icons in Options on and off Show MDI task bar If this option is selected Eudora displays the Eudora taskbar at the bottom of the window work area This taskbar contains buttons for all open and minimized normal Eudora windows such as mailboxes email and Address Book Viewing Mail The Viewing Mail options determine how Eudora displays incoming and outgoing message windows and the message preview pane in mailbox windows To display the Viewing Mail options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Viewing Mail icon The Viewing Mail options window appears QUALCOMM Incorporated Viewing Mail Eudora User Manual Viewing Mail options window Options 24 xi Category m Message Window Useticrasoft s viewer Message window width eo EH Message window height 20 Replying Attachments r Preview Pane IV Show message preview pane I Mark previewed messages as read after E second s IV Automatically open next message s MV Zoom windows when opening
404. thod found in previous versions of Eudora Eudora now requires that you use the Microsoft SLIP PPP Dialup Networking connection method that is a standard feature of both Windows 95 98 and Windows NT 4 x The Microsoft SLIP PPP Dialup Networking facility offers the following advantages over the retired Eudora Serial Dialup feature m TCP IP running on top of SLIP PPP is inherently more reliable than a Serial Dialup connection because reliable end to end data transmission is an integral feature of TCP IP m ASLIP PPP dialup connection is application independent and supports TCP IP IPX and NetBEUI protocols Eudora Serial Dialup was not generic and applied specifically to checking and sending mail with Eudora m ASLIP PPP connection supports transmission of binary data as required by the IMAP4 protocol m Microsoft Dialup Networking supports a wider range of modem hardware and naviga tion scripts are generally modem independent As with the old Serial Dialup function Eudora can use Microsoft Dialup Networking to automatically dial your mail server check and or send mail and then automatically hang up the connection General Steps Following are the general steps necessary to set up Microsoft Windows to use Microsoft Dialup Networking If you have already set up Microsoft Dialup Networking and can successfully connect to your Internet Service Provider then skip to the section Config uring Eudora to Auto Dial the Phonebook Entry
405. ting by the data in that column You can also resize the widths of the columns by dragging the separator line between the column heading labels Position the pointer over the separator until you see a splitter cursor then drag the line to left or right In the File List control double click an item in the Name column or select one or more items in the column and press Enter to open the selected items For program files this action launches the program For document files this action generally launches the regis tered viewing or editing application for that document Eudora displays an error dialog box if itis unable to open a file in this way To adjust the relative heights of the Folder Browser and File List controls position the pointer over the separator bar between the Folder Browser and File List controls until the splitter cursor appears then click and drag the separator up or down Note that the File Browser window maintains a minimum height for the Folder Browser and File List controls so you cannot close them all the way To manually refresh the File Browser window display right click anywhere in the File Browser window but not on a Folder Browser item or File List item then choose Refresh from the drop down context menu Tip A good place to right click is in the Drive Selector box Alternately press the F5 key while keyboard focus is in the File Browser window You can select one or more files in the File List contr
406. tion 115 Make Subject action 115 Match Type popup 114 Matching Text field 114 None action 115 QUALCOMM Incorporated Index Notify Application action 116 Notify User action 116 Open action 115 or option 114 Play Sound action 115 Print action 116 Redirect To action 116 re ordering 112 Reply with action 116 Server Options action 116 Skip Rest action 117 speak action 115 starts with option 114 Transfer To action 116 unless option 115 Filters command 112 192 Filters directory 240 Filters window 111 filters pce file 241 Find 119 Stopping 120 Within a message 119 Find command 187 Find Messages in mailbox and folders 120 Find Next button 120 Find submenu 187 Find Text in message summary area of mailbox 120 Find Text Again command 120 Find the latest versions of Eudora 18 Finger definition 288 Finger Database 176 Finger protocol 167 finger ini file 241 Finish Address Book Entry command 164 187 Fixed Width button 52 Fixed width fonts how to enter in Options 209 Fixed width option 284 Float In Main Window command 131 132 134 137 139 Floating windows 133 Folder definition 288 Font popup 23 Font submenu 30 Fonts options 208 For new mail download how to enter in Options IMAP server 202 Forget Password s command 49 192 Formatting text 29 Copy amp Unwrap 31 Unwrap Selection 31 Wrap Selection 31 Forward definition 288 Forward command 64 189 Forward To action 116 297 Index Forward To submenu 165 189
407. tions dialog box appears allowing you to select options for creating a new message Personality and Stationery Drag the button icon to your desired position on the toolbar Note If you need help at any time during toolbar customization click the Help button in the Customize dialog box When you are finished adding toolbar buttons click the Close button to close the Customize dialog box Following are specific instructions for the tabbed panels of the Customize window QUALCOMM Incorporated General The Categories list contains names of menus and submenus The buttons correspond to commands on these menus and submenus For more information on the functions of these commands see Using Menu Commands on page 185 Click the page number to display the topic Mailboxes The Mailboxes list shows the same view as your Mailboxes window open it by choosing Mailboxes from the Tools menu To add a toolbar button for a mailbox click the mailbox and drag the appropriate button to the toolbar If the mailbox is in a closed folder double click the folder icon to open it and display its contents or click the plus sign to open the folder then click the mailbox and drag the desired button to the toolbar Note that you cannot add a toolbar button for a mail folder For more infor mation on the Mailboxes window see Using the Mailboxes Window on page 101 Click the page number to display the topic Plugins The Plugins list sho
408. to UNIX Copy Protocol UUCP UUCP is a UNIX email protocol Uuencode This is an attachment decoding method best used for recipients using PC or UNIX systems that are not MIME compliant Username A character string by which users are known for example 1dempster User name is also called Login name Winsock Winsock is a connection method There are two methods of making Winsock calls using TCP IP stacks blocking and asynchronous World Wide Web Also known as the Web the World Wide Web is a graphical interface to Internet resources Web refers to the set of hypermedia pages accessible via the Internet QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 291 Glossary QUALCOMM Incorporated ET 292 Index Click the page number to display the topic Symbols in the Status column 95 e in the Status column 41 45 51 95 in the Status column 47 95 and buttons 158 me nickname for personal identification 66 A About Eudora command 195 ACAP definition 287 Account Settings dialog adding a new personality 83 Add as Recipient command 165 191 Add to Recipient List command 165 166 Address Book and buttons 158 Add to Recipient List command 166 adding nicknames to the Quick Recipient List 166 addressing a message from 162 changing entries in 160 161 copying entries in 160 creating a message from 161 creating new entries in 158 definition 287 deleting entries in 161 displaying entries in 157 Expand Nickname option 1
409. ton on the Windows 95 98 NT 4 x Taskbar you can check for new mail without maximizing the Taskbar button To do so place the mouse pointer over the Eudora Taskbar button click the right mouse button and select Check Mail Mail Storage When you install Eudora it creates a number of files and directories within the assigned directory In addition Eudora creates additional files and directories as needed for mail boxes signatures stationery nicknames Address Books and other functions The major Eudora files and directories are described Ad Cache Directory All ad files downloaded to Eudora are kept in this directory Attach Directory Incoming attachments are saved in the Attach directory until you specify another directory using the Attachment directory button in the Attachment Options Tools Options Attach ments See the Eudora User Manual section Receiving Attachments for more details DirectoryServices Directory Eudora uses the DirectoryServices directory to store the dll files for the Directory Services protocols that you use in the Directory Services window See the Eudora User Manual section Using Directory Services for more details on these protocols QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 239 Eudora User Manual Mail Storage 240 Embedded Directory Eudora uses the Embedded directory to store JPEG image files that you insert into the body of outgoing messages using the Insert Picture command under the Edit menu
410. tor choose Save The Save dialog box appears d Name the file while retaining the Idif extension and save it on your computer e Then in the Eudora Import Settings window click Browse to locate the address book file you just saved 7 To migrate your email account click Next Eudora transfers all settings including personalities incoming and outgoing server names real name return name and login name Important It may take a long period of time for the migration to occur depending on how much mail the complexity of your settings and the size of your address book that you are importing into Eudora During the migration if the process stops because of a corrupt message you must go into your Netscape Messenger 4 0 and earlier or Microsoft Outlook Express 5 0 or 98 and delete the corrupt message to resume the migration The Success window appears indicating that your migration was successful Once migra tion occurs the settings you are importing are immediate and your mail is migrated Note When the migration is occurring notice in the Mailbox window that a mailbox tree begins to form For example you will see the folder Outlook and all its mailboxes listed underneath A plus sign next to the folder name indicates that other folders mailboxes are contained within this folder QUALCOMM Incorporated Adding a Personality via the Account Settings Dialog Eudora User Manual Adding a Personality via the Account Settings
411. tting Started Checking Mail Incoming Mail Sending Mail Internet Dialup Replying Attachments Fonts Display Viewing Mail Mailboxes Styled Text Spell Checking Sponsored and Paid modes only Auto Completion Sponsored and Paid modes only Date Display Labels Getting Attention 168 169 170 170 171 171 172 172 173 173 175 175 176 177 182 183 185 185 185 186 188 189 190 191 192 194 194 197 197 197 199 200 203 205 206 207 208 209 210 212 213 215 216 218 219 221 QUALCOMM Incorporated Background Tasks Automation Extra Warnings MAPI Advanced Network Auto Configure Kerberos Miscellaneous Using Modifiers and Shortcuts Eudora Modifiers Eudora Shortcuts General Reference Right Mouse Button Mail Storage Plug ins Extended Messaging Services The Messaging Application Program Interface MAPI Putting Multiple Users on One Computer Mail Transport Introduction Outgoing Mail Incoming Mail More Information MAPI Technical Report Where to Get More Information on MAPI What Does MAPI Do MAPI Overview Eudora Implementation of MAPI Eudora MAPI Startup Procedure Eudora MAPI Shutdown Procedure Eudora DLL Swapping Restrictions MIME and Mapping What Is MIME MIME Encoding MIME Labeling Practical Issues Turning Off Quoted Printable Encoding Mapping Between File Extensions MIME Types and Macintosh Types Sources Anonymous FTP ftp eudora com Eudora Infor
412. twork panel appears QUALCOMM Incorporated E 177 Eudora User Manual 178 3 Using Directory Service Databases LDAP Database window Network panel Modify Database In the Network panel enter a descriptive name for the server the Host Name or IP address of the server and the Port number in the respective fields If you select the This server requires me to log on option new fields appear in which to enter an Account name and a Password However most LDAP servers do not require you to log in Enter values in these fields if you have specific instructions from your LDAP administrator to so do Select the Attributes tab to display the Attributes panel LDAP Database Attributes panel Modify Database First name Phone h Street h Location Organization In the Attributes panel you can add edit or remove attribute mappings using the buttons displayed just below the window You use the Attribute list to manage how information appears in the query results list and query results details portion of the screen 5 To add an attribute mapping click Add The Add Attribute list appears QUALCOMM Incorporated Using Directory Service Databases Eudora User Manual 6 QUALCOMM Incorporated LDAP Database window Attributes panel Add Attribute Modify Database 21x Network Attributes Search Options Log l Attribute Name PresentAs Add Attribute ix Attribute Name renee o
413. u iii Transfer Special T New Message Ctrl N Reply Ctrl R Reply to 4ll Forward Redirect Send Again New Message To gt Forward To gt Redirect To gt New Message With gt Reply With gt Reply to All With gt Send File Ctrl H Attach gt Goeue For Weliven Erre Change gt Delete Ctrl D UAWelete New Message Open a new message composition window Reply Reply to the sender of the current message Reply to All Reply to the sender and all original recipients of the current message Forward Forward the current message to someone else Redirect Redirect the current message to someone else Send Again Resend a message rejected by the mail system You can also use this command to resend saved or copied messages to avoid retyping message body text or message header text However if you try to resend a received message with an attach ment The attachment is not included in the newly sent message New Message To Send a message to someone on your Quick Recipient List Forward To Forward a message to someone on your Quick Recipient List Redirect To Redirect a message to someone on your Quick Recipient List New Message With Open a new message window with the selected stationery QUALCOMM Incorporated E 189 Eudora User Manual Transfer Menu 190 Reply With Open a reply message with the selected stationery Reply to the sender of the message only Reply to All With Open a reply
414. ude yourself option in the Replying options See Replying on page 206 This works only if you are using Reply to All Click the page number to display the topic Note To determine who you are for the Include yourself option Eudora uses the me nickname If you do not have a me nickname set up in your Address Book Eudora uses the contents of the Mail Server Incoming Login Name and Return address fields from the Getting Started options Incoming mail accounts are usually of the form login name mailservername The me nickname is particularly useful if you have multiple addresses and don t want replies to go to any of those addresses To put the addresses of the other recipients of the original message in the Cc field instead of the To field select the Put original To recipients in Cc field option in the Replying options window Only the original sender s address is put in the To field This works only if you are using Reply to All See Replying on page 206 Click the page number to display the topic To copy the original message s priority to your replies select the Copy original s priority to reply option in the Replying options window To change the keyboard shortcut Ctrl R from its normal function of Reply to Reply to All turn on the Map Ctrl R to Reply to All option in the Replying options window The change is reflected on the Message menu
415. umber Only do automatic mail checks when a network connection is already established If this is selected Eudora will do an automatic mail check only if you are connected to a network Replying The Replying options determine how replies are created To display the Replying options window do the following 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Scroll and click the Replying icon The Replying options window appears Replying options window Options x Category Fa J Map Ctrl R to Reply to All T Copy original s priority to reply T Automatically Fee to original mailbox I Include signature on reply ct Attachments IV Quote only the selected text When replying to all Fonts T Include yourself T Put original To recipients in Ce field Display Viewing Mail 7 x Cancel Select the options you want to change Options are described below Map Ctrl R to Reply to All lf this is selected when you hold down the Ctrl key and press R a new message is created addressed to all of the recipients of the original message as well as the sender Copy original s priority to reply lf this is selected your replies use the same priority as the original message Automatically Fcc to original mailbox Sponsored and Paid modes only If this is selected replies are automatically copied to the same mailbox that contains the original message with the exception of the In box replies which are copied
416. us diagonal arrow 65 Redo command 187 Refresh command 149 Refresh Mailbox List command 62 103 Registered Drivers column 172 Registering Eudora 18 Regular expression in Find Messages window 124 Regular Expressions Matches regular expressions in filters 114 Rejected messages sending 66 Remote domain 290 Remove Deleted Messages command 61 106 Remove From Recipient List command 165 166 Remove Recipient submenu 165 191 Rename command 102 161 Renaming a mail folder 102 Renaming a mailbox 102 Replied status left arrow 63 Reply 303 Index Copy original s priority to reply option 63 in a filter with stationery 73 Include yourself option 63 Map Ctrl R to Reply to All option 63 Put original To recipients in Cc field option 63 Reply command 63 with stationery 73 Reply command 63 189 Reply to All command 63 189 Reply to All With submenu 190 Reply with action 116 Reply With submenu 73 190 Replying Options Copy original s priority to reply 28 Copy original s priority to reply option 63 Include yourself 63 Map Ctrl R to Reply to All option 63 Put original To recipients in Cc field option 63 Replying options 206 Reply To field in Filters 113 Resize bar in a docked window 133 Resynchronize Mailbox command 61 103 Retrieve From Server Fetch button 52 Retrieve messages marked for retrieval option 58 Retrieve new mail option 58 Retrieve only message headers 58 Return address how to enter in Options 198 Return
417. utton and contains a small triangle Click the zoom button to minimize maximize or restore the width or height of that docked window relative to the other docked windows adjacent to it QUALCOMM Incorporated Floating Windows Eudora User Manual Close Button The close button contains an x and appears next to the zoom button Click the close button to close the docked window Resize Bar When two windows are docked side by side along one edge of the main window a bar appears between them called the resize bar Drag this bar up or down or to the left or right as appropriate to enlarge one of the docked windows and reduce the other Hoating Windows A window is in the floating state if it floats above the main Eudora window and can be placed anywhere on the desktop including outside the main Eudora window In this way a floating window is a standard Windows Always on Top window like tool palettes in paint programs Sample floating windows File Edit Mailbox Message Transfer Special Tools Window Help Peto ie Cay eat 2 y x 1y E2 l m on vacation f Order form f Thank youl Welcome f We re sory Eudora by QUALCOMM of x f Trash amp Work stuff Personal Family Friends Sy Travel East Coast Mid states e Southern states f atch M incoming g D Outgoing IM Manual Header fany Header x contains x
418. ve the changes to the topmost window Shift Save Save the changes to all open windows Save As Save the current message s to a text file QUALCOMM Incorporated 185 Eudora User Manual Edit Menu 186 Save As Stationery Sponsored and Paid modesonly Save the current message to a stationery file Stationery files have the sta extension and by default are saved in your Stationery directory Send Queued Messages Send all messages that have been queued for delivery Shift Send Queued Messages Display the Mail Transfer Options dialog box Check Mail Pick up new mail from the incoming mail server POP or IMAP Shift Check Mail Display the Mail Transfer Options dialog box Print Print the current message s or window Print Preview Display the Print Preview window giving a preview of how the current item s to be printed will look when printed Print Setup Display the Print Setup window where you can set the printing options Import Display the Import Mail amp Addresses dialog box to import your messages and address book from Netscape Messenger 4 0 or Microsoft s Outlook 98 and Express 5 0 Exit Exit quit the Eudora application Edit Menu This menu provides text editing tools Edit menu Mailbox Message Transfer 5 Undo Typing Ctrl4 Z Redo Typing Cut Ctrl lt Copy Ctrl C Paste Ctrl V Paste Special Paste As Quotation Ctrl Wear Text gt
419. vides only simple descriptions so for more details refer to this document Information provided in the Eudora Quick Start Guide is as follows Finding Information Getting Started Installing Eudora Opening and Configuring Eudora Operating Eudora in One of Three Modes Registering Eudora Technical Support Creating and Sending a Message Checking and Receiving Mail Setting up Automatic Mail Checking Replying to a Message Forwarding a Message Redirecting a Message Shortcuts The functions listed above except for Getting Started and the Eudora installation sections are described more thoroughly in this manual Online Help There are several ways to get online Help with Eudora To find out what something on the screen does use context sensitive help For instruction on how to perform certain tasks use the help topics To receive daily tips on assorted Eudora features each time you open Eudora read the Tip of the Day Context Sensitive Help Choose Context Sensitive Help from the Help menu Then click the item in question A brief description of the item appears Click anywhere to close the description window Click the Help button Then click the item in question A brief description of the item appears Click anywhere to close the description window QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual Operating Eudora in One of Three Modes 16 m Press the F1 key Select the option command or field item in Eudora you wa
420. w group 2 Right click it and choose Delete from the drop down list or click once on it to highlight it and then press the Delete key If you choose to remove a mailbox in which messages are still stored or a folder in which other mailboxes or folders are stored you are prompted to confirm the deletion for each such item selected Click Remove it to delete the current item for which you are being QUALCOMM Incorporated Mailbox and Folder Management POP vs IMAP Eudora User Manual prompted or click Remove all to remove all items selected for deletion and no further prompts will appear Or click Cancel to cancel the deletion If you delete a non empty mailbox or folder all messages mailboxes and folders contained within the mailbox or folder are also deleted Mailbox and Folder Management POP vs IMAP The location of your mailboxes and mail folders depends on whether your incoming mail server for your account uses the POP or IMAP protocol If your incoming mail server uses POP then all of your mailboxes and mail folders are created and stored on your computer If your incoming mail server uses IMAP then all of your mailboxes and mail folders are created and stored on the IMAP server The parallel situation holds true if you have multiple email accounts mailboxes and folders for all of your POP accounts are stored on your computer mailboxes and folders for all of your IMAP accounts are stored on the respective IMAP servers Mai
421. w is a comparison between Eudora email and postal mail Eudora Email Postal Mail Mail is sent and received to and from Mail is sent and received to and from servers provided by your ISP or post offices provided by your network government Mail is transported using servers Mail is transported using trucks trains and planes QUALCOMM Incorporated E Eudora User Manual Where Do Find Information Eudora Email Postal Mail Incoming server delivers mail to your computer This server uses the POP or IMAP protocol Your computer is your mailbox Check for mail Mail is delivered to your In box However you can have mail sorted automatically to other mailboxes you set up Look up an email address in your address book Look up a person s information using Directory Services To compose mail you type on your computer s keyboard You enter header information which includes your recipient s email address and your return address You send mail to your outgoing server where it will be sent This server uses the SMTP protocol This server creates an electronic envelope for your email Your recipient receives your mail usually within a few minutes Postal carrier delivers mail to your home or office You go to your mailbox Check for mail Mail is delivered to your mailbox However you can sort your mail once you receive it Look up an address in your address book Look up a person s in
422. window is a docked window that contains two tool windows with tabs on the left side in top to bottom order To display this window display one of the member windows from the Tools menu m Task Status m Task Errors Note The far left window is the default window that will appear To change this default window select the window you want to appear as the default and drag it to the far left tabbed window grouping See Reorganizing Tabbed Windows on page 136 for more information Click the page number to display the topic 135 Eudora User Manual Tabbed Windows 136 As described later in this section you can reorganize these default tabbed windows any way you like Your newly arranged tabbed window will be preserved when you quit and restart Eudora Note Due to file format incompatibilities if you upgrade from a pre 4 0 version of Eudora you will lose the previous docking state of your Mailboxes window and toolbar Eudora will reset the toolbar and docking states to the default configuration noted above However customized toolbar information is preserved only the size and location of your toolbar may change Opening and Activating Tabbed Windows To open a tabbed window that s hidden open any of its member windows by selecting the appropriate command from the Tools menu The tabbed window opens with the selected window as the active frontmost window If the tabbed window is already visible and you wish to display one o
423. would take a lot longer for your mail to leave your computer because your computer would have to call up each addressee s computer and deliver your mail For another some computers are hard to find it s much better to let another computer hunt for your addressee than to make your computer do it Finally sometimes your addressee s computer won t be available when you want to send mail The SMTP server handles this by holding your mail until the other computer is ready to accept it eliminating the inconvenience of having unsent messages hanging around on your computer QUALCOMM Incorporated Es 245 Eudora User Manual Incoming Mail 246 Incoming Mail When somebody sends you mail other computers use the SMTP protocol to deliver the mail to your POP or IMAP server Your POP or IMAP server puts mail in your mail drop where it stays until the Eudora program picks it up When you check your mail Eudora uses POP version 3 or IMAP version 4 to pick up your mail and move it to your computer Why doesn t Eudora use SMTP to receive your mail SMTP works best when the computers it knows about are always ready for mail Unless you wanted to run Eudora 24 hours per day seven days a week SMTP wouldn t work very well for you It also doesn t work well in lab environments where you might use any number of different computers More Infomation If you want to Know more about the Internet in general consult the book Intern
424. ws installed message and resource plug ins You can add a plug in button to the toolbar so that just by clicking on the button you launch the plug in application Note that if you elected to install QUALCOMM s PureVoice voice messaging software plug in when you installed Eudora Eudora automatically adds a toolbar button for the PureVoice plug in at the extreme right of the toolbar See Plug ins Extended Messaging Services on page 242 for more information on installing and using plug ins Click the page number to display the topic Recipients The Recipients list on the left shows all recipients that are listed on your Quick Recipient List which is the list of recipients to whom you frequently send mail See Using the Quick Recipient List on page 165 for more information Click the page number to display the topic The buttons correspond to functions you can perform when addressing and sending mail to recipients on your list New Message To Forward To Redirect To all on the Message menu and Insert Recipient on the Edit menu If there are no recipients on your Quick Recipient List the Recipients area of this dialog box panel is empty Stationery The Stationery list shows all of your stationery files The buttons corre spond to stationery related commands New Message With Reply With and Reply to All With all under the Message menu For more information on using stationery see Using Stationery on page 70 Click the p
425. y configure TCP IP you may need some information from your Internet Service Provider regarding your IP address and your DNS server s After you install Dialup Networking follow these steps to define a new Phonebook entry 1 QUALCOMM Incorporated Double click on the My Computer icon to open an Explorer window Then double click on the Dialup Networking icon to launch the Dialup Networking tool Click the New button to display the New Phonebook Entry Wizard Enter the name you want to associate with your Internet Service Provider then click Next to display the Server page Most Internet Service Providers use a terminal server or a Unix server to support dialup users Therefore you should generally check all three boxes to indicate that 1 you are calling the Internet 2 it is okay to send your plain text password and 3 the server expects login information Ask your email administrator or your Internet Service Provider if you are unsure about these settings 261 Eudora User Manual Defining a Login Script 262 1 o 11 12 13 14 Click Next to display the Modem or Adapter page Select your modem from the list then click Next to display the Phone Number page In the edit box enter the primary phone number for your Internet Service Provider If your provider has alternate phone numbers click the Alternates button and enter the alternate phone numbers Click Next to display the Serial Line Protocol page
426. y Ph servers selected as your databases you can enter any commands that Ph will interpret 3 To start the query press Enter or click Start The query begins and the Start button changes to Stop To stop the query before it is completed click the Stop button When the query is completed or if you click Stop to cancel the query the Stop button changes back to Start Automatic Name Completion in Directory Services Sponsored and Paid modes only When looking up names in Eudora s Directory Services Eudora remembers the name and places it in a directory services history file So whenever you begin typing a name a drop down list of names from your history file displays alphabetically Just select the desired name from the list and the name s information appears Following is an example of the auto name completion function Directory Services Auto Name Completion Query fd Status Ge E Dan Name E danny atwood Da E david hom E David K E david ross QUALCOMM Incorporated Reading Query Results Eudora User Manual Reading Query Results Your query results are listed in the left half of the Directory Services window in the results list top view and the details pane bottom view You can resize the two views relative to each other by dragging the separator up or down The results list consists of one line summaries of the hits or successful targets of your query These are listed by four columns m Name
427. y is your principal email account All of your initial email settings are for your dominant personality If you do not specify a personality your dominant personality is used Note that the name shown here may be different from the Real Name associated with the personality see below Real Name Enter the real name of this personality generally a first and last name The text you enter here is included in the From field of all your outgoing messages from this personality and identifies the source to your recipients It appears before your return address in the message header Return Address Enter the return email address used in outgoing messages and recipi ents replies for this personality if this address is different from the personality s incoming mail account The address you enter here is included in the From field of all your outgoing messages from this personality and when a recipient replies to a message from this personality the reply is sent to this address If you do not enter an address in this field Eudora uses the personality s incoming mail account as the return address Incoming mail accounts are usually of the form ljoginname incomingmailserver For example suppose your incoming mail account is jcamp pop myfirm com but your return address is slightly different jcamp myfirm com You would then enter jcamp myfirm com in this field QUALCOMM Incorporated Adding a Personality via the Account Settings Dialog Eudo
428. y of the message and select the mailbox from the Fcc submenu In all these cases when the messages are sent they are put in the specified mailbox with a checkmark in the Status column indicating that the message has been sent If none of these options are used outgoing messages are put into the Trash mailbox after they have been sent Note You can also set up a filter to save outgoing messages in particular mailboxes based on information contained in the message See Filtering Messages on page 108 for more information Click the page number to display the topic Checking for Incoming Mail The incoming mail server is where your mail is received and stored until it is transferred by Eudora to your PC You can use several different mail accounts with Eudora Your main account or dominant personality is specified in the Getting Started options Additional mail accounts or multiple personalities are set up in the Personalities window and the Account Settings dialog box For more information on personalities and the Account Settings dialog box see Using Multiple Personalities Sponsored and Paid modes only on page 75 and Account Settings Dialog on page 83 Click the page number to display the topic Note To better understand how the incoming mail server functions with Eudora see Mail Transport on page 245 Click the page number to display the topic There are two ways to check your incoming mail
429. y service databases that already come configured with Eudora you can add new Ph Finger and LDAP databases for your Directory Services queries By adding a new database you can then query that database for names email addresses phone numbers etc Databases are created from the Protocols section of the window and they must be created using one of these three listed protocols Important You must be able to identify the server by its description and its host name before you can add it to Directory Services Note You cannot create a new database using the Eudora Address Book protocol in the list Nickname files must be created from the Address Book window See Using the Address Book on page 157 for more details Click the page number to display the topic Ph Database Ph is an online fully indexed fast access white pages directory service developed and freely distributed by the Computer and Communications Services Office at the University of Illinois at Urbana To add a new Ph database do the following 1 Inthe Protocols list click the Ph protocol to select it 2 Click New Database Or just double click Ph in the Protocols list The New Database window General panel appears QUALCOMM Incorporated TC 173 Eudora User Manual Using Directory Service Databases Ph Database window General panel Modify Database 3 Inthe General panel enter a descriptive name for the Ph server its Host Name or IP address o
430. y the entire title Eudora truncates the title and places an ellipsis to indicate the truncation If you pause the mouse pointer over such a button Eudora displays the entire window title in a tooltip If you have many normal windows open or minimized the taskbar buttons shrink so that all buttons are visible When the bar becomes sufficiently crowded the QUALCOMM logo is hidden to make room Note that unlike with the Windows 95 98 and Windows NT 4 0 taskbars you cannot move the Eudora taskbar to another edge of the main Eudora window it always stays at the bottom of the window work area You also cannot resize the taskbar as a separate item It resizes automatically however when you resize the main Eudora window Main Window Icon The main window icon displays when Eudora s main window is minimized on the Windows 95 98 NT 4 0 Taskbar This icon provides a unique indication of when new mail has been delivered when outgoing messages are queued or both Normal a This is the normal state of the icon There is no new mail and no messages are queued and waiting to be Eudora sent QUALCOMM Incorporated 145 Eudora User Manual Main Window Icon 146 New Mail p The mailbox is open and has a letter in it indicating that new mail has been delivered Eudora Queued Messages D The flag on the side of the mailbox is in the up position indicating that you have outgoing messages queued for Eudora delivery The mailb
431. you have selected for that filter up to five icons actions per filter Note Filters are automatically named based on the first term of the criteria for the filter You can reorder them by dragging a filter up or down in the list You should reorder your filters to indicate what order you want your messages filtered and grouping your filters will make them easier to find 112 QUALCOMM Incorporated Filtering Messages QUALCOMM Incorporated Eudora User Manual When the filters are invoked automatically or manually each message is matched against each filter in order from top to bottom If the message meets a filter s criteria the actions are done as specified until there are no more actions Then the message is matched against the next filter If at any point a Skip Rest action is done the remaining actions for that filter if there are any are performed on that message the rest of the filters in the filters list are skipped for that message The next message is filtered again going from top to bottom down the filters list Filter order matters when a message addressed to you is also sent to a mailing list you re on If you have a filter that always places messages addressed to you into a personal mailbox then you want Eudora to perform the filter for your personal mailbox before any other filtering You can change the width of the filters list to create more or less space for your list To do this put the arrow over
432. you have already opened do the following 1 Move the cursor to where you want the recipient 2 From the Edit menu choose Insert Recipient The Insert Recipient submenu appears 3 From the Insert Recipient submenu choose the recipient The recipient you choose is inserted into the opened message QUALCOMM Incorporated a 165 Eudora User Manual Including Nicknames on the Quick Recipient List To insert the real address es instead of a nickname do the following 1 Hold down the Shift key and from the Edit menu choose Insert Recipient The Insert Recipient submenu appears 2 From the Insert Recipient submenu choose the recipient The real address of the recipient is inserted in the message To set this to happen all the time select the Auto matically expand nicknames option in the Miscellaneous options window See Miscel laneous on page 231 Click the page number to display the topic More than one recipient from the Quick Recipient List can be added to the To Cc and Bcc fields of any message If you use the Insert Recipient submenu commas are added where necessary Including Nicknames on the Quick Recipient List To include a nickname in the Quick Recipient List do the following 1 Right click the appropriate Address Book entry in the list to display the drop down list 2 From the drop down list choose Add to Recipient List The nickname for the selected entry is included on the Quick Recipient List and th
433. your self option Eudora uses the addresses listed under your me nickname if you have one set up To use the Make Address Book Entry command in an open message window do the following m From the Special menu choose Make Address Book Entry The Make Address Book Entry dialog box appears prompting you for the nickname of the new entry Follow the instructions for creating a new entry If the open message is an outgoing message the new entry will include all of the addresses in the To Cc and Bcc fields If the open message is an incoming message the new entry will include the address in the From field If multiple messages are open addresses are taken from only the currently active topmost open message Also see the note above about the Include yourself option Using the Make Address Book Entry command in the Directory Services window do the following 1 Perform a query See Making a Query on page 168 Click the page number to display the topic 2 Inthe Results list select the items you want to include in the entry 3 From the Special menu choose Make Address Book Entry The Make Address Book Entry dialog box appears so that you can name the nickname The real name and email address of each selected target is included in the new entry QUALCOMM Incorporated eT 163 Eudora User Manual Finish Address Book Entry Command 164 Finish Address Book Entry Command By using the Finish Address Book Ent
434. your old password once and your new password twice Depending on the server you are using the password can be up to 30 characters but normally it is only 7 or 8 Note This works only if the incoming mail server is running a compatible pass word change server For information about these servers see Sources on page 257 Click the page number to display the topic When you choose a new password try not to use real words names dates familiar acro nyms etc Some systems require at least one number or symbol in your password and you may want to do that even if it is not required QUALCOMM Incorporated Receiving and Responding to Messages Receiving New Mail When Eudora does a mail check you can be notified of new mail in one or all of the following ways an alert dialog box the opening of the mailboxes to which new mail is delivered and a special New Mail sound These options are turned on or off in the Getting Attention options For information see Getting Attention on page 221 Also an envelope appears on the Windows taskbar indicating mail is waiting See Background Tasks on page 222 Click the page number to display the topic When you receive notice that new mail has arrived select Eudora from the Windows task bar Mail usually arrives in the In mailbox unless you are using filters to transfer messages If the In mailbox is not already open select In from the Mailbox menu The messages are listed

Qualcomm Computer Accessories 4.3 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents